BC-6800
Auto Hematology Analyzer
Service Manual
II
Copyright © 2011-2012 Shenzhen Mindray Bio-medical Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights Reserved. For this Service Manual, the issued Date is 2012-03 (Version: 2.0).
Intellectual Property Statement SHENZHEN MINDRAY BIO-MEDICAL ELECTRONICS CO., LTD. (hereinafter called Mindray) owns the intellectual property rights to this Mindray product and this manual. This manual may refer to information protected by copyright or patents and does not convey any license under the patent rights or copyright of Mindray, or of others. Mindray intends to maintain the contents of this manual as confidential information. Disclosure of the information in this manual in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Mindray is strictly forbidden.
Release, amendment, reproduction, distribution, rental, adaptation, translation or any other derivative work of this manual in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Mindray is strictly forbidden.
.
,
are the trademarks, registered or otherwise, of Mindray in
China and other countries. All other trademarks that appear in this manual are used only for informational or editorial purposes. They are the property of their respective owners.
Responsibility on the Manufacturer Party Contents of this manual are subject to changes without prior notice.
All information contained in this manual is believed to be correct. Mindray shall not be liable for errors contained herein nor for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this manual.
Mindray is responsible for safety, reliability and performance of this product only in the condition that: I
all installation operations, expansions, changes, modifications and repairs of this product are conducted by Mindray authorized personnel;
the electrical installation of the relevant room complies with the applicable national and local requirements;
the product is used in accordance with the instructions for use.
zThis equipment must be operated by skilled/trained medical professionals.
zIt is important for the hospital or organization that employs this equipment to carry out a reasonable service/maintenance plan. Neglect of this may result in machine breakdown or injury of human health.
zBe sure to operate the analyzer under the situation specified in this manual; otherwise, the analyzer will not work normally and the analysis results will be unreliable, which would damage the analyzer components and cause personal injury.
II
Warranty THIS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Exemptions Mindray's obligation or liability under this warranty does not include any transportation or other charges or liability for direct, indirect or consequential damages or delay resulting from the improper use or application of the product or the use of parts or accessories not approved by Mindray or repairs by people other than Mindray authorized personnel.
This warranty shall not extend to: ¾Malfunction or damage caused by improper use or man-made failure. ¾Malfunction or damage caused by unstable or out-of-range power input. ¾Malfunction or damage caused by force majeure such as fire and earthquake. ¾Malfunction or damage caused by improper operation or repair by unqualified or unauthorized service people. ¾Malfunction of the instrument or part whose serial number is not legible enough. ¾Others not caused by instrument or part itself.
III
Customer Service Department Manufacturer:
Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co., Ltd.
Address:
Mindray Building,Keji 12th Road South,High-tech industrial park,Nanshan,Shenzhen 518057,P.R.China
Website:
www.mindray.com
E-mail Address:
[email protected]
Tel:
+86 755 81888998
Fax:
+86 755 26582680
EC-Representative: Address:
Shanghai International Holding Corp. GmbH(Europe) Eiffestraβe 80, 20537 Hamburg, Germany
Tel:
0049-40-2513175
Fax:
0049-40-255726
IV
Version Record Version 1.0
Updated Contents
Related T/N & S/N
First version Released
N/A
1:Update Error Code;
TXQ-12009-BC-6800
2:Added Preventive Maintenance
TXQ-12013-BC-6800
Chapter;
TXQ-12022-BC-6800
3:Updated FRU List;
SXQ-12001-BC-6800
4:Updated PC software name to DMU;
TXQ-12027-BC-6800
Updated Date
5:DMU IP connection screen changed 6:RUO parameters updated from12 items to 14 items; 7 : Add ASTM protocol option in DMU setup; 8:Correct some unclear pictures in hardware; 9:Update partly materials name and part number(like WC2 Waste Bath),Deleted 2.0
some wrong items; 10:Add part numbers of some cables in FRU List; 11:Vacuum Relieve Valve(Regulator) updated the life time from 3-years to 4-years; 12:Add’801-3100-00208-00/Pneumatic connecter kit into FRU List’; 130:Add‘801-3110-00114-00/reagents connecter kit (6 colors) (FRU)’; 14:Correct DMU light status; 15: Add Scanner Rotation Function in auxiliary Setup and update Rotation scanner Debug screen in SPU; 16:Add floater setup option; 17:Add USB protection Open/close function;
V
2012.9
Table of Contents Copyright................................................................................................................................... I Version Record ........................................................................................................................ V Table of Contents..................................................................................................................... 1 1 Using This Manual ............................................................................................................. 1-1 1.1
Scope ....................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.2
Introduction............................................................................................................... 1-1
1.3
General Operations.................................................................................................. 1-1
1.4
Symbol ..................................................................................................................... 1-2
2 Product Specification........................................................................................................ 2-1 2.1
Equipment Name ..................................................................................................... 2-1
2.2
Power Supply Requirement ..................................................................................... 2-1
2.3
Dimension and Weight ............................................................................................. 2-1
2.4
Measurement Mode ................................................................................................. 2-1
2.5
Sample Types........................................................................................................... 2-1
2.6
Minimum Sample Volume ........................................................................................ 2-2
2.7
Throughput ............................................................................................................... 2-2
2.8
Capacity of the Autoloader ....................................................................................... 2-2
2.9
Performance Specifications...................................................................................... 2-3
2.10
Conditions of Use................................................................................................... 2-13
2.11
Sound ..................................................................................................................... 2-14
2.12
Functions of the Analyzer....................................................................................... 2-14
3 Software System................................................................................................................ 3-1 3.1
Overview .................................................................................................................. 3-1
3.2
Introduction of Startup and Shutdown ...................................................................... 3-1
3.3
Menu Structure......................................................................................................... 3-1
3.4
Password.................................................................................................................. 3-6
3.5
Analyzer Software Update ..................................................................................... 3-20
3.6
DMU Software Installation...................................................................................... 3-26
3.7
DMU Software Update ........................................................................................... 3-33 1
Table of Contents 3.8
Backup and Restoration......................................................................................... 3-37
3.9
Connection device between the DMU and analyzer.............................................. 3-40
3.10
LIS Communication Setup ..................................................................................... 3-45
3.11
Uni-directional LIS Communication........................................................................ 3-48
3.12
Bi-Directional LIS Communication ......................................................................... 3-54
4 Operation Principles ......................................................................................................... 4-1 4.1
Measurement of the Optical Channel ...................................................................... 4-1
4.2
HGB Measurement .................................................................................................. 4-4
4.3
RBC/PLT Measurement ........................................................................................... 4-4
5 Fluidics ............................................................................................................................... 5-1 5.1
Parameter Measurement ......................................................................................... 5-2
5.2
Reagent System....................................................................................................... 5-3
5.3
Measurement Flow................................................................................................... 5-5
5.4
Sample Volume ........................................................................................................ 5-6
5.5
Time of Preparation and Measurement.................................................................... 5-6
5.6
Temperature of Fluidics............................................................................................ 5-6
5.7
Reagent Consumption Volume ................................................................................ 5-7
5.8
Sample Dilution Flow ............................................................................................... 5-8
5.9
Introduction to Fluidic Parts...................................................................................... 5-9
5.10
Pneumatic System ................................................................................................. 5-20
5.11
Detailed Introduction to Fluidic Channels .............................................................. 5-26
5.12
Introduction to Sequences ..................................................................................... 5-34
6 Optical System................................................................................................................... 6-1 6.1
Introduction of Optical Theories ............................................................................... 6-1
6.2
Optical System Structure.......................................................................................... 6-3
6.3
Troubleshooting of the Optical System .................................................................... 6-4
7 Hardware System............................................................................................................... 7-1 7.1
Overview .................................................................................................................. 7-1
7.2
Data and COME Carrier Board ................................................................................ 7-1
7.3
Drive Control Board................................................................................................ 7-16
7.4
Motherboard ........................................................................................................... 7-26
7.5
Network Board ....................................................................................................... 7-30
7.6
Power Board........................................................................................................... 7-32 2
Table of Contents 7.7
Power Patching Board ........................................................................................... 7-36
7.8
Laser Drive Board .................................................................................................. 7-38
7.9
Scatter Pre-amplification Boards ........................................................................... 7-43
7.10
Fluorescence Pre-amplification Board ................................................................... 7-49
7.11
Pneumatic Pressure Detection Board.................................................................... 7-54
7.12
Heating Control Board............................................................................................ 7-56
7.13
Diluent Heating Board ............................................................................................ 7-60
7.14
Valve Drive Board................................................................................................... 7-64
7.15
Indicator Board....................................................................................................... 7-74
7.16
Touchscreen Control Board.................................................................................... 7-75
7.17
Prefix List of Board Interfaces ................................................................................ 7-76
7.18
Motors, Photocouplers and Micro-switches ........................................................... 7-77
8 Mechanical System ........................................................................................................... 8-1 8.1
Analyzer Structure.................................................................................................... 8-1
8.2
Appearance .............................................................................................................. 8-1
8.3
Layout Introduction................................................................................................... 8-3
9 Replacing the FRU............................................................................................................. 9-1 9.1
Overview .................................................................................................................. 9-1
9.2
Removal and Installation of the Board ..................................................................... 9-1
9.3
Sheath Fluid Impedance Bath................................................................................ 9-11
9.4
Aperture.................................................................................................................. 9-12
9.5
HGB Bath Assembly............................................................................................... 9-16
9.6
RBC Bath Assembly............................................................................................... 9-17
9.7
SRV Assembly........................................................................................................ 9-17
9.8
Sample Probe ........................................................................................................ 9-23
9.9
Pneumatic Unit....................................................................................................... 9-24
9.10
Barcode Scanner Assembly ................................................................................... 9-26
9.11
Radiator Fan........................................................................................................... 9-27
9.12
Power Supply Assembly......................................................................................... 9-28
9.13
Diaphragm pump.................................................................................................... 9-30
9.14
WBC Mixing Assembly ........................................................................................... 9-33
9.15
WBC Bath Assembly .............................................................................................. 9-35
9.16
Reagent Pre-Heating Bath Assembly .................................................................... 9-36
9.17
Sheath Fluid Pre-heating Bath Assembly .............................................................. 9-38 3
Table of Contents 9.18
Diluent Heating Bath Assembly.............................................................................. 9-39
9.19
Sheath Fluid Filter .................................................................................................. 9-40
9.20
Waste Filter ............................................................................................................ 9-40
9.21
START Switch Assembly........................................................................................ 9-41
9.22
Pressure Regulator ................................................................................................ 9-42
9.23
Vacuum Overflow Valve ......................................................................................... 9-43
9.24
Screen Assembly ................................................................................................... 9-45
9.25
Tube Clamp for Mixing ........................................................................................... 9-46
9.26
Autoloading Assembly............................................................................................ 9-47
9.27
Piercing Unit ........................................................................................................... 9-48
9.28
Autoloader .............................................................................................................. 9-50
9.29
Tube Sensor Assembly .......................................................................................... 9-52
9.30
Cistern and Waste Bath ......................................................................................... 9-53
9.31
Syringe Assembly................................................................................................... 9-56
9.32
Filter and Drying Assembly .................................................................................... 9-60
9.33
Replacing the Backwater Bath Assembly .............................................................. 9-61
9.34
USB Assembly ....................................................................................................... 9-62
9.35
Mindray Valve......................................................................................................... 9-63
9.36
Burkert Valve .......................................................................................................... 9-66
9.37
Waste Valve............................................................................................................ 9-67
9.38
Gas Valve ............................................................................................................... 9-68
9.39
SMC 2-way Fluidic Valves...................................................................................... 9-69
9.40
Probe Wipe of the Open-Vial Module .................................................................... 9-70
9.41
Optical System ....................................................................................................... 9-71
9.42
Units in the Autoloader ........................................................................................... 9-79
9.43
Power Board and Power Conversion Board .......................................................... 9-85
9.44
Pressure Detection Board ...................................................................................... 9-87
9.45
Indicator Board....................................................................................................... 9-88
9.46
Valve Control Board ............................................................................................... 9-89
9.47
Heating Control Board............................................................................................ 9-91
9.48
Data Board and Power Drive Board....................................................................... 9-92
9.49
Mother Board ......................................................................................................... 9-93
9.50
Liquid Level Detection Board ................................................................................. 9-95
9.51
Network Port Patching Board................................................................................. 9-96 4
Table of Contents 9.52
Diluent Heating Control Board ............................................................................... 9-97
9.53
Touchscreen Control Board.................................................................................... 9-98
9.54
Pneumatic Unit Control Board................................................................................ 9-99
9.55
Boards inside the Optical System ........................................................................ 9-100
9.56
Cap Assembly ...................................................................................................... 9-101
9.57
Transformer.......................................................................................................... 9-102
9.58
Replacing the Wires ............................................................................................. 9-103
9.59
Replacing the Connectors.................................................................................... 9-104
9.60
Components inside the Assemblies ..................................................................... 9-106
9.61
Replacing the Photocoupler (PHC/Sensor) ..........................................................9-111
10 Error Code ...................................................................................................................... 10-1 10.1
Overview ................................................................................................................ 10-1
10.2
Message Area Error ............................................................................................... 10-3
10.3
Error Area Error...................................................................................................... 10-6
11 Preventive Maintenance................................................................................................ 11-1 11.1
Tools and Consumables......................................................................................... 11-1
11.2
Service Plan ........................................................................................................... 11-2
11.3
Status Check ........................................................................................................ 11-23
11.4
Regular Replacement .......................................................................................... 11-26
12 FRU LIST......................................................................................................................... 12-1 12.1
Board list ................................................................................................................ 12-1
12.2
Valve list ................................................................................................................. 12-2
12.3
Tube and Connector list ......................................................................................... 12-2
12.4
Part list ................................................................................................................... 12-4
12.5
Cable list................................................................................................................. 12-9
12.6
Wearing parts list.................................................................................................. 12-10
A.1 Rubber Tubing Information ................................................................................... 12-13 A2. Connector Information .......................................................................................... 12-14 A3. Connecting Tubing Information ............................................................................. 12-16 A4. Other Material Information .................................................................................... 12-16 A5. Valve Information .................................................................................................. 12-17 A6. Table of All Tubes .................................................................................................. 12-21
5
Table of Contents
6
1 Using This Manual zBe sure to operate and service the analyzer strictly as instructed in this manual and the operator's manuals.
1.1 Scope To use this manual effectively, you need the following capabilities:
Comprehensive knowledge of circuit and fluidics;
Comprehensive knowledge of reagents;
Comprehensive knowledge of controls;
Comprehensive knowledge of troubleshooting;
Mastering the way to operate this analyzer;
Using basic mechanical tools and understand related terminology;
Using a digital voltmeter (DVM) and an oscilloscope;
Reading pneumatic/hydraulic schematics and understand related terminology.
1.2 Introduction This manual comprises 13 chapters and the fluidic diagrams in appendices.
1.3 General Operations Name
Operation
Click
press the desired item lightly with your finger; or to left-CLICK it with the mouse.
Enter
to CLICK the desired edit box and use the external keyboard or the pop-up keyboard to enter the desired characters or digits; or to scan the number by using the bar-code scanner.
Delete
to move the cursor to the character or digit that you want to delete by clicking the left button of the mouse or using [←][→][Home][End], and then delete the character after the cursor by pressing [Del], or delete the character before the cursor by pressing [BackSpace] ([←] on the upper right part of the soft keyboard). 1-1
Drag Scroll Bar
SELECT from ×× pull-down list (for pull-down list)
Click the arrow buttons by the ends of the scroll bar, or move the cursor to the slide bar and press the left key of the mouse; or press the slide bar with your finger. to CLICK the down arrow button of the desired box to display the pull-down list, (and DRAG SCROLL BAR) to browse and then CLICK the desired item; or to press the keys ([↑][↓][PageUp][PageDown]) to browse the current list and press [ENTER] to select the desired item.
1.4 Symbol You will find the following symbols in this manual. Symbol
It means... read the statement below the symbol. The statement is alerting you to an operating hazard that can cause personnel injury. read the statement below the symbol. The statement is alerting you to a possibility of analyzer damage or unreliable analysis results. read the statement below the symbol. The statement is alerting you to information that requires your attention. read the statement below the symbol . The statement is alerting you to a potentially biohazardous condition.
You may find the following symbols on the analyzer, reagents, controls or calibrators. Symbol
It means... CAUTION, CONSULT ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTS.
BIOLOGICAL RISK
HIGH VOLTAGE
WARNING, LASER BEAM
1-2
WARNING, HOT SURFACE
PROTECTIVE EARTH (GROUND)
EARTH (GROUND)
ALTERNATING CURRENT
FOR IN VITRO DIAGNOSTIC USE
TYPE B DEVICE
BATCH CODE
USE BY
SERIAL NUMBER
DATE OF MANUFACTURE
Manufacturer
TEMPERATURE LIMITATION
CONSULT INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Be sure to observe the following precautions when you are servicing the analyzer for the safety of patients and operators.
1-3
zIt is important for the hospital or organization that employs this equipment to carry out a reasonable installation plan. Neglect of this may result in machine breakdown or injury of human health.
zNever use combustible gas (e.g. anesthetic) or combustible liquid (e.g. ethanol) around the analyzer. Otherwise, the risk of explosion may exist.
zContacting exposed electronic components while the equipment is attached to power can cause personal injury from electric shock or damage to electronic components. Power down before removing covers to access electronic components.
zConnect the analyzer to a socket having sole fuse and protective switch. Do not use the same fuse and protective switch with other equipment (e.g. life supporting equipment). Otherwise, the equipment failure, over current or impulse current that occurs at the startup moment may lead to tripping.
zTo prevent personal injury during the maintenance, keep your clothes, hairs and hands from the moving parts, such as sample probe, pincher and piercer.
zPossible mechanical movement of the warned position may lead to personal injury during normal operation, removal and maintenance.
zBe sure to dispose of reagents, waste, samples, consumables, etc. according to government regulations.
zThe reagents are irritating to eyes, skin and diaphragm. Wear proper personal protective equipment (e.g. gloves, lab coat, etc.) and follow safe laboratory procedures when handling them in the laboratory.
zIf the reagents accidentally spill on your skin, wash them off with plenty of water and if necessary, go see a doctor; if the reagents accidentally spill into your eyes, wash them off with plenty of water and immediately go see a doctor.
zImproper servicing may damage the analyzer. Improper maintenance may damage the analyzer. Maintain the analyzer strictly as instructed by the service manual and inspect the analyzer carefully after the maintenance.
zFor problems not mentioned in the service manual, contact Mindray customer service department for maintenance advice.
zTo prevent personal injury or damage to equipment components, remove metal 1-4
jewelry before maintaining or servicing electronic components of the equipment.
zElectrostatic discharge may damage electronic components. Electrostatic discharge may damage electronic components. If there is a possibility of ESD damage with a procedure, then do that procedure at an ESD workstation, or wear an antistatic wrist strap.
zThis equipment must be operated by skilled/trained medical professionals.
zSamples, controls, calibrators and waste are potentially infectious. Wear proper personal protective equipment (e.g. gloves, lab coat, etc.) and follow safe laboratory procedures when handling them in the laboratory.
zAll the analyzer components and surfaces are potentially infectious, so take proper protective measures for operation and maintenance.
zThe sample probe tip is sharp and may contain biohazardous materials. Exercise caution to avoid contact with the probe when working around it.
1-5
2 Product Specification 2.1 Equipment Name Auto Hematology Analyzer Model: BC-6800/BC-6600
2.2 Power Supply Requirement Table 2-1 Power Supply Requirement
Analyzer (outside China) Analyzer (China)
Pneumatic unit (outside China)
Voltage
Frequency
Power
a.c. 110V/115V ±10%
50/60Hz ±2Hz
500VA
a.c. 220V/230V±10%
50/60Hz ±2Hz
500VA
(220V/230V)±10%~
50Hz/60Hz±2Hz
500VA
a.c. 110V/115V±10%
60Hz ±2Hz
600VA
50Hz ±2Hz
450VA
60Hz ±2Hz
300 VA
50Hz ±1Hz
400VA
a.c. 220V/230V±10% (220V)±10%~
Pneumatic unit (China)
2.3 Dimension and Weight Table2-2 Analyzer Dimension and Weight Dimension (width x depth x height mm)
Weight(Kg)
Analyzer
680×850×700
≤125
Pneumatic unit
310×480×430
≤20
2.4 Measurement Mode There are 8 measurement modes altogether: CBC, CBC+DIFF, CBC+DIFF+RET, CBC+DIFF+RET+NRBC and CBC+NRBC.
CBC+RET,
RET,
CBC+DIFF+NRBC,
2.5 Sample Types The supported sample types are: 1)
anticoagulated venous blood (use EDTAK2 or EDTAK3 as the anticoagulant, for whole blood analysis)
2)
capillary blood (for predilute analysis) 2-1
2.6 Minimum Sample Volume To ensure the effective analysis of samples, the minimum sample volumes are specified as follows: 1)
Autoloading mode: ≥1ml
2)
Open vial mode: ≥0.5ml (excluding predilute mode)
2.7 Throughput 1) Autoloading mode Table 2-3 Throughput of auto-loading mode Measurement Mode
CBC CBC+ DIFF
CBC+DIFF CBC+ CBC+ +RET RET NRBC
CBC+DIFF+ CBC+DIFF+ RET NRBC RET+NRBC
Throughput (analyses/hour)
125
125
90
90
125
125
90
90
2) Open-vial mode Table 2-4 Throughput of open-vial mode CBC
CBC+ DIFF
CBC+DIFF +RET
CBC+ RET
CBC+ NRBC
CBC+DIFF +NRBC
CBC+DIFF+ RET+NRBC
RET
125
125
90
90
125
125
90
90
75
75
60
60
75
75
60
60
36
36
30
30
36
36
30
30
Whole blood mode (continuous analyses) (analyses/hour) Whole blood mode (single analysis) (analyses/hour) Predilute mode (single analysis) (analyses/hour)
2.8 Capacity of the Autoloader Each tube rack can be loaded with 10 tubes. The autoloader can be loaded with 10 tube racks at the most. The maximum capacity of a single loading is 100 tubes.
2-2
2.9 Performance Specifications 2.9.1 Sample Aspiration Volumes OV-WB mode: 150ul AL-WB mode: 200ul OV-PD mode: 40 ul
2.9.2 General Performance Requirements Table 2-5 General performance requirements Items
Temperature
Requirement of startup time (the time taken from power-on to ready-for-analysis)
15℃~32℃
Requirement of shutdown time
Design Requirement No more than 30 minutes (normal and abnormal startup)
15℃~22℃
No more than 15 minutes
23℃~40℃
No more than 10 minutes
15℃~32℃
No more than 15 minutes (normal shutdown)
2.9.3 Analysis Parameters 1) 33 reporting parameters Table 2-6 Reporting parameters Clone
Name White Blood Cell count
Abbreviation WBC
Leukon (11 parameters) RET clone
(6para meters)
Basophils number
Bas#
Basophils percentage
Bas%
Neutrophils number
Neu#
Neutrophils percentage
Neu%
Eosinophils number
Eos#
Eosinophils percentage
Eos%
Lymphocytes number
Lym#
Lymphocytes percentage
Lym%
Monocytes number
Mon#
Monocytes percentage
Mon%
Reticulocyte percentage
RET%
Reticulocyte number
RET#
2-3
RBC clone (10 parameters)
Immature reticulocyte fraction Low fluorescent ratio Middle fluorescent ratio High fluorescent ratio Red Blood Cell count
IRF LFR MFR HFR RBC
Hemoglobin Concentration
HGB
Mean Corpuscular Volume
MCV
Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin
MCH
Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin Concentration Red Blood Cell Distribution Width Coefficient of Variation Red Blood Cell Distribution Width Standard Deviation Hematocrit
MCHC RDW-CV RDW-SD HCT
Nucleated red blood cell number
NRBC#
Nucleated red blood cell percentage
NRBC%
PLT clone
(6 parameters)
Platelet count
PLT
Mean Platelet Volume
MPV
Platelet Distribution Width
PDW
Plateletcrit
PCT
Platelet-large cell ratio
P-LCR
Platelet-large cell count
P-LCC
2) 14 RUO parameters Table 2-7 RUO parameters Abbreviation
Name High fluorescent Cell number
HFC#
High fluorescent Cell percentage
HFC%
Immature Granulocyte
IMG#
Immature Granulocyte percentage
IMG%
Optical Red Blood Cell count
RBC-O
Optical Platelet count
PLT-O
Platelet count- Impedance
PLT-I
Optical white blood cell count
WBC-O
2-4
White blood cell count -DIFF
WBC-D
White blood cell count –BASO
WBC-B
White blood cell count-NRBC
WBC-N
Platelet Distribution Width Standard Deviation
PDW-SD
Infected RBC number
INR#
Infected RBC ratio
INR‰
3) Graphs Table 2-8 Graphs Type
Scattergram
Histogram
Channel
Name
Three-dimensional Scattergram
DIFF optical channel
DIFF Scattergram
BASO optical channel
BASO Scattergram
No
RET Scattergram
Yes
PLT-O Scattergram
No
RET-EXT Scattergram
No
NRBC optical channel
NRBC Scattergram
Yes
RBC sheath fluid impedance channel
RBC Histogram
/
PLT Histogram
/
RET optical channel
2.9.4 Flag Messages Table 2-9 Flag messages Clone WBC
Name WBC Abn Scattergram
2-5
Yes
NRBC Abn Scattergram Neutropenia Neutrophilia Lymphopenia Lymphocytosis Monocytosis Eosinophilia Basophilia Leukocytopenia Leukocytosis NRBC present Blasts? Abn Lympho/ Blasts? Immature Gran? Left Shift? Atypical Lympho? NRBC? RBC Lyse resistance? RBC Abn Distribution RET Abn Scattergram Dimorphic Population Reticulocytosis Anisocytosis Microcytosis RBC
Macrocytosis Hypochromia Anemia Erythrocytosis RBC Aggulutination? Turbudity/HGB Interference? Iron Deficiency? Fragments? PLT Abn Scattergram PLT Abn Distribution
PLT
Thrombocytopenia Thrombocytosis PLT Clumps?
Overall judgment Pancytopenia
2-6
2.9.5 Measurement and Display Range 1)
Condition
WBC
0~500×109/L
RBC
0~8.00×1012/L
HGB
0~250g/L
PLT
0~5000×109/L
HCT
0~75%
RET%
0~30%
RET#
0~0.8×1012/L
2)
Display range
WBC
0.00~999.99×109/L
Neu%/Lym%/ Mon%/ Eos%/ Bas%
0~100%
RBC
0.00~99.99×1012/L
HGB
0~300g/L
PLT
0~9999×109/L
HCT
0.0~100.0%
MCV
(0.0-250.0)fL
RET%
0~100%
RET#
0.0000~9.9999×1012/L
NRBC%
0~9999.99%
NRBC#
0~9999.99×109/L
2.9.6 Background requirement Background analysis method: run diluent sample and get the analysis result. The background specification of BC-6800 is as follows: Table 2-10 Background requirements Parameter
Background requirement
WBC
≤ 0.1 × 109 / L
WBC-D
≤ 0.2 × 109 / L
WBC-N
≤ 0.2 × 109 / L
2-7
RBC
≤ 0.02× 1012/ L
RBC-O
≤ 0.02× 1012/ L
HGB
≤1 g/L
PLT
≤ 5 × 109 / L
PLT-O
≤ 5 × 109 / L
2.9.7 Carryover Carryover analysis method: analyze 3 high value samples consecutively when the analyzer is under stable conditions, and then analyze 3 low value samples immediately, then calculate the carryover rate per the following equation.
First low - level sample result-Third low - level sample result × 100% Third high - level sample result-Third low - level sample result
Carryover(%) =
Table 2-11 Carryover requirements Parameter
Unit
WBC
×109/L
High value sample > 15.0
Low value sample < 3.0
Carryover
RBC
×1012/L
> 6.0
< 2.00
≤1.0%
HGB
g/L
> 200
< 40
≤1.0%
HCT
%
>54.0
<18.0
≤1.0%
PLT
×109/L
> 300
< 100
≤1.0%
RBC-O
×1012/L
> 6.0
< 2.00
≤1.5%
WBC-D
×109/L
> 15.0
< 3.0
≤1.0%
WBC-N
×109/L
> 15.0
< 3.0
≤1.5%
≤1.0%
2.9.8 Reproducibility Reproducibility analysis method: select a qualified sample and analyze it for 10 consecutive times, and then calculate the CV (%) and absolute deviation D of each parameter. Calculation method: n
−
Mean( X )=
∑X i =1
n
i
;
n: analysis times −
Absolute deviation di =xi - X
2-8
Standard deviation (SD)=
∑ (X
−
i
− X )2
n −1
;
i: the parameter result of the ith analysis
Coefficient variation (CV)%= Table 2-12 Reproducibility requirements Parameter WBC
Range
Whole blood (CV/Absolute deviation d*)
Predilute (CV)
≤2.5%
≤4.0%
≥4×109/L 12
RBC
≥3.5×10 /L
≤1.5%
≤2.0%
HGB
(110-180)g/L
≤1.0%
≤2.0%
MCV
(80-100)fL
≤1.0%
≤3.0%
HCT
(30~50)%
≤1.5%
≤3.0%
PLT
≥100×109/L
≤4.0%
≤8.0%
*Note: absolute deviation d= measured value- mean of measured value. **Note: Range=maximum measured value- minimum measured value.
2.9.9 Linearity Prepare samples of different concentrations, analyze the samples, and calculate slope coefficient and intercept in the linearity regression equation. Then calculate the theoretical value and the deviation between the theoretical value and the test value. Table 2-13 Linearity requirements Parameter
WBC
Condition
Whole blood mode
(0 ~ 100.00)×109/L
±0.20×109/L or ±2%
±0.50×109/L or ±5%
(100.01 ~ 350.00)×109/L
±6%
±6%
±11%
±11% ±0.05×1012/L or ±5%
9
(350.01 ~ 500)×10 /L 12
RBC
(0 ~ 8.00)×10 /L
HGB
(0-250)g/L
HCT
(0~75)%
*
PLT
RET%
Predilute mode
12
±0.03×10 /L or ±2% ±2g/L or ±2%
±2g/L or ±3% ±4g/L or ±4%
±1.0%(HCT value) or ±2%
±2.0%(HCT value) or ±4%
(1001 ~ 5000)×109/L
±6%
±10×109/L or ±10% ±20×109/L or ±10% ±10%
(0~30)%
±0.3%(RET value) or ±20%
/
(0 ~ 1000)×109/L
9
±10×10 /L or ±5%
12
12
RET# (0 ~ 0.8)×10 /L ±0.015×10 /L or ±20% / * Note: PLT linearity may not meet the requirement, it is mainly determined by RBC concentration. 2-9
2.9.10 Deviation between Different Modes The way to measure deviation between different modes: perform calibration under each mode using fresh blood or calibrator, then analyze a normal fresh blood sample for 5 times under the autoloading mode, open vial whole blood mode and open vial predilute mode respectively, and calculate the deviations of the parameters between the modes. Table 2-14 Requirements of deviations under different modes
Parameter
Autoloading and open vial mode
Open vial and predilute mode
Relative deviation or absolute
Relative deviation or absolute
deviation requirement
deviation requirement
WBC
±5% or ±0.4×109/L
RBC
±2% or ±0.1×1012/L
HGB
±2% or ±4g/L
HCT
±2% or ±0.3HCT%
PLT Neu%
±5% or ±0.4×109/L ±10% or ±0.8×109/L ±2% or ±0.1×1012/L ±4% or ±0.2×109/L ±2% or ±4g/L ±4% or ±6g/L
9
±7% or ±20×10 /L
±2% or ±0.3HCT% ±4% or ±0.6HCT% ±7% or ±20×109/L ±14% or ±30×109/L
Lym%
±5.0% ±4.0%
±9.0% ±9.0%
Mon%
±3.0%
±6.0%
Eos%
±2.0%
±3.0%
Bas%
±1.0%
±3.0%
±20% or ±2.0NRBC%
/
NRBC% RET#
RET%
12
±20% or ±0.015×10 /L
±20% or ±0.3 RET%
RBC-O
±20%
PLT-O
±20%
±20% or ±0.015×1012/L ±30% or ±0.02×1012/L ±20% or ±0.3 RET% ±30% or ±0.45 RET% ±20% ±30% ±20% ±30%
LFR
±30% or ±10 LFR%
MFR
±30% or ±10 MFR%
HFR
±30% or ±5 HFR%
IRF
±30% or ±10 IRF% 2-10
2.9.11 Correlation Requirements Comparator
of
the
Analyzer
and
1. Requirements of Deviation of the Analyzer and Comparator Analyzer a fresh blood sample or calibrator with traceability for 5 consecutive times on a comparator of good conditions and calculate the mean of each parameter. Take the means as targets, and calibrate the analyzer to be tested with the sample or calibrator mentioned above. When the calibration finishes, test another fresh blood samples for 5 times on the two analyzers respectively and calculate the deviation rate of the means of each parameter. Deviation requirements: WBC - ≤ ±3%, RBC - ≤ ±2%, HGB- ≤ ±2%, PLT - ≤ ±5%, HCT or MCV - ≤ ±2%.
2. Correlation Requirements of the Analyzer and Comparator Test at least 100 fresh anticoagulated venous blood samples (able to cover the reportable range as much as possible, with at least 50 abnormal samples) for 2 times on the comparator and the analyzer respectively, calculate the mean and the correlation coefficient R.
Table 2-15 Requirements on the Comparative Index of the Analyzer and Comparator Parameter
Comparative Correlation Coefficient of the Analyzer and Comparator
WBC
≥0.99
RBC
≥0.99
HGB
≥0.98
MCV
≥0.98
PLT
≥0.95
NRBC
≥0.90
RET#/RET%
≥0.90
2.9.12 Correlation and Accuracy Requirements Differential and Manual Differential
of
WBC
1. Correlation Prepare 100 normal samples and 100 abnormal samples, test the samples with the analyzer and the reference method (manual differential) respectively. Test each sample on the analyzer twice. Manual differential shall be conducted per the requirement of CLSI H20, 400 cells from each sample are analyzed, and the mean is calculated. Conduct correlation analysis for Neu%, Lym%, Mon%, Eos%, Bas% and IG. 2-11
Table 2-16 Correlation Requirements of Differential Parameters Parameter Neu%
Correlation Coefficient of WBC Differential of the Analyzer and Manual Differential ≥0.90
Lym%
≥0.90
Mon%
≥0.75
Eos%
≥0.80
Bas%
≥0.50
IG%
≥0.80
2. Accuracy Run calculation over results of the 200 samples tested for correlation analysis.
Equation: SEp=
p×q n
In the equation, n=200; p= mean obtained with the reference method; q=100-p; when freedom is 199, the t distribution factor of 99% credibility limit =2.57. Calculating credibility range The 99% credibility range of a parameter rate: p±2.57×SEp.
Requirement: The Lym%, Neu%, Mon%, Eos% and Bas% results tested by the analyzer must be within the 99% credibility range of the results tested by the reference method.
2.9.13 Sample Stability Prepare 5 normal anticoagulated fresh venous blood samples, separate each sample into 17 shares. Test 1 share for twice after it has been prepared for 0.5 hour. Group the other 16 shares into 2 groups, store 1 group in room temperature and the other in the environment of 4 ℃. Test 1 share from each group at hour 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, 24, 48 and 72 after they have been prepared (the samples stored in the environment of 4℃ must be warmed to room temperature and then mixed). Record the parameter results of each sample and observe the change of parameter results, histogram and scattergram over time. Calculate the change of parameter results of each sample over time against the results of the test done at hour 0.5, and representing the change in absolute or relative deviation.
Table 2-17 Sample Stability Requirements
Parameter
Relative deviation or absolute deviation Acceptance Range
Long Term Stability in
Long Term Stability in
Room Temperature (18℃-26℃)
Refrigerated Temperature (2℃-8℃)
2-12
WBC
±5%
24 hours
48 hours
RBC
±3%
24 hours
48 hours
HGB
±3%
24 hours
48 hours
MCV
±6%
24 hours
48 hours
HCT%
±7%
24 hours
48 hours
MCH
±5%
24 hours
48 hours
MCHC
±7%
24 hours
48 hours
RDW-CV
±10%
24 hours
48 hours
RDW-SD
±15%
24 hours
48 hours
PLT
±10%
24 hours
48 hours
MPV
±15%
24 hours
48 hours
Neu%
±5%(absolute deviation)
24 hours
48 hours
Lym%
±4%(absolute deviation)
24 hours
48 hours
Mon%
±3%(absolute deviation)
24 hours
48 hours
Eos%
±2%(absolute deviation)
24 hours
48 hours
Bas%
±1%(absolute deviation)
24 hours
48 hours
NRBC%
±0.5%(absolute deviation)
24 hours
48 hours
RET%
±20% or 0.3RET%
24 hours
48 hours
2.10 Conditions of Use 2.10.1 Environment Requirements Table 2-18 Environment Requirements of the Analyzer Operating Environment Requirements
Storage Environment Requirements
Running Environment Requirements
Ambient 5℃~40℃ 15℃~32℃ -10℃~40℃ Temperature Relative 10%~90% 30%~85% 10%~90% Humidity Atmospheric 70kPa~106kPa 70kPa~106kPa 50kPa~106kPa pressure Note: the environment requirements of reagents are the same as those of the analyzer.
2-13
2.10.2 Reagent Storage and Validity Term Table 2-19 Reagent Storage Conditions and Validity Term Reagent Name
Storage Validity Term 12 months
Storage Temperatur e
Relative Humidity
M-68DS DILUENT
Validity Term After Being Opened 60 days
2-30℃
≤90%
M-68DR DILUENT
60 days
12 months
2-30℃
≤90%
M-68LD LYSE
60 days
12 months
2-30℃
≤90%
M-68LN LYSE
60 days
12 months
2-30℃
≤90%
M-68LB LYSE
60 days
12 months
2-30℃
≤90%
M-68LH LYSE
60 days
12 months
2-30℃
≤90%
Probe cleanser
60 days
12 months
2-30℃
≤90%
M-68FN DYE
60 days
12 months
2-30℃
≤90%
M-68FR DYE
60 days
12 months
2-30℃
≤90%
60 days
12 months
2-30℃
≤90%
M-68FD DYE
Other requirements: the environment must be well ventilated and without corrosive gas; the fluorescent dyes must be protected from sunlight.
2.10.3 PC Configuration Recommended PC configuration: CPU Intel® 1.6GHz and above, memory 1G and above, hard disk 160GB and above, with DVD-ROM configured. The recommended display resolution: 1280*1024 (ordinary display) and 1440*900 (wide-screen display). Operation system: the terminal software can be operated properly in the Microsoft Windows 7 operation system; the multi-language software can be operated in the operation systems of the corresponding languages. (32 bit or 64 bit?)
2.11 Sound Standby mode: ≤60db Running mode: ≤65db
2.12 Functions of the Analyzer 2.12.1 Data Storage
2-14
Table 2-20 Data Storage Function Storage capacity Data storage of the PC
Information stored
Information of at least 40000 samples The information stored in the PC include: analysis results and graphs (histogram and scattergram), sample information, patient information, flag information and special information.
2.12.2 Sleep Function 1)
After being idle for certain period of time, the analyzer will enter sleep mode to ensure the stable performance of the analyzer when being used again.
2)
The settable range of the waiting time before entering sleep mode of the analyzer is [1,30].
3)
See the following table for the time needed for exiting sleep mode. Table 2-21 Time Needed for Exiting Sleep Mode
After entering sleep mode, the fluidics system is idle for (T)
Time needed for exiting sleep mode
Diluent consumption
T ≤30 minutes
No more than 15s
/
30 minutes
No more than 30s
≤1ml
3 hours
No more than 200s
≤150ml
2.12.3 STAT Function STAT function is provided by the analyzer during the autoloading analysis process.
2.12.4 Bilateral LIS/HIS Function 1)
The analyzer provides bilateral LIS/HIS communication function.
2)
And it at least supports the HL7 communication protocol.
2-15
3 Software System 3.1 Overview Software includes analyzer software and PC operating software DMU. Analyzer software runs on the internal CF card of the analyzer, while operating software DMU runs in the WIN 7, Ultimate, Flagship and corresponding 64 bit operating system. The analyzer software is responsible for sequences resolution, data collection and identification, while DMU is responsible to store the results into the database, display, print the results and display the data of the counts and quality controls; interactions such as data management, parameters setting and communications.
3.2 Introduction of Startup and Shutdown 3.2.1 Startup y
Ensure that the electricity and reagents are connected properly when starting up. First power on the pneumatic unit and then the main unit. Inversion is not allowed.
y
There is no restriction of the startup order of the analyzer and PC Software
y
During the startup process, prompts of words and progress indicator will pop up.
y
Service engineer or levels above could skip the initialization. When the progress bar prompts at the startup screen when starting up, press the upper left for several seconds with the finger until the message box of access level pops up, enter the service password to skip the initialization. Note: Initialization cannot be skipped in the initial startup. Performing fluidics initialization of the analyzer is required.
3.2.2 Shutdown y
Use the "Shutdown" button on the software main menu to shut down the analyzer.
y
During the shutdown process, prompts of words and progress indicator will display.
3.3 Menu Structure Main menu structure of the analyzer software: 3-1
Mode
Search
Setup
Setup
Probe Cleanser Maintenance
Start Count
Graph
Start Count
Replace
Aperture
Export
Restart
STAT
Delete
RUO Para.
Stability Trend
Previous Next Table Review RTable RUO Para.
Trend Graph Send
Shortcut menu structure of the analyzer software:
Manual CBC Gain Optical Gain Calibrator Fresh blood Transfer Factor History Touch Screen
Date Background Reproducibility Carryover
Auxiliary Setup Reagent Maintenance
Sequence Debug
Autoloader
Cleaning
Barcode
Maintenance
Communication
Reagent
Gain Setup
Fluidics
Advanced
Drain/Prime
Statistics
Debug
Temp.&Pressure
Log
Voltage&Current
Replace Reagent Reagent Priming
Float Sensor Version Info. Function Config.
3-2
Calibration Manual CBC Gain Optical Gain Calibrator Fresh Blood Transfer Factor History Touch Screen
OV-WB OV-PD AL-WB
Restore Default Export Import
Save Export
Restore Default
Read File Calculate OV-WB OV-PD AL-WB
Perfomance Background Reproducibility Carryover
Send Cal. History Resend Single Clear All Mode Start Count Export Transmit Special Info. Stability Trend Trend Graph
Trend Clear All Mode Start Count Sample Info. Statistics Export Send
Clear All Mode Start Count Export Send
3-3
Date Setup Auxiliary Setup Reagent Setup Maintenance Setup Autoloader Built-in Barcode Communication Setup Gain Setup Advanced Setup
□Predilute Mode Prompt □Pop-up Keyboard Open □Blood Sensor Open □Waste Sensor Open □Disable RET □Disable NRBC Setup Replace To open reagent □Standby □Probe Cleanser Maintenance □Autoloader Stop Condition □Blood/Analysis Mode Inquiry Failed □When there is tube vacancy, sample ID
□ Flow Cell Bubble Removal □ Whole Device □ Flow Cell Flushing □ Optical Reaction Bath □ RBC Bath □ RBC Premix Bath □ HGB Bath □ SRV □ Open-Vial Sampling Unit □ Autoloading Sampling Unit
Sequence Debug Cleaning Maintenance Reagent Overall Maintenance Drain&Prime Debug Log
□ Whole Device □ Flow Cell □ SRV □ Aperture □ HGB Bath □ BASO Channel □ NRBC Channel
Optical gain FS, SS, SF, PMT MCV gain HGB gain
□ Unclog □ Flush □ Zap
□Basic Function (SN, language) □Analyzer configuration items (built-in barcode scanner configured) □Special Function (upload WAVE file)
Detail Go to Export
Replace Reagent Reagent Priming
□ All Logs □ Setup Adjustment □ Other Logs □ Error Info. □ Sequence
□ dp debug □ syring debug □ Valve Confirmation □ Probe wipe and SRV □ Debug-Mixing Assembly □ Autoloader □ Tube Detection □ DA value and level □ Stirring motor
Menu structure of DMU software
3-4
□ M-68DS diluent □ M-68DR diluent □ M-68LD lyse □ M-68LB lyse □ M-68LN lyse □ M-68LH lyse □ M-68FN dye □ M-68FR dye □ M-68FD dye □ Pack-up □ Reset Fluidics
Drain □ WC1 □ WC2 □ DIL Cistern □ FCM Cistern □ SCI Cistern □ ISU Cistern □ RBC Bath □ RBC Premix Bath □ HGB Bath □ WBC Reaction Bath □ DIFF Bath □ BASO Bath □ RET Bath □ NRBC Bath □ Drain Fluidics Prime □ DIL Cistern □ FCM Cistern □ SCI Cistern □ ISU Cistern □ RBC Bath □ RBC Premix Bath □ HGB Bath □ WBC Bath □ DIFF Bath □ BASO Bath □ RET Bath □ NRBC Bath □ Prime Fluidics
System Menu Report Review Worklist QC Statistics Setup Log
Report Validate Print Print Preview Edit Result Restore Result Delete Result Compare Communication View
Batch Validation Batch Print Patient Info. Parameter Microscopic Exam. RUO Parameters Table Intraday repeated results Graphics Restore default layout Unlock Layout
Review Review History Delect Validate Print Print Preview Communication Research Restore Data Export Archive Lock Record View
Batch Validation Batch Print Print Result Summary Result Summary Preview Print Result List Result List Preview Table General WBC RBC Result Compare Microscopic Exam. RUO Parameters Intraday repeated results Patient Info. Restore default layout Unlock Layout
Worklis t New Delete Search Copy Import Export Print Print Preview Save Statistics Workload Summary Summary of Positive Samples General Summary Print Print Preview Setup General Setup Parameter Setup Access Setup Data Dictionary Reference Range Parameter Unit Reexam Rules Screen Display Save
Auxiliary Print Communication Lab Info. RUO Parameter Setup Microscopic Parameter Setup Custom Parameter Setup Access Setup Authorize Screen Display Style Language of Screen Display
Log All Logs Other Logs Setup Adjustment Error Info. Sequence
3-5
L-J QC Settings Graph Table Parameter QC Graph Monthly QC Graph
System Menu Report Review Worklist QC Statistics Setup Log
QC L-J QC X-B QC X mean QC X mean-R QC X-M QC
X mean-R QC Settings Graph Table
X-B QC Settings Graph Table
Delete Calculate Preset Values Save Preset Values Print Print Preview Delete New Vial Data Compare Sequence Outliers Print Print Preview
Delete Print Print Preview Communicatio n Data Export
Delete Print Print Preview Communicatio n Data Export Save Restore
X-M QC Settings Graph Table
Save Set Limits Get Preset Values Restore Defaults
Read File Save Set Limits Get Preset Values Delete New Vial Data Compare Sequence Calculate Preset Values Save Preset Values Outliers Print Print Preview Delete Print Print Preview Communicatio n Data Export Save Restore New Vial Rule of Outliers Save Print Print Preview Print Print Preview
X mean QC Settings Graph Table
Save Set limits Get Preset Values Restore Defaults Delete Calculate Preset Values Save Preset Values Print Print Preview
Read File Save Set limits Get Preset Values Delete New Vial Data Compare Sequence Calculate Preset Values Save Preset Values Outliers Print Print Preview Delete Print Print Preview Communication Data Export Save Restore
Delete Print Print Preview Communication Data Export
3.4 Password Password access levels include levels for operator, administrator and service engineer; administrator level includes all the levels of operator, while service engineer level includes all the levels of administrator, functions for different levels are shown in the following table in 3-6
detail. The user name and password are the same for the analyzer and DMU.
Level 1 Functions
Access level
User name
Password
administrator
admin
admin
Service engineer
service
Se s700
Level 2 Functions Level 2
Level 3 Function s
Level 4
Operation Access
under the (Buttons)
Menu
Function under the Access
Functions level
Level 3
Level 1 Menu
Module
access
DMU Analyzer Operator Admin Service
Menu
Analyzer Sample Analysis Sample
√
√
√
Mode
√
√
√
Diluent
√
√
√
RUO
√
√
√
Background
/
√
√
Table Review Browse
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
/
√
√
/
√
√
Analysis
Review
Select Search/ Return Switch to "Graph Review"
√
Delete The same as Export
the
access under DMU
3-7
Level 1 Functions
Level 3
Level 2
Function
Functions
s
Level 2
Level 4
Functions level
(Buttons) Menu
Function under
Operation Access
the Access
under the
Level 3
Level 1 Menu
Module
access
DMU Analyzer Operator Admin Service
Menu Special
/
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
/
/
√
√
√
√
QC
√
√
√
Date
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
/
/
√
Reagent
√
√
√
Maintenance
/
√
√
Info. Graph
Browse
Review
RUO Para. Special Info. [TBD] QC
Setup (analyzer)
Select
the
controls file
Auxiliary Setup
Predilute Mode Prompt Pop-up Keyboar d Open Blood Sensor Open Waste Sensor Open Mode Shieldin g
3-8
Level 1 Functions
Level 2 Functions Level 2
Level 3 Function s
Level 4
Functions level
(Buttons) Menu
Function under
Operation Access
the Access
under the
Level 3
Level 1 Menu
Module
access
DMU Analyzer Operator Admin Service
Menu
Autoloader
/
√
√
Barcode
/
√
√
Gain Setup
/
√
√
/
√
√
/
/
√
/
/
√
/
/
√
/
/
√
Communicatio n
Advanced
Analyzer SN Languag e To Closed-R eagent
Debug User Calibration
Manual
Calibrati
View only √
on
View only
Factor Factory Calibrati
/
/
√
/
/
√
/
/
√
Export
/
/
√
Import
/
/
√
on Factor Transfer Factor
Edit function
√
allowed
Initial Value Restorati on
3-9
Level 1 Functions
Level 2 Functions Level 2
Level 3 Function s
Level 4
Functions level
(Buttons) Menu
Function under
Operation Access
the Access
under the
Level 3
Level 1 Menu
Module
access
DMU Analyzer Operator Admin Service
Menu Initializat ion of the
/
/
/
/
√
√
/
/
/
/
√
√
/
/
/
/
/
√
/
√
√
/
/
√
/
/
√
√
√
√
system User Calibrato r Calibrati on Calibrator Factory Calibrato r Calibrati on User Fresh Blood Calibrati on Fresh blood Factory Fresh Blood Calibrati on Transfer factor History
User
Edit
transfer
function
factor
allowed
Browse Resend Single Send Cal. History
Reproducibility
Run
the
3-10
Level 1 Functions
Level 2 Functions Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Function s
Functions level
Function under
Operation Access
the Access
under the
Level 3
Level 1 Menu
(Buttons) Menu
Module
access
DMU Analyzer Operator Admin Service
Menu samples Delete
√
√
√
Mode
√
√
√
Statistics
√
√
√
√
√
√
/
/
√
√
√
√
/
√
√
/
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
/
/
√
View the detailed records Set
the
judgmen t index View the judgmen t index Restore Default Setup and
the
judgmen t
of
accuracy Export Carryover
Run
the
samples Mode View the detailed records Set
the
judgmen t index
3-11
Level 1 Functions
Level 2 Functions Level 2
Level 3 Function s
Level 4
Functions level
(Buttons) Menu
Function under
Operation Access
the Access
under the
Level 3
Level 1 Menu
Module
access
DMU Analyzer Operator Admin Service
Menu
√
√
√
Aging
/
/
/
CBC Gain
/
/
√
√
/
/
√
√
/
/
√
/
√
√
Cleaning
/
√
√
Maintenance
/
√
√
Fluidics
/
√
√
Drain/ Prime
/
/
√
Log
/
/
√
Debug
/
√
√
/
√
√
/
√
√
/
/
/
Logout
√
√
√
Shutdown
√
√
√
/
/
√
Export
Function Optical Gain
s of level 1 allowed
Maintenance
Function
Sequences
s of level
debug
2 allowed
Reagent Priming
Touch Screen Possibilit y to allow
Status
the
√
functions Position
Data transmissi
3-12
Level 1 Functions
Level 2 Functions Level 2
Level 3 Function s
Level 4
Operation Access
the Access
under the (Buttons)
Menu
Function under
Functions level
Level 3
Level 1 Menu
Module
access
DMU Analyzer Operator Admin Service
Menu on to the DMU
DMU Browse Report
the
√
√
√
/
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
/
√
√
/
√
√
/
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
results Delete (include
Function
the
s of level √
repeat
3 allowed
results) Commun ication Edit patient informati on Edit Result
Restore Result
Validate/ Cancel
Function s of level √ 3 allowed Function s of level √ 3 allowed Function s of level √ 3 allowed
Preview Function Print
s of level 3
√
upgraded Microsco
3-13
Level 1 Functions
Level 2 Functions Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Function s
Function under
Operation Access
the Access
Functions level under the
Level 3
Level 1 Menu
(Buttons) Menu
Module
access
DMU Analyzer Operator Admin Service
Menu pic exam Applicati on
of
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
/
√
√
/
√
√
/
√
√
History
/
√
√
Browse
√
√
√
√
√
√
/
√
√
/
√
√
Reexam Rules RUO Paramet ers Result Compare Revise the sample No.
s of level √ 3 allowed
Restore
Function
to Initial
s of level √
Layout
3 allowed
Unlock the locked screen Review
Function
Function s of level √ 3 allowed
RUO Paramet ers Delete (include
Function
the
s of level √
repeat
3 allowed
results) Validate/
Function √
3-14
Level 1 Functions
Level 2 Functions Level 2
Level 3 Function s
Level 4
Operation Access
the Access
under the (Buttons)
Menu
Function under
Functions level
Level 3
Level 1 Menu
Module
access
DMU Analyzer Operator Admin Service
Menu Cancel
s of level 3 allowed Function
/
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
Search
√
√
√
Lockoff
√
√
√
√
√
√
/
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
WBC
√
√
√
RBC
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
Export
s of level √ 3 allowed
Preview Function Print
s of level 3
√
upgraded Commun ication
The latest 2000 results Archive file
Function s of level √ 3 allowed
Main window Patient Info.
Result Compare Microsco
3-15
Level 1 Functions
Level 2 Functions Level 2
Level 3 Function s
Level 4
Operation Access
the Access
under the (Buttons)
Menu
Function under
Functions level
Level 3
Level 1 Menu
Module
access
DMU Analyzer Operator Admin Service
Menu pic Exam RUO
√
√
√
√
√
√
/
√
√
/
√
√
/
√
√
Store
√
√
√
Add
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
s of level √
√
√
√
Para. Function Q-Flag
s of level √ 3 allowed
"Special info."
s of level √ 3 allowed
Restore
Function
Default
s of level √
Layout
3 allowed
Unlock the locked screen Worklist
Function
Function s of level √ 3 allowed
Function Delete
s of level 3
√
upgraded Search Copy Records Function Import
s of level 3 upgraded Function
Export
3
3-16
Level 1 Functions
Level 2 Functions Level 2
Level 3 Function s
Level 4
Operation Access
the Access
under the (Buttons)
Menu
Function under
Functions level
Level 3
Level 1 Menu
Module
access
DMU Analyzer Operator Admin Service
Menu upgraded Function s of level √
√
√
√
√
√
√
/
√
√
Graph
√
√
√
Table
√
√
√
/
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
/
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
/
√
√
Print
3 allowed Preview Function QC
s of level √
Setup
3 allowed
Function
Edit Result
s of level √ 3 allowed
Paramet er
QC
Graph Monthly QC Graph Function Delete
s of level √ 3 allowed
New vial Cancel New vial Data Compare Display Order
Function s of level √ 3 allowed
3-17
Level 1 Functions
Level 3
Level 2 Functions Level 2
Function s
Level 4
Operation Access
the Access
under the (Buttons)
Menu
Function under
Functions level
Level 3
Level 1 Menu
Module
access
DMU Analyzer Operator Admin Service
Menu Calculate
Function
Preset
s of level √
Values
3 allowed
Save
Function
Preset
s of level √
Values
3 allowed
/
√
√
/
√
√
/
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
/
√
√
/
√
√
Function Outliers
s of level √ 3 allowed Function
Print
s of level √ 3 allowed
Preview Statistics
Workload Summary Summary of Positive Samples General Summary Function s of level √
Print
3 allowed Preview Setup
Auxiliary Setup Para. Unit Ref.
Group
and Reference Range
3-18
Level 1 Functions
Level 2 Functions Level 2
Level 3 Function s
Level 4
Functions level
(Buttons) Menu
Function under
Operation Access
the Access
under the
Level 3
Level 1 Menu
Module
access
DMU Analyzer Operator Admin Service
Menu
Print Communicatio n
Flag
√
√
√
√
√
√
/
√
√
/
√
√
/
√
√
/
√
√
/
√
√
√
√
√
/
√
√
√
√
√
/
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
RUO Parameter Setup Microscopic Parameter Setup Custom Parameter Setup Function
Reexam
s of level
Rules Data Dictionary
2 allowed Browse Setup (Add, Edit and Delete)
Lab Info.
Browse Setup (Enter, edit)
Screen
Menu
Display
Display Backgro und Color
3-19
Level 1 Functions
Level 2 Functions Level 2
Level 3 Function s
Level 4
Operation Access
the Access
under the (Buttons)
Menu
Function under
Functions level
Level 3
Level 1 Menu
Module
access
DMU Analyzer Operator Admin Service
Menu Languag
/
/
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
/
√
√
Contents
√
√
√
About
√
√
√
Close
√
√
√
Logout
√
√
√
Exit
√
√
√
e
Different contents are Log
Browse
displaye d
under
different access Search Function Export
s of level √ 3 allowed
Help
Close/ Logout
3.5 Analyzer Software Update 3.5.1 Update Preparation Copy the update kit "update.tar.gz" in the analyzer installation kit under the root directory of the USB flash drive. Note: 1. It is not necessary to unzip the update.tar.gz, just copy it to the root directory of the USB flash drive directly. 3-20
2. USB flash drive: It is recommended to use USB flash drive of standardized brand such as Netac, Kingston, Aigo and so on.
3.5.2 Step 1: Update process 1.
Plug the USB flash drive containing the installation kit to the USB port on the right side of the BC-6800 analyzer, then log on with the service engineer access; press the menu button on the upper left, after the sub menu pops up, click "Status"→"Version Info.", the Version Info. screen is shown as follows.
Figure 3-1 Version Info. Screen
2.
Click the "Start Update" button at the bottom, the following note will pop up.
Figure 3-2 Confirm whether to enter the update screen
3-21
3.
After you click "Yes", the update screen is shown as Figure 3-3.
Figure 3-4 Update screen 4.
Click" Update" and start the update process. The update preparation note will pop up as follows:
Figure 3-5 5.
Note of update preparation
The update process in generally within 10 second and 1 minute at most, "......" will display circularly on the screen, wait patiently. Then the following update preparation note will pop up after the preparation is finished:
Figure 3-6
Note of Project info. and CD info 3-22
6.
Click "Yes" to start the update process. The update progress bar will display on the screen as follows:
Figure 3-7 7.
After Step 1 is finished, the following note will pop up:
Figure 3-8 8.
Update process note
Note of the unfinished update
Click "OK", the following note will pop up, and then shut down the analyzer.
Figure 3-9
Restart note
3.5.3 Step 2: Update process 1.
Start up the analyzer, plug the USB flash drive which is used in Step 1 to the USB port at the right side of the analyzer, enter the screen as shown below: 3-23
Note: After starting up the analyzer, do not power off and restart the analyzer before update successfully.
Figure 3-10 Update screen 2.
Click" Update" and start the update process. A note of update preparation will pop up shown as follows:
Figure 3-11 Note of update preparation 3.
The update process is generally within 10 second and 1 minute at most, "......" will display circularly on the screen, wait patiently. A note of update preparation shown as follows will pop up after the preparation is finished:
Figure 3-12 Note of Project info. and CD info. 3-24
4.
Click "Yes" and start the update process. The file verification screen is shown as follows:
Figure 3-13 File verification note 5.
After the files are verified, enter the file update screen; update the software and then the hardware drive after the files are updated. The update software screen is shown as follows:
Figure 3-14 Update software note Note: If the software is changed, the software will be updated; if the hardware drive is changed, a note of "Updating the driver board" will pop up. If no item is changed, then the update note will not display.
6.
The data update screen is shown as follows:
Figure 3-15 Data update note 7.
After the data is updated, a note of "Update succeeded!" will pop up as follows: 3-25
Figure 3-16 Note of update succeeded 8.
Click "OK", a note to shut down the analyzer will pop up, start up the analyzer, the screen is shown as follows:
Figure 3-17 Restart analyzer note 9.
Shut down the analyzer, plug out the USB flash drive and wait for a while, such as 20 seconds, then start up the analyzer and begin the startup process.
10. Press the menu button on the upper left, after the sub menu pops up, click "Status"→"Version Info.", the version info. Screen is shown as follows.
3.6 DMU Software Installation 3.6.1 PC recommended configuration Hardware configuration
Software configuration
Memory: 2GB
Operating system
Hard disk space: 320GB
Windows 7
CD-ROM: DVD-RW Database: SQL Server 2005 Express SP3
Network port: two network ports (one is integrating while another is separated)
It is recommended to divide the hard disk as follows: Disk C: 40G Disk D: 200G
system disk for installing operating system and DMU software data disk for DMU data files and backup files 3-26
Disk E: 80G
file disk for other files
3.6.2 DMU installation procedure 1.Open the installation disk, right click setup.exe and run under the administrator access and start installing.
Figure 3-18 Run the installation procedure 2.Then the "User account control" will pop up, click "Yes" and start installing. 3.The installation program will check the operating condition, such as the version of the operating system, whether there are .Net Framework 2.0 items and whether the SQL Server is installed, the following note will pop up.
Figure 3-19 Item checking 3-27
4.If all the items needed for the "Auto hematology analyzer software" are installed, click next to choose language in the dialog box, the language chosen will be used after the Auto hematology analyzer software is installed.
Figure 3-20 Language selecting dialog box 5.Click "OK" and prepare to install, the next screen is shown:
Figure 3-21 Next step of the installation 6.Click "Next", enter the software customization screen as shown: Auto start of the DMU after startup: the DMU will start automatically after the PC starts; Activate the safety management: this function ensure the DMU running environment is not damaged and guarantee the safety, reliability and endurance of the DMU data and make the operating system under control; if the safety management is activated, administrators other than the default administrator cannot access Windows 7 system which is limited by DMU, only the administrator, service engineer and common user could log on Windows 7 and use DMU, administrator is generally disabled while installing the Windows 7, if the account needs to be seen, cancel the disabled administrator account on the “Computer Management-User account; 3-28
Figure 3-22 Software customize screen 7.Click “Next”, enter the dialog box for selecting the data directory in the database and installation directory, the screen is shown as follows:
Figure 3-23 Database path and backup path selection 3-29
8.Click "Next", enter the item selection and installation directory dialog box, the program is generally installed under the C:\Program Files and write-protect the file after the installation to protect from damage, to ensure the "Auto hematology analyzer software" to run normally, it is recommended that there is 130M left in the installation disk.
Figure 3-24 Program installation directory selection 9.Click "Next", and the installation confirmation dialog box will pop up.
Figure 3-25 Installation confirmation dialog box 3-30
10.Click "Install" and start the "Auto hematology analyzer" installation.
Figure 3-26 Software installation process 11.The printing template will be configured during the installation process, when the status displays "Configuring printing template...” the following dialog box will pop up and click "No".
Figure 3-27 Printing template update dialog box 12.The installation finished after this step is finished, the finished confirmation note will pop up. Click "Finished" and exit the installation program, shortcuts on the desktop and program menu will be created.
3-31
Figure 3-28 Installation finished note
Figure 3-29 Desktop shortcut
13.After the DMU is started, click the up right button on the following screen to confirm the version.
Click this icon to check the version information Figure 3-30 Version button
3-32
Figure 3-31 Version info.
3.7 DMU Software Update 3.7.1 DMU Software Update Step 1: Update preparation 1.
If the DMU software is opened on the PC, the DMU software shall be closed first.
2.
Open the DMU CD with the CD-ROM, such as Release_V01.03.00.12080.iso.
Step 2: Update process 1.Open the installation CD, right click the setup.exe and run under the administrator access and start installing.
Figure 3-32 Run the installation procedure 3-33
2.Then the "User account control" dialog box will pop up, click "Yes" and start installing. 3.After starting the setup program, the screen indicates that it is preparing, after the preparation finished and the following screen appears, the "Next" button is activated, the screen is shown as follows:
Figure 3-33 Installation guide 4.Click "Install" on the following screen;
Figure 3-34 Installation screen 3-34
5.Install when the installation guide appears, "Configuring printing template..." prompts and the following dialog box appears, click "No" in this step;
Figure 3-35 Printing template selection screen 6.After finish updating, click "Finished" on the following screen and finish updating.
Figure 3-36 Update finished screen 7.Double click the DMU shortcut icon on the desktop after the update is finished; 8.After the DMU software is opened, click the version information icon on the upper right to confirm that the analyzer version is updated successfully; 3-35
Click this icon to check the version information Figure 3-37 Version info. button Note: 1. The "Auto hematology analyzer" software cannot be updated from higher version to lower version. 2. The previous setup, sample results, patient information, print template and so on will be saved after the DMU is updated, the previous counts, patient information, setup before update, print template and so on can be viewed on the updated DMU.
3.7.2 DMU Software Repair When the auto hematology is running, if some files are damaged which cause the software cannot be used normally, double click the setup.exe in the CD of the same version, then the "Change, repair or delete" dialog box will pop up, "Repair" or "Delete" the DMU software.
Figure 3-38 Change, repair or delete Note: This screen is contained in the Windows Installer tool, meanwhile the "Change" button is not used in the installation of the 3201DMU and will be canceled; "Repair" will be used when some files are damaged and cannot be used, the damaged or lost files can be repaired, just operate based on the note of the screen; "Delete" means to delete the DMU software but keep the DMU software configuration file, database files, printing template and so on, click the "Delete" button and click "Next" based on the note. 3-36
3.8 Backup and Restoration The hard disk or board maybe damaged and needs to be replaced at the user end. To ensure that the important parameters will not be lost by replacing, the important data of the analyzer needs to be backed up or restored. There are 2 ways to backup: Auto backup and manual backup; the restoration can only be done manually.
3.8.1 Auto backup Auto backup: When the analyzer is in the auto sleep mode or shut down, the analyzer will backup the important data such as calibration factors to the DMU of a safer computer. Precondition of the auto backup: a)If the analyzer and the DMU are connected normally, the status light of the DMU is "Ready status". b)Log on the analyzer with the service engineer account; c)Enter the auto sleep mode or shut down the analyzer. Note: The auto backup maybe fail if the network is disconnected or power off, there will be no note on the screen.
3.8.2 Manual backup and restoration 1)
2)
The manual backup are mainly used in the following situation: 1.
After it is backed up automatically, the service engineer will replace a new CF card; after log on with the service engineer account, the restoration needs to be done manually, which is to copy the backed up data to the new CF card, so that the new CF card can use the important parameters before being replaced, such as the setup, statistics and so on.
2.
The customer engineer will install the DMU software on a new computer; the CF card of the analyzer is not new. Log on with the service engineer access and backup manually, which is to backup the important data of the analyzer to the DMU of the PC for restoration.
Manual backup procedure:
1. Precondition: If the analyzer and the DMU are connected normally, the status light of the DMU is "Ready status". 2. Click the analyzer menuÆLogout, then the login box will pop up; enter the password of the service engineer and click "OK";
3-37
Figure 3-39 Logon screen Click "OK", wait for 10s and enter the next screen; 3. Then a dialog box indicating device inconsistency will pop up as follows:
Figure 3-40 Backup restoration dialog box 4. Click the "OK" button and the following screen will pop up, wait for 10s, do not power off in this process;
Figure 3-41 Waiting screen 3-38
5. After about 10s, enter the backup restoration screen as follows:
Figure 3-42 Backup restoration screen 6. Click the” Backup" button, the system will perform backup automatically and prompt will be given when backup finishes successfully.
Figure 3-43 Backup restoration note 3. Click "OK" and the following note will pop up, power off and then restart the analyzer.
Figure 3-44 Backup succeeded screen 3-39
3)
Manual backup procedure
The procedure for manual restoration is almost the same as that of the manual backup, however, the "Backup" button is inactive in step 5 of the manual backup procedure, click the "Restore" button and do based on the note.
3.8.3 Explanation of the abnormal backup and restoration Q: In what case will the "Backup" and "Restoration" both be activated on the backup and restoration screen? A: Case 1: If the user log on with the service engineer account and the auto backup fails, a note of device inconsistency will pop up, enter the backup and restoration screen, the "Backup" and "Restore" buttons will be both activated, the user can backup and restore manually; Case 2: If the user log on with the service engineer account, the CF card replaced by the analyzer is not a new one but a backed up one, a note of device inconsistency will pop up, enter the backup and restoration screen, the "Backup" and "Restore" buttons will be both activated, the user can backup and restore manually.
3.9 Connection device between the DMU and analyzer 3.9.1 Direct connection between DMU and analyzer Direct connection means the PC with the DMU installed is connected to the analyzer with a network cable, after the communication is setup properly, the DMU can communicate with the analyzer.
1. Analyzer setup
Figure 3-45
Analyzer connection setup
2. DMU Setup Open the DMU and double click the box will pop up:
on the upper left, the analyzer connection dialog
3-40
Figure 3-46
DMU connection setup dialog box
Set the IP address of the analyzer as 10.0.0.12, enter the analyzer name and save it.
Figure 3-47 Direct-connected address setup Note: Click the area other than the dialog box to close the dialog box.
3. Connection status Click the "Save" button. The connection status changes as "Disconnected->Connecting->Connected", the relevant "Analyzer status" then changes to green dot, meanwhile the SN of the connected analyzer is shown as follows:
Figure 3-48 Connection status 3-41
If something is wrong with the analyzer, the "analyzer status" field will be marked as a red dot.
3.9.2 DMU connected to the analyzer in LAN Connect the PC with the DMU and the analyzer to the LAN with the network cable, after it is setup properly, the DMU can communicate with the analyzer. 1. Analyzer setup For user of the administrator lever or above, click "Setup"- "Communication” in the menu, enter the communication setup screen, enter the following information:
Figure 3-49
Analyzer communication setup
(1)Enter the IP address of the analyzer, such as 192.168.5.12 (2)Then enter "255.255.255.0" in the "Subnet Mask" field. (3)Enter the Gateway for the LAN, such as 192.168.5.233 Enter the other screen after entering the gateway, click "Yes" to save the gateway. 2. DMU Setup Open the DMU and double click the box will pop up:
Figure 3-50
on the upper left, the analyzer connection dialog
DMU connection setup dialog box 3-42
Click the "New" button and enter the information in the following fields: 1)
Analyzer name: Enter as needed, for example: HOST1
2)
IP address: enter the IP address which is the name as the analyzer, such as 192.168.5.12
3)
Click the "Save" button, click area other than the dialog box to close the dialog box.
Figure 3-51 DMU connection setup
3.9.3 Common Q & A Q: What is the meaning of the color of the DMU status light? A: The statuses of the lights are as follows.
Figure 3-1 Status description of the DMU light Analyzer status
Ready
Definition
Description
"Ready", samples can be analyzed directly
No matter what status the system is before, when return to the ready status, make sure that the results of the sample analysis of this status is correct and reliable Include but not limited to the following situations: 1. Sample analysis
Active, the system is active for some certain purpose
2. Mode switch 3. System maintenance (Startup, shutdown, reagent replacing, cleaning, priming, pack up and so on) 4. System self-test
3-43
Attention, the system is at risk, however the user can restore this status back to normal Standby, if the system is not used for a long time or at certain status for a long time, it can enter the Ready status Error, the system is at the error status, it can only enter the Ready status until after it is repaired
All the status which may bring in risks to the sample analysis (such as the diluent is used up or the background is not satisfied) Include but not limited to the following situations: 1. Standby 2. Soaking The system fails to return to the Ready status because of the damaged or abnormal parts, it can only return to the Ready status until repaired by the user or professionals
Q: How many connection statuses are there between the analyzer and the DMU? A: The connection status is "Disconnected"->"Connecting"->"Connected", the relevant "Analyzer status" then changes to a green dot, meanwhile the SN of the connected analyzer is shown.
Q: Can the connection of the analyzer and DMU be revised? How to revise? A: Yes. It can be revised as follows: 1)
On the DMU screen, double click the connection setup dialog box.
2)
Select the analyzer name which is highlighted
3)
Click "Revise" and edit relevant connection information
4)
Click the "Save" button.
on the upper left and open the
Q: Can certain connection be deleted? A: Yes. It can be deleted as follows: 1)
On the DMU screen, double click the connection setup dialog.
2)
Select the analyzer and highlight the line
3)
Click "Delete"
4)
Click the "Save" button. 3-44
on the upper left and open the
Q: Why is the connection status "connecting" when the IP address is setup both on the analyzer and the DMU? A:
1) Check if the IP address of the analyzer is correct. 2) Check if the IP address of the analyzer is the same as that in the DMU connection dialog box.
3.10 LIS Communication Setup The communication system mainly supports the system to communicate the analyzer data by uni-directional LIS or Bi-directional LIS, setup the communication at the DMU. Note: For user of the administrator lever or above, click "Setup"- "Communication" in the menu. There are two communication methods: 1)
Serial port communication: The DMU uses the serial port to communicate.
2)
Network port: The DMU communicates by TCP.
3.10.1 Serial port communication 1) After the serial port communication is selected and connected, select relevant serial device in the following serial port setup.
Figure 3-52 Serial port communication setup 2) After setting, click "Save" and the setting will be effective. Note: The baud rate shall be fixed as 115200.
3.10.2 Network port communication 1)
After the Network interface is selected and the network cables are connected, set up the relevant network. 3-45
Figure 3-53 Network communication 2)
3)
4)
IP Address: (1)
If DMU communicates as user end, enter the IP Address of the LIS server;
(2)
If DMU communicates as the server, the IP Address will be ignored.
Port (1)
If the DMU communicates as user end, enter the port for the LIS server;
(2)
If DMU communicates as the server, enter the port name of the analyzer monitor.
Software of the PC works as the server: Effective under the network communication condition. (1) Selected: DMU communicates as the TCP server (2) Unselected: DMU communicates as the TCP 客户机
3.10.3 Protocol Setup
Figure 3-54 Protocol setup screen 3-46
1.
Protocol Type (the follow 3 protocols for both serial port and network interface)
1)
“HL7+UTF8”:
2)
“15ID+GBK”:
3)
“15ID+UTF8”:
4)
“ASTM”;
2.
ACK Synchronous communication
1)
It can only be selected when the HL7 Protocol is selected;
2)
Selected: After the DMU transmit a sample result or QC count, wait for the ACK, after the ACK has received or timeout, transmit the next result;
3)
Unselected: The DMU will transmit a sample result or QC count after the last sample result or QC count is transmitted, all the ACK message from the transmitted from the LIS will be ignored;
4)
ACK Timeout: It is effective with the ACK Synchronous communication, the time refers to the maximum time that DMU waits for the ACK after the results are transmitted.
3.
Transmission Mode
1)
2-Way LIS/HIS Communication: If it is selected, the sample information maybe searched from LIS when running the samples.
2)
Auto Communication: If it is selected, the sample results including LJ QC results with special sample ID will try auto Communication when reached the DMU;
3)
Transmit as Print Bitmap Data
i)
Selected: histogram/scattergram transmitted as Bitmap data are consistent with the printout, the background is white, the histogram is not filled up but outlined;
ii)
Unselected: histogram/scattergram transmitted as Bitmap data are consistent with the screen.
4.
Histogram Transmitted as
1)
Not transmitted, the sample results data does not include the histogram data;
2)
Bitmap, the sample results data included the histogram bitmap data;
3)
Data, the sample results include histogram binary original data.
5.
Scattergram Transmitted as
1)
Not transmitted, the sample results data does not include the scattergram data;
2)
Bitmap, the sample results data included the scattergram bitmap data;
3)
Data, the sample results include scattergram binary original data.
3-47
3.11 Uni-directional LIS Communication 3.11.1 Function overview 1. Auto communication of the normal samples Before the auto communication, check if the auto communication is selected and the LIS communication is normal (if the LIS is connected properly, the dark blue cursor at the bottom right will be highlighted, when the mouse move to the cursor, it will prompt “Connected” as shown below.
Figure 3-55 Auto communication
After the counts, the analyzer will transmit the sample results to the DMU (Data Managing Unit) at the PC, if the auto communication setup is correct and connected properly, the results will be transmitted to the LIS automatically and the communication is normal. The samples on the Review and Report screen will marked with a tick at the communication column which is shown as follows, if the communication fails, it will prompt the note at the screen as follows.
3-48
Figure 3-56 Successful communication mark 1
Figure 3-57 Successful communication mark 2
3-49
Figure 3-58 Communication failure mark 2.Auto communication of the QC results a.
Only the LJ results whose QC sample ID is set can communicate automatically when reaches the DMU, other QC data can be communicates manually.
b.
After the QC counts finish, the analyzer will transmit the QC results to the DMU, if the auto communication setup is correct and the LIS is connected properly, the results will be communicated to the LIS automatically.
c.
The LJ QC samples with special sample ID will be transmitted as encode of normal samples in the auto communication.
3.Sample batch communication Before the batch communication, ensure that the LIS is connected properly.
Figure 3-59 LIS connected For the normal sample results, batch communication can be done on the Review and Report screen. After the communication is successful, relevant sample results will be marked with communicated.
1)Sample batch communication Enter the report screen, select several samples and right click, click the communication 3-50
button; or just click the “Communication” button on the tool bar and the selected samples will be communicated to the LIS.
Figure 3-60 LIS communication button During the communication, the communication progress bar will be shown at the bottom of the DMU. Move the mouse to the progress bar, a note will prompt, click “Cancel” and cancel the batch communication.
Figure 3-61 Communication progress bar
If there is network disconnection error (such as disconnected network), the batch communication will stop, a note will prompt to inform the user, the prompt can be seen when the mouse is moved to the progress bar, which is shown as below. Click the “OK” on the following screen, the communication mission will stop, after the communication error is removed, start the communication again.
3-51
Figure 3-62 Unfinished transmission 2)Communication on the Review screen Click the "Communication" button; select “All data” or “Specified data”, and then click the “Start” button to transmit data as follows:
Figure 3-63 Data communication at the review screen
3)Batch communication of the QC results The batch communication of the QC sample results can be done at the QC screen, click the” Communication” button at the QC Table screen, then click “Start” on the note to transmit the data. 3-52
Figure 3-64 Batch communication of the QC data If there is network disconnection error (such as disconnected network), the batch communication will stop, a prompt will pop up to inform the user at the DMU. (The same as the Review screen)
3.11.2 Common Q & A 1.
If the server fails to work, a prompt “Monitor failure, restart the DMU or try the communication after changing the communication Port.” will pop up on the screen, which is shown as below. In this case, check if the communication setup at the DMU is correct. For example, check if the “Terminal Software as Server” and the LIS are both set as the server; or if the communication port is set improperly. For how to set the port, see the setup of the LIS.
Figure 3-65 Monitor failure 2.
If the communication fails, the following tips will prompt. The reasons for the failure may be as follows: 1)Communication setup at the DMU is not correct, set the communication based on the communication setup guide. 3-53
2)DMU and LIS are not connected successfully. Check the cables and lines to see if the LIS can be used.
Note: there are over 10 cases for the failure judgment by the program, such as network connection error, serial port is engaged, data not transmitted, failed to receive the LIS, response format error of the LIS.
Figure 3-66 Communication failed
3.
Communication timeout
Reason: DMU fails to receive the response because of timeout or the respond message does not meet the requirements of the protocol. In this case, check if items of the communication setup at the DMU are correct, check if network is connected properly and whether the respond from the LIS meets the protocol. If the communication is timeout caused by the busy network, cancel the “ACK Synchronous communication” on the communication setup screen. Note: After the data is transmitted, ACK refers to the response that transmits to the DMU by the LIS.
3.12 Bi-Directional LIS Communication 3.12.1 Working with Worklist in Bi-Directional LIS/HIS Before performing any operation in bi-directional LIS/HIS, make sure the "2-Way LIS/HIS Communication" option is selected, and the LIS connection is in normal status (the LIS status icon is colored in blue, and there is a prompt of "Connected" when you put the mouse on it, as shown in the figure below).
3-54
Figure 3-67 Bi-Directional LIS/HIS Communication When bi-directional LIS/HIS is enabled, you can only enter the "Sample ID", "Mode", "Rack No." and "Tube No." in the "Worklist" screen. For any item in "Ready" status in the worklist, you can edit the mode whenever needed.
Creating a new worklist item: Click the "New" button; Enter the sample ID, click any other text box or click the "Save" button. DMU sends a worklist request to LIS/HIS. If there is a valid result, it will be displayed on the screen, as shown in the figure below.
Figure 3-68 Creating a new worklist 3-55
If there are invalid data in the searching result, DMU will not display the data and will give a prompt shown in the figure below.
Figure 3-69 Prompt of invalid data
3.12.2 Entering the Patient Information at the "Report" screen in Bi-Directional LIS/HIS The bi-directional LIS/HIS function has no effect to the entering of patient information at the "Report" screen. The user can enter patient information before sample analysis. But the DMU will request and save patient information after the sample analysis results are attained, and if there is any inconsistency between the responded information and entered information, the responded one will be adopted.
3.12.3 Sample Analysis Request in Bi-Directional LIS/HIS 1.
When bi-directional LIS/HIS is enabled, the sample ID can not increase automatically;
2.
In open-vial/autoloading analysis as per worklist: the worklist information will be acquired from the LIS/HIS end (see 3.12.1Working with Worklist in Bi-Directional LIS/HIS for details). When the analysis if finished, the analysis results, graphics, and sample information will be send to LIS/HIS;
3.
In open-vial analysis (not as per worklist): if bi-directional LIS/HIS is enabled, after you enter or scan the sample ID and save it, the DMU will request information of this sample, and then perform analysis based on the responded information. When the analysis if finished, the analysis results, graphics, and sample information will be send to LIS/HIS;
4.
In autoloading analysis with built-in barcode scanner: if bi-directional LIS/HIS is enabled, when the sample ID is attained from scanning, it will be sent to DMU, and then DMU sends a request to LIS/HIS. When the DMU get the valid analysis mode information, it will send the information to the analyzer. When the analysis is finished, the analysis results, graphics and sample information will be sent to LIS/HIS.
3.12.4 FAQ 1. If the server fails to start up, the DMU will prompt "Fail to start up monitoring. Please restart the terminal software or change the communication port, and then try again." In this case, check for incorrect communication setup of DMU. E.g. set LIS/HIS to be the server 3-56
when "Terminal Software as Server" in communication setup is selected; or select the wrong port. See 3.10 LIS Communication Setup for how to set communication port.
Figure 3-70 Failing to monitor
2. If LIS/HIS is disabled, "No LIS/HIS Connection Available" will be prompted and the saving fails. In this case, check whether the DMU and LIS/HIS is properly connected, and whether the DMU communication setup is correct. To check the connection between DMU and LIS/HIS: if the connection is proper, the LIS icon will be in dark blue, and if you place the mouse on it, there will be a prompt of "Connected", as shown in the figure below.
Figure 3-71 Checking the Connection 3. In the process of request, if 1) There is communication error or overtime, there will be a prompt of "Communication overtime". This is because the DMU does not receive response in defined time or the response does not meet the requirement of the communication protocol. In this case, check the DMU communication setup, network connection and 3-57
the response from LIS/HIS. If the communication overtime is caused by busy network, deselect "ACK Synchronous Communication" in DMU communication setup. 2) If the analysis mode is not attained or the responded mode is not valid, there will be a prompt "Analysis mode ineffective". In this case, check whether the analysis mode acquired from LIS is valid. 3) If the patient information inconsistent with the "Data Dictionary" of DMU, there will be a prompt of "Information acquisition ineffective". In this case, check whether the patient information acquired from LIS is valid.
4. LIS/HIS request failure caused by abnormal data which include: 1)Invalid data, which include the following cases: A.Coded character can not be identified B.Length of string out of limit C.Undefined type. E.g. the presentation mode is neither "OV" nor "AL". D.Invalid data in one field of patient information. E.g. date of birth later than system date.
2)Field missing. E.g. no valid analysis mode is acquired by the DMU. 3)Acquired mode inconsistent with the current mode. E.g. in autoloading analysis, the acquired presentation mode is open-vial.
Open-Vial: Field
Status
Perform analysis?
Prompt
Missing Presentation mode
Invalid
Yes, in open-vial
None
Yes, in current mode
None
Yes, in current mode
DMU: Ineffective Analysis Mode
Yes. Ignore the invalid part
DMU: Invalid *** (e.g. Invalid gender)
Inconsistent Blood
Missing
Mode
Invalid
Analysis
Missing
mode
Invalid Missing
Patient information
Invalid Overlength
3-58
Autoloading: Field
Status
Perform analysis?
Prompt
Missing Presentation mode
Invalid
Yes, in autoloading
None
Yes, in whole blood
None
Inconsistent Blood Mode Analysis mode
Missing Invalid Missing Invalid
Yes, in the mode of the previous sample
DMU: Ineffective Analysis Mode
Missing Patient information
Invalid
Yes. Ignore the invalid part
Overlength
3-59
DMU: Invalid *** (e.g. Invalid gender)
4 Operation Principles 4.1 Measurement of the Optical Channel 4.1.1Laser Flow Cytometry
Figure 4-1 WBC measurement
The blood sample reacted with certain amount of lyse and fluorescent dye is injected into the conical flow cell filled with diluent by the sample probe. Surrounded with sheath fluid (diluent), the blood cells pass through the center of the flow cell in a single column. When the blood cells suspended in the diluent pass through the flow cell, they are exposed to a laser beam. The intensity of the light scatter reflects the blood cell size and intracellular granularity. The low-angle forward scatter reflects cell size, the high-angle side scatter reflects intracellular granularity, and the intensity of fluorescent signal reflects the contents of RNA and DNA in the cells. The light signals are collected and converted into electrical pulses. Each blood cell will generate electrical pulse in the directions of low-angle, high-angle and fluorescent light scatter. Pulse data collected can be used to draw a 3-dimensional distribution (scattergram), with the low-angle FS, high angle SS and fluorescence FL as the axes. The scattergram reflects cell size, intracellular granularity and contents of RNA/DNA. The blood cells are differentiated according to their different clinical characteristics. The BC-6800 Auto Hematology Analyzer can obtain scattergrams of 4 channels, which are DIFF, BASO, NRBC and RET channels. The DIFF channel differentiates lymphocytes, monocytes, neutrophils and eosinophils; the BASO channel differentiates basophils; the NRBC channel differentiates nucleated red blood cells; and the RET channel differentiates reticulocytes.
4-1
RNA/DNA content
Fluorescence
Side scatter
Beam splitter
Structure inside cells
Laser beam Forward scatter
Cell size
Figure 4-2 Optical measurement principle
4.1.2Nucleated Red Blood Cell The NRBC scattergram includes WBC region and NRBC region. The ratio of particle number in the NRBC region (NRBC#_N) to the particle number in the non-ghost region of the NRBC channel (WBC_N) is NRBC%_N, which is the NRBC% in the analysis report. The number of NRBCs can be calculated by multiplying the WBC# and the NRBC%. NRBC%=NRBC%_N=
NRBC#_N × 100% WBC_N
NRBC#= WBC× NRBC%
4.1.3WBC-Related Parameters The spots in the Bas region of the BASO scattergram reflects number of basophils (Baso#_B), and all spots in the scattergram reflects number of WBCs (WBC_B). The basophil percentage (Baso%) can be obtained through calculation. As the NRBCs are also recognized as lymphocytes, the NRBC# shall be deducted from WBC#.
WBC= WBC _ B × (100% − NRBC%) Baso#= Baso#_B Baso%=
Baso # ×100% WBC
The DIFF scattergram contains the lymphocyte (Lym#_D), neutrophil (Neu#_D), monocyte (Mon#_D) and eosinophil (Eos#_D) cell populations; the ratio of particle number in each region to the total number of WBC particles is the percentage of each cell population, namely Lym%_D, Mon%_D, Eos%_D and Neu%_D. In the DIFF channel, NRBCs are recognized as lymphocytes, and basophils are recognized as neutrophils, so NRBC# must be deducted from 4-2
WBC# to get the true percentage of each cell population. The calculation equations of WBC-related parameters:
Lym%=
Lym#_D-WBC_D × NRBC% ×100% WBC_D × (100% − NRBC%)
Lym#= WBC × Lym% Neu%=
Neu#_D ×100% − Baso% WBC_D × (100% − NRBC%)
Neu#= WBC × Neu% Mon%=
Mon#_D ×100% WBC_D × (100% − NRBC%)
Mon#= WBC × Mon% Eos%=
Eos#_D × 100% WBC_D × (100% − NRBC%)
Eos#= WBC × Eos%
4.1.4RET-Related Parameters The ratio of particle number in the RET region to the sum of particles in the mature RBC region and the RET region is the RET percentage. RET# can be calculated by multiplying RET% and RBC#. In the RET extension scattergram, the ratio of particle number in the high fluorescent region to the particle number in the RET region is the high fluorescent RET ratio (HFR); the middle fluorescent RET ratio (MFR) can be calculated likewise; the low fluorescent RET ratio can be obtained by deducting HFR and MFR from 100. The immature RET ratio is the sum of MFR and HFR. RET%=
RET#_R ×100% RBC _ O + RET#_R
RET#= RBC × RET% HFR=
MFR= LFR= 100 − MFR − HFR IRF= MFR + HFR
4-3
4.2 HGB Measurement 4.2.1 Colorimetric Method HGB is determined by the colorimetric method. The diluted sample is delivered to the HGB bath where it is mixed with a certain amount of lyse, which converts hemoglobin to a hemoglobin complex. An LED is mounted on one side of the bath and emits a beam of monochromatic light. The light passes through the sample and is then measured by an optical sensor that is mounted on the opposite side. The signal is then amplified and the voltage is measured and compared to the blank reference reading (readings taken when there is only diluent in the bath), and the HGB is measured and calculated in the analyzer automatically.
4.2.2 HGB The HGB is calculated per the following equation and expressed in g/L. HGB=
4.3 RBC/PLT Measurement 4.3.1 Electrical Impedance Method RBCs/PLTs are counted and sized by electrical impedance method. This method is based on the measurement of changes in electrical resistance produced by a particle, which in this case is a blood cell, suspended in a conductive diluent as it passes through an aperture of known dimensions. An electrode is submerged in the liquid on both sides of the aperture to create an electrical pathway. As each particle passes through the aperture, a transitory change in the resistance between the electrodes is produced. This change produces a measurable electrical pulse. The number of pulses generated signals the number of particles that passed through the aperture. The amplitude of each pulse is proportional to the volume of each particle.
Figure 4-3 Electrical impedance method 4-4
Each pulse is amplified and compared to the voltage thresholds of the RBC/PLT channel, and then the number of pulses in the RBC/PLT channel is calculated. That is to say, the pulses collected are sorted per the voltage thresholds of different channels, the number of pulses falling in the range of the RBC/PLT channel is the number of RBCs/PLTs. The number of cells in each channel defines the volume distribution of cells. The analyzer presents the RBC/PLT histogram, whose x-coordinate represents the cell volume and y-coordinate represents the number of the cells.
4.3.2 Sheath Fluid Impedance Method
Figure 4-4 Sheath fluid impedance method Back flow may be produced when cells pass through the aperture under the effect of vacuum, or the overlapping of cells increases the probability of occurrence of M wave in the pulse signals, which may affect the accuracy of analysis results. To solve the problem, sheath fluid function is added to the RBC/PLT channel of BC-6800. Blood cells injected by the sample probe pass through the aperture one by one in a queue under the "focusing" effect of sheath fluid in the front and back baths, so that regular pulse signals can be produced to generate more accurate results. The sheath fluid impedance method also relaxes the requirement on sample dilution; second dilution of the RBC channel is not needed anymore, and the accuracy of results can be ensured.
4.3.3 RBC-Related Parameters The number of RBCs can be obtained by measuring the number of pulses of the RBC channel. The Mean Corpuscular Volume (MCV) can be obtained by measuring the cell volume reflected by the amplitude of pulses. Likewise, the number of PLTs and Mean Platelet Volume (MPV) can be obtained by measuring the pulses and cell volume of PLTs. The other parameters can be calculated per the following equation: n
∑ RBC _ V
i
MCV(fL)=
i =1
n
4-5
n
∑ PLT _ V
i
MPV(fL)=
i =1
n
HCT(%)=
RBC(×1012 / L) × MCV ( fL ) 10
PCT(%)=
PLT(×109 / L) × MPV(fL) 10000
MCH(pg)=
HGB(g/L) RBC(×1012 / L)
MCHC(g/L)=
HGB(g/L) × 100 HCT(%)
4-6
5 Fluidics
Figure 5-1 Flow Chart of the Fluidics System
5-1
5.1 Parameter Measurement Measurement Modules
RBC/PLT
HGB
Operation Principles
Sheath fluid
Colorimetric Method
Measurement Channel
RBC/PLT channel
HGB channel
Information
PLT histogram
Parameter
PLT
RBC histogram HCT
/
RBC
HGB
MCV, MCH, MCHC Calculated Parameters
MPV, PDW, P-LCR
RDW-CV/SD
Diluent
Reagent
Measurement
WBC/RET
Modules Operation
sheath fluid + laser scatter method
Principles Measurement
WBC/BASO
4DIFF
Information
BASO scattergram
4DIFF scattergram
Parameter
WBC#
Channel
LH lyse
NRBC NRBC scattergram
RET scattergram
BASO%
Lym%
Mon%
Neu%
Eos%
NRBC%
RET% RET#
BASO#
Lym#
Mon#
Neu#
Eos#
NRBC#
PLT-O
Calculated
L/M/HFR, IRF
Parameter Reagent
RET
LD lyse
LN lyse
DR diluent
FD dye
FN dye
FR dye
LB lyse
5-2
5.2 Reagent System Table 5-1 Reagent system Reaction bath
Reagent
Function
M-68LD LYSE
The M-68LD LYSE is formulated to lyse red blood cells and process white blood cells in the blood cell measurement, amplify the differences among WBC sub-populations and facilitate the dyeing effect of white blood cells by M-68FD DYE. It participates in the measurement of WBC-related parameters which is accomplished by using flow cytometry combining with laser scatter method and fluorescent staining method.
M-68FD DYE
The M-68LD LYSE is formulated to lyse red blood cells and process white blood cells in the blood cell measurement, amplify the differences among WBC sub-populations and facilitate the dyeing effect of white blood cells by M-68FD DYE. It participates in the measurement of WBC-related parameters which is accomplished by using flow cytometry combining with laser scatter method and fluorescent staining method.
M-68LB LYSE
The M-68LB LYSE is formulated for lysing of red blood cells and differential processing of white blood cells in blood cell measurement; it amplifies the differences between the basophils and other WBC sub-populations. It participates in basophil-related parameter analysis which is accomplished by using flow cytometry combining with laser scatter method and fluorescent staining method.
M-68DR DILUENT
The M-68DR DILUENT is formulated to lyse red blood cells in blood cell measurement, facilitate the dyeing effect of reticulocytes by M-68FR DYE. It participates in the measurement of RET-related parameters which is accomplished by using flow cytometry combining with laser scatter method and fluorescent staining method.
M-68FR DYE
The M-68FR DYE is formulated to dye reticulocytes with the assist of M-68DR DILUENT. It participates in the measurement of RET-related parameters which is accomplished by using flow cytometry combining with laser scatter method and fluorescent staining method.
DIFF
BASO
RET
NRBC
M-68LN LYSE
The M-68LN LYSE is formulated to lyse red blood cells in blood cell measurement, facilitate the dying effect of NRBCs by M-68FN DYE It participates in the measurement of NRBC-related parameters which is accomplished by using flow cytometry combining with laser scatter method and 5-3
fluorescent staining method.
M-68FN DYE
The M-68FN DYE is formulated to dye the NRBCs with the assist of M-68LN LYSE It participates in the measurement of NRBC-related parameters which is accomplished by using flow cytometry combining with laser scatter method and fluorescent staining method.
M-68LH LYSE
The M-68LH LYSE is formulated to lyse red blood cells, release hemoglobin in red blood cells and transform it into methemoglobin, which enables the measurement of hemoglobin-related parameters by using the colorimetric method.
RBC/HGB
M-68DS DILUENT
The M-68DS DILUENT is an electric conducting solution formulated to dilute samples and form sheath fluid in the process of blood cell measurement. It participates in cell differentiation, counting and HGB measurement which are accomplished by using the impedance method, colorimetric method, flow cytometry combining with laser scatter method and fluorescent staining method.
/
PROBE CLEANSER
Clean the fluidic system of the analyzer for the purpose of maintenance.
HGB
5-4
5.3 Measurement Flow
Figure 5-2 Measurement Flow Chart
5-5
5.4 Sample Volume NRBC channel:
20uL
BASO channel:
20uL
DIFF channel:
20uL
RET channel:
4uL
HGB channel:
4uL
RBC channel:
4uL
5.5 Time of Preparation and Measurement Table 5-2 Time of Preparation and Measurement Channel
NRBC
BASO
DIFF
RET
HGB
RBC
channel
channel
channel
channel
channel
channel
≤3s
≤12.5s
≤23.2s
≤34.4s
≤11s
≤4.5s
4s
5s
5s
4s
/
10s
Time of Preparation Time of Measurement
5.6 Temperature of Fluidics Table 5-3 Temperature of Fluidics
Module
Target temperature(℃)
Reagent preheating bath
Sheath fluid heating bath
Flow cell
Optical system
Reaction bath
Diluent
42~55
35~40
32
32
42
25
±3
±3
+4/-3
+4/-2
±3
/
Alarming temperature(℃)
5-6
5.7 Reagent Consumption Volume Table 5-4 Reagent Consumption Volume
Test panel
Diluent/
4Diff 4Diff lyse Baso HGB RET
sheath
dye
fluid (ml)
(ml)
(ml)
RET
NRBC NRBC Probe
lyse
lyse dye diluent
dye
lyse cleanse
(ml)
(ml) (ml)
(ml)
(ml)
(ml)
r (ml)
Reagent consumption for one analysis in a consecutive batch analysis (whole-blood) CBC
25
/
/
2
0.52
/
/
/
/
/
CBC+DIFF
32
0.02
2
2
0.52
/
/
/
/
/
CBC+DIFF+RET
38
0.02
2
2
0.52 0.02
2
/
/
/
CBC+RET
40
/
/
2
0.52 0.02
2
/
/
/
CBC+NRBC
32
/
/
2
0.52
/
/
0.02
2
/
CBC+DIFF+NRBC
38
0.02
2
2
0.52
/
/
0.02
2
/
44
0.02
2
2
0.52 0.02
2
0.02
2
/
26
/
/
1
2
/
/
/
CBC+DIFF+ RET+NRBC RET
/
0.02
Reagent consumption for a single analysis (whole-blood) CBC
34
/
/
2
0.52
/
/
/
/
/
CBC+DIFF
40
0.02
2
2
0.52
/
/
/
/
/
CBC+DIFF+RET
46
0.02
2
2
0.52 0.02
2
/
/
/
CBC+RET
48
/
/
2
0.52 0.02
2
/
/
/
CBC+NRBC
40
/
/
2
0.52
/
/
0.02
2
/
CBC+DIFF+NRBC
46
0.02
2
2
0.52
/
/
0.02
2
/
52
0.02
2
2
0.52 0.02
2
0.02
2
/
34
/
/
1
2
/
/
/
CBC+DIFF+ RET+NRBC RET
5-7
/
0.02
5.8 Sample Dilution Flow 5.8.1 Dilution Flow Chart of Whole-Blood Analyses
Figure 5-3 Dilution flow chart of whole-blood analyses
5.8.2 Dilution Flow Chart of Predilute Analyses
Figure 5-4 Dilution flow chart of predilute analyses 5-8
5.9 Introduction to Fluidic Parts Mindray valves
Symbol:
2-way valve
3-way valve
Appearance: 2-way valve
3-way valve
Spring pole
Function:
2-way valve: to build up or cut off a passage. When power off, the passage from the inlet of the valve to outlet is cut off; when power on, the passage is built up. 3-way valve: to switch among passages. When power off, the public end and the NO (normally open) end are connected; when power on, the public end and the N.C.(normally close) end are connected.
Note: the operating voltage of Mindray valves is 12V, and maximal bearable pressure is
200KPa. The internal movement of the valves is driven by electromagnet and the restoration is driven by the spring, so it is recommended not put the valves power-on for too long. When the electromagnet valve is working, the spring pole will lower down, and it will rise to the initial position when power off. You can touch the spring pole and feel the descending or ascending, in order to determine whether it is in action. 5-9
2-way pressure resistant Mindray valve
Symbol Same as the 2-way Mindray valve.
Appearance
2-way pressure resistant valve
2-way valve
Mindray
Function: the 2-way pressure resistant Mindray valve has the same operating principle as
that of the general Mindray valve; only its reverse pressure resistant capability is higher.
Note: Pay attention to the difference between the two types of valves when you are
replacing them.
Draining valve (steel)
Symbol:
Same as the 2-way Mindray valve.
Appearance:
Function: to drain the liquid condensed in the process of air filtration. There is only one
steel valve (SV53) used in the analyzer, located under the air filter.
5-10
SV53
2-way 废液桶 Mindray valve
Note: the draining valve can provide passage for large particles (up to 150um). The
maximal bearable pressure 400KPa, and the operating voltage is 12V. The end marked as "1" is the inlet of the valve, and the other end is the outlet. There is an arrow on bottom of the valve, indicating the direction of connecting the valve.
LVM fluidic valve
Symbol
Same as the 3-way Mindray valve.
Appearance
Function: work with the 20ul Diaphragm pump, dispensing the fluorescent dyes into the
WBC bath.
Note: the maximal bearable pressure of the LVM fluidic valve is 200KPa, and the CV of
the flow is about 0.03. 5-11
Burkert valve
Symbol:
There are 2-way and 3-way Burkert valves, which using the same Symbols as the Mindray valves.
Appearance:
Function: Same as that of the 2-way valve and 3-way valve.
Note: The Burkert valves can bear higher pressure (up to 250KPa), and the CV of flow is
greater: about 0.2, which is 5 times to that of Mindray valves (0.04). NC: normally closed end. OUT: outlet. NO: normally open end. IN/OUT: operating end/outlet.
SMC valve
Symbol Same as the 2-way Mindray valve.
Appearance
Function: same as that of the two-way Mindray valve, but can adapt to temperature change over a wider range.
Note: The SMC valve is only used in SV08 and SV09, pay attention when you are replacing the valves. 5-12
1-way valve
Symbol:
Appearance:
Function: only allow 1-way flow of gas or liquid. Only allow gas or liquid flow from A to B (B to A is not allowed).
Note: be aware of the direction of flow for the 1-way valve (as indicated by the arrow in the figures above). No.
Name
Function
1
CV1
1-way air flow to dry the air release opening of the piercing probe
2
CV2
1-way liquid flow in the NRBC lyse dispensing channel
3
CV3
1-way liquid flow in the DIFF lyse dispensing channel
4
CV4
1-way liquid flow in the RET diluent dispensing channel
Sheath fluid filter
Symbol
Appearance
5-13
Function: filter one portion of the diluent in FCM bath and transport it to the optical flow cell as sheath fluid, another portion is transported to the sample preparation tubing for cleaning of the tubing without being filtered. A is the filter inlet, B is the outlet of filtered diluent, and C is the outlet of unfiltered diluent.
Note: The sheath fluid filter has limited service life, thus must be replaced periodically.
Liquid filter
Symbol:
Appearance:
Function: Filters the impurities in the diluent.
Note: make sure the filter is in the right direction as indicated by the arrow on the filter.
Diaphragm pump
Symbol:
Liquid chamber Gas chamber
Appearance:
5-14
Liquid chamber connector
Gas chamber connector
Function: used for accurate aspiration or dispensation. When vacuum is brought to the
gas chamber, the Diaphragm pump will aspirate a fixed volume of liquid accurately and store in the liquid chamber; when pressure is brought to the gas chamber, the fixed volume of liquid will be pushed out by the membrane in the diaphragm pump.
Note: make sure the connectors are connected to the gas chamber and liquid chamber
correctly.
No.
ID
Specification
Material
Color
1
DP1
0.52ml
EPDM
Black
LH lyse dispensing
2
DP2
1.0ml
EPDM
Black
HGB sample and diluent dispensing
3
DP3
1.5ml
EPDM
Black
RBC sample and diluent dispensing
4
DP4
1ml
EPDM
Black
LN lyse dispensing
5
DP5
1ml
EPDM
Black
LB lyse dispensing
6
DP6
1ml
EPDM
Black
LR lyse dispensing
7
DP7
1ml
EPDM
Black
LD lyse dispensing
8
DP8
1ml
EPDM
Black
9
DP9
20uL
EPDM
Black
FD fluorescent dye dispensing
10
DP10
20uL
EPDM
Black
FR fluorescent dye dispensing
11
DP11
20uL
EPDM
Black
FN fluorescent dye dispensing
12
DP12
8ml
EPDM
Black
FCM bath filling
5-15
Function
Sample dosing for flow cell sample preparation
Syringe
Symbol:
Function: the 2.5ml syringe is mainly used in sample aspiration, cleaning, etc. The 250ul
syringe is mainly used to generate the flow in the optical bath, clean, etc. The 100ul syringe is mainly used to generate the RBC sample flow, clean, etc.
Note: The 100uL and 250uL syringes use the 43F4K motor, and the 2.5mL syringe uses
the 43F4J motor.
Probe wipes
Symbol:
Piercing probe wipe
Open-vial probe wipe
Appearance:
5-16
Function: provide a cavity where the open-vial probe or piercing probe can be cleaned by
liquid flow.
Note:
A: Diluent B: Waste C: Waste D: Cleaning opening E: Air releasing opening F: Sample probe opening
Probes
Symbol: See the symbol of probe wipe.
Appearance:
Sample aspiring opening
Air releasing opening
5-17
Function: the open-vial probe is used to aspirate the sample from the tube in the open-vial
mode. The piercing probe is used to pierce through the tube cap, releasing the air in the tube to balance the pressure inside and outside of the tube, and aspirating sample at the same time.
Note: since the piercing probe is vulnerable, it needs to be replaced periodically by the
service engineer or your local distributor.
Baths
Symbol See the fluidic diagram.
Appearance HGB bath
WBC reaction bath
RBC bath
RBC sheath fluid impedance bath
Function: HGB bath is the site for measurement of samples reacted with LH lyse; RBC bath is the site for sample dilution; WBC reaction bath is the site for reaction of samples, lyse and fluorescent reagents; RBC sheath fluid impedance bath is the site for sheath fluid counting of RBC channel.
5-18
Cistern:
Symbol / (see the fluidic diagram)
Appearance DIL\FCM cistern
SCI cistern
ISU\ISW cistern
Function: DIL cistern is the reservoir of diluent, it provides diluent to the SCI cistern and cleans the fluidics; SCI cistern provides sheath fluid to the impedance bath; ISU cistern provides back fluid to the impedance bath; and ISW cistern gathers the waste of the impedance bath.
Note: The connection of tubes must be fixed by plastic cable ties.
Waste cistern
Symbol / (see the fluidic diagram)
Appearance WC1\WC2
Function: WC2 gathers the waste produced by optical measurement, WC1 gathers waste from all the other sources.
Note: The connection of tubes must be fixed by plastic cable ties.
5-19
5.10 Pneumatic System 5.10.1 Pneumatic System The pneumatic unit provides pressure and vacuum for the daily operation of the BC-6800 main unit. The compressor and the relief valve provide the pressure (about 250KPa) and vacuum (about -85KPa) respectively. The pressure drives the air to go through the air filter to remove the impurities in the air (dust, water drop, etc.), and then dried by the drier. The air will then be regulated by 3 valves to generate the pressures (160KPa, 70KPa, and 40KPa). The vacuum drives the air to go through the relief valve and throttle pipe, and get the -40KPa and -70KPa vacuum.
Relief Valve (Vacuum) RGV5
PS 5
Vacuum
-40KPa Air Filter
Drier
PS 6
Pressure
-70KPa
Relief Valve RGV1
70KPa pressure regulator RGV3
PS 4
40KPa pressure regulator RGV6
PS 3
160KPa pressure regulator RGV2
PS 2
70KPa
40KPa
GP1 Compressor
160KPa PS 1 250KPa
Figure 5-5 Functions of Pressure and Vacuum Table 5-5 Function of Pressure Type
Pressure
Value
250KPa
Function y
Provide pressure for the operation of the pinch valve;
y
Provide pressure for the operation of the cylinder; y Provide pressure for the operation of the 8ml diaphragm pump;
160KPa
y
(also referred to as pressure in FCM cistern), resident; y
70KPa
Provide pressure to form the sheath flow in the optical channel
Provide pressure to Diaphragm pumps (except the 8ml diaphragm
pump) for liquid dispensation;
5-20
y
Provide pressure to the air release opening of the piercing probe
while cleaning the probe wipe; y
Provide pressure for the mixing (by generating bubbles) in the HGB
bath;
40KPa
y
Provide pressure for dispensing diluent from the DIL cistern;
y
Provide pressure for discharging waste from the WC1 cistern;
y
Provide pressure to form sheath flow in the RBC measurement with
sheath flow and impedance method, resident; y
Provide vacuum to diaphragm pumps for liquid aspiration;
y
Provide vacuum for diluent priming of the DIL cistern;
y
Provide vacuum to the WC1 cistern for aspirating the waste from
-70KPa
the piping;
Vacuum
y
Cleaning the adjacencies of the SRV;
y
Preparing the sample of the impedance channel and flushing the
-40KPa primary sheath fluid bath; y
Withdrawing waste of the probe wipe
5.10.2 Introduction to Pneumatic Parts Pneumatic regulator
Symbol:
Pressure regulator
Vacuum regulator (Relief valve)
Appearance:
5-21
Retaining nut
Function:
The regulators are used to regulate the pressure or vacuum to a required range (usually to reduce the pressure).
Note: when you adjust the pressure regulator, pull the blue knob upwards until you hear a
"tuck" or feel the knob is in position, and then tweak the knob to regulate pressure. Push the knob downwards to the initial position after you finish. Before you adjust the relief valve, loosen the retaining nut, and then tweak the adjusting pole to regulate. Secure the retaining nut after you finish.
Gas valve
Symbol:
Same as 3-way electromagnet valves.
Appearance:
The one ending with "-11" is different from the other one. Do not misuse. 5-22
Function: similar to 3-way electromagnet valves, but mainly used in the pneumatic
system.
Note: read the label of the gas valves carefully to know the specification and model. When
the gas valves are powered on, the indicator of the valves will be red. While servicing the analyzer, you may press the pink button on the gas valve to manually make the valve work. Make sure you are not pressing too hard or using sharp tools which may damage the button. The operation voltage for gas valves is also 12V AC.
Pinch valve
Symbol:
Appearance:
Function: the pinch valve is driven by pressure. When the 250KPa pressure is brought to
the pinch valve, the pressure lever in the valve will be propped up to cut off the passage of the liquid flow.
Note: since the pinch valve is pinching the tubing while working, so it is not working when
the analyzer is in the standby status, in order not to protect the tubing. Pinch valves are categorized into 2 types according to the size of the through hole, one of which is 8mm, the other is 5mm. 5-23
Table 5-6 List of Pinch Valves No.
ID
Specification
Control gas valve
Function
1
PV01
5mm
GV79
Sample preparation of DIFF bath
2
PV02
5mm
GV80
Sample preparation of BASO bath
3
PV03
5mm
GV81
Sample preparation of NRBC bath
4
PV04
5mm
GV82
Sample preparation tubing of RET bath
5
PV05
5mm
GV83
Sample dosing for flow cell sample preparation
6
PV06
5mm
GV84
Sample preparation of NRBC bath
7
PV07
8mm
GV85
Discharging waste from WC2 to WC1
8
PV11
8mm
GV87
Cleaning the interior and exterior of the piercing probe and discharge waste
9
PV12
8mm
GV88
Cleaning the interior and exterior of the open-vial sample probe and discharge waste
10
PV13
8mm
GV89
Discharging waste from WC1
11
PV14
5mm
GV97
8ml Diaphragm pump aspirating
12
PV15
5mm
GV98
Cleaning and liquid discharging of flow cell sample preparation tubing
13
PV16
5mm
GV99
Liquid discharging from the impedance bath
Air filter
Symbol:
Appearance:
5-24
Function: to remove the liquid drops and dust in air.
Note: make sure the direction of the air flow is the same as indicated by the arrow on top
of the air filter.
Air Drier
Symbol:
Appearance:
Function: dry the air, removing the gaseous water.
Note: make sure the direction of the air flow is the same as indicated by the red arrow on
top of the air drier.
Decelerating tube
Symbol: none
Appearance:
Function: the decelerating tube has a passage of very small diameter in the middle, which
decelerates the air flow passing through the passage. 5-25
Note: do not use any tool with sharp tip or edge to put the decelerating tube in the air tube,
in order not to damage or block the passage. Make sure you install the decelerating tube into the air tube in the right direction. Currently, the decelerating tube is mainly used in lifting cylinder and telescoping cylinder, where the decelerating tube in the lifting cylinder is longer. See the figure below for the direction of decelerating tube in installation.
Table 5-7 List of Decelerating Tubes No.
ID
Material ID
Name
Location
1
TP1
3100-20-41117
Telescoping decelerating tube
2
TP2
3100-20-41116
Lifting decelerating tube
Downstream tubing of lifting cylinder
3
TP3
3100-20-41116
Lifting decelerating tube
Lifting cylinder for pre-scanning rotation
4
TP6
3100-20-41116
Lifting decelerating tube
Pneumatic back plate cylinder
Telescoping cylinder
5.11 Detailed Introduction to Fluidic Channels
VAC 70
RET
DIFF
BASO
NRBC
NRBC dye
SHEATH
5.11.1 NRBC Channel
PV03/GV81
NRBC lyse
VAC 70 WC1-N
S_SYRINGE 250µL
70KPa VAC
WC1-O
WC2-1
Figure 5-6 NRBC Channel
Reagents involved: M-68LN LYSE and M-68FN DYE
Measurement principle: flow cytometry+laser scatter+fluorescent staining
Graphics: NRBC scattergram
Measurement parameters: NRBC% and NRBC# 5-26
Dilution ratio: 1:51
Way of mixing: stirring
Duration of measurement: 4s
Consumption volume of sample after diluted: 34.1ul
Process description: the M-68LN LYSE is aspirated from its container and dispensed
into the NRBC preheating bath by DP04 (1mL). The preheated lyse will be pushed out and get to the SRV, bringing the blood sample (20uL) in the SRV into the NRBC bath. The lyse first lyses the normal red blood cells, and then breaks down other cells by osmotic pressure. The M-68FN DYE is then dispensed into the NRBC bath by DP11 (20uL), and combine with the nucleic acid in white blood cells or nucleated red blood cells. The mixture is stirred during the whole process (referred to as incubation process) to facilitate the reaction. After incubation, the sample is pushed by DP08 (1mL) to go through pinch valves PV03 and PV05, and then aspirated into the sample preparation tubing. The syringe (250uL) then pushes the sample to go to the flow cell. Wrapped by the sheath fluid, the sample flow goes through the flow cell while the optical system starts to identify the cells passing through the flow cell. These signals will then be analyzed and processed to get the NRBC scattergram. After the measurement, the analyzer will clean the flow cell and downstream tubing with diluent, and the syringe will restore to the initial status, getting ready for the measurement of next channel (BASO).
VAC 70
RET
DIFF
BASO
NRBC
DIFF Dye
SHEATH
5.11.2 DIFF Channel
PV01/GV79
DIFF Lyse
VAC 70 WC1-D
S_SYRINGE 250µL
70KPa VAC
WC1-O
WC2-1
Figure 5-7 DIFF Channel
Reagents involved: M-68LD LYSE and M-68FD DYE
Measurement principle: flow cytometry+laser scatter+fluorescent staining 5-27
Graphics: DIFF scattergram
Measurement parameters: Neu%, Neu#, Lym%, Lym#, Mon%, Mon#, Eos% and
Eos#
Dilution ratio: 1:51
Way of mixing: stirring
Duration of measurement: 5s
Consumption volume of sample after diluted: 42.7ul
Process description: the M-68LD LYSE is aspirated from its container and dispensed
into the DIFF preheating bath by DP07 (1mL). The preheated lyse will be pushed out and get to the SRV, bringing the blood sample (20uL) in the SRV into the DIFF bath. The lyse first conglobates the normal red blood cells, and then breaks down the white blood cells by osmotic pressure. The M-68FD DYE is then dispensed into the Diff bath by DP09 (20uL), and combine with the nucleic acid in the white blood cells. The mixture is stirred during the whole process (referred to as incubation process) to facilitate the reaction. After incubation, the sample is pushed by DP08 (1mL) to go through pinch valves PV01 and PV05, and then aspirated into the sample preparation tubing. The syringe then pushes the sample to go to the flow cell. Wrapped by the sheath fluid, the sample flow goes through the flow cell while the optical system starts to identify the cells passing through the flow cell. These signals will then be analyzed and processed to get the DIFF scattergram. After the measurement, the analyzer will clean the flow cell and downstream tubing with diluent, and the syringe will restore to the initial status, getting ready for the measurement of next channel (BASO).
WC1-B
S_SYRINGE 250µL
70KPa VAC
WC1-O
WC2-1
PV02/GV80
BASO Lyse
VAC 70
RET
DIFF
BASO
NRBC
SHEATH
5.11.3 BASO Channel
Figure 5-8 BASO Channel 5-28
Reagent involved: M-68LB LYSE
Measurement principle: flow cytometry+laser scatter
Graphics: BASO scattergram
Measurement parameters: WBC, BASO% and BASO#
Dilution ratio: 1:50
Way of mixing: stirring
Duration of measurement: 5s
Consumption volume of sample after diluted: 42.7ul
Process description: the M-68LB LYSE is aspirated from its container and dispensed
into the BASO preheating bath by DP05 (1mL). The preheated lyse will be pushed out and get to the SRV, bringing the blood sample (20uL) in the SRV into the BASO bath. The mixture is stirred during the whole process (referred to as incubation process) to facilitate the reaction. After incubation, the sample is pushed by DP08 (1mL) to go through pinch valves PV01 and PV05, and then aspirated into the sample preparation tubing. The syringe then pushes the sample to go to the flow cell. Wrapped by the sheath fluid, the sample flow goes through the flow cell while the optical system starts to identify the cells passing through the flow cell. These signals will then be analyzed and processed to get the BASO scattergram. After the measurement, the analyzer will clean the flow cell and downstream tubing with diluent, and the syringe will restore to the initial status, getting ready for the measurement of next channel (RET).
RET
DIFF
BASO
NRBC
VAC 70
RET Dye
SHEATH
5.11.4 RET Channel
PV04/GV82
RET Lyse
VAC 70 WC1-R
S_SYRINGE 250µL
70KPa VAC
WC1-O
WC2-1
Figure 5-9 RET Channel
Reagents involved: M-68DR DILUENT and M-68FR DYE 5-29
Measurement principle: flow cytometry+laser scatter+fluorescent staining
Graphics: RET scattergram
Measurement parameters: RET% and RET#
Dilution ratio: 1:255
Way of mixing: stirring
Duration of measurement: 4s
Consumption volume of sample after diluted: 6.4ul
Process description: the M-68DR DILUENT is aspirated from its container and
dispensed into the RET preheating bath by DP06 (1mL). The preheated lyse will be pushed out and get to the SRV, bringing the blood sample (4uL) in the SRV into the RET bath. The lyse first lyses the normal red blood cells, and then perforates the white blood cells. The M-68FR DYE is then dispensed into the RET bath by DP10 (20uL), and combine with the nucleic acid in the white blood cells. The mixture is stirred during the whole process (referred to as incubation process) to facilitate the reaction. After incubation, the sample is pushed by DP08 (1mL) to go through pinch valves PV01 and PV05, and then aspirated into the sample preparation tubing. The syringe then pushes the sample to go to the flow cell. Wrapped by the sheath fluid, the sample flow goes through the flow cell while the optical system starts to identify the cells passing through the flow cell. These signals will then be analyzed and processed to get the DIFF scattergram. After the measurement, the analyzer will clean the flow cell and downstream tubing with diluent, and the syringe will restore to the initial status.
5.11.5 RBC/PLT Channel
Figure 5-10 RBC/PLT Channel 5-30
Reagents involved: M-68DS DILUENT
Measurement principle: flow cytometry+impedance method
Graphics: RBC histogram and PLT histogram
Measurement parameters: RBC, MCV, PLT and MPV
Dilution ratio: 1:375
Way of mixing: jet stream
Duration of measurement: 10s
Consumption volume of sample: 7.8ul
Process description: the diluent in the DIL cistern is pushed by the DP03 (1.5mL) into
the RBC hole of the SRV and bring the sample (4uL) into the RBC pre-mix bath, where it is mixed by rotative jet stream. Driven by the vacuum in the WC1, the well-mixed sample is aspirated by PV06 into the sample preparation tubing, and then it is pushed into the sample probe by the syringe (100uL). The primary sheath fluid of the impedance bath is from the SCI cistern, and the secondary sheath fluid from the ISU cistern. The red blood cells in the sample stream wrapped by the sheath fluid go through the aperture one by one and produce pulses. The measured sample goes into the ISW cistern, and finally comes into WC1.
5.11.6 HGB channel Reagent Liquid Level Connector Detection s SRV
SV35 Open
DIFF BASO
VAC 70
DIL
NRBC RET HGB RBC
LH Lyse
GV57
DP01 0.52mL SV37
HGB
VAC 70KPa
SV31 WC1-H
GV58 GV71
DP02 1.0m L
Figure 5-11 HGB Channel
Reagents involved: M-68DS DILUENT and M-68LH LYSE
Measurement principle: colorimetric method
Graphics: RET scattergram 5-31
70KP a
Measurement parameters: RET% and RET#
Dilution ratio: 1:375
Way of mixing: bubbling
Process description: the M-68LH LYSE is dispensed into the HGB bath by DP01
(0.52mL). At the same time, the diluent in the DIL cistern is pushed into the HGB hole of the SRV by DP02 (1.0mL), and bring the sample (4uL) in to the HGB bath. The sample is mixed by small bubbles generated by the 70KPa pressure. Place the well-mixed in still for a while and then measure the voltage. Since the blank voltage of the sample is attained before the measurement, the HGB can be calculated based on the colorimetric equation.
5.11.7 Liquid collecting and discharging channel The liquid collecting and discharging channel is composed of the DIL cistern, FCM cistern, SCI cistern, WC1 (waste cistern 1) and WC2. See the Figure 1-12 for the connection of the fluidic parts. The DIL cistern assembly consists of a cistern, a 3-way gas valve (GV44) and a 2-way fluidic valve (SV54). GV44 is to switch the pressure and vacuum of the cistern. When switch to pressure, the cistern send liquid to the fluidics; when switch to vacuum, the SV54 open the cistern, and then the cistern is primed with diluent from the diluent container. The FCM cistern assembly consists of a pinch valve (PV14), 8ml Diaphragm pump (DP12) and fluidic valve (SV55) and the gas valve GV56. The inside of the FCM cistern is at 0.16Mpa in normal status, and it can be primed with diluent from the diluent container when DP12, PV14 SV55 and GV56 are open. The SCI cistern assembly consists of a 2-way gas valve (GV73), a 2-way fluidic valve (SV47) and a buffer cistern (TC3). When SV47 is open, the SCI cistern will be primed driven by the pressure in DIL cistern; when GV73 is open, the pressure in the SCI cistern is initialized (to 0.04Mpa). WC2 is an open cistern driven by atmospheric pressure. Its outlet is connected to WC1 by the pneumatic pinch valve PV07. When PV07 is opened, the waste in WC2 is discharged into WC1. WC1 consists of a 3-way gas valve (GV48) and a pneumatic pinch valve (PV13). The air-fluid separation of WC1 and GV48 is done by the buffer bath TC1.The switch of on and off status of the gas valve makes WC1 switch between pressure (0.07Mpa) and vacuum (-0.04Mpa). The vacuum drives it to collect the waste from the fluidics, while the pressure together with the PV13 facilitates the discharge of the waste.
5-32
C A 0 V 7 40
GV44
SV54
0 6 1
PV14/GV97
GV73
SV55 DIL
TC3
SV46 FCM
SCI DP12 8mL GV56
SV47
SRV adjacency cleaning
C 0 A 5 2 V
Sampling syringe
2 1 T
Diluent container
Probe wipe cleaning
RBCPrimary, 、Secondary sheath fluid
DP02, DP03 aspiration RBC DIFF,、BASO,、 NRBC,、RET Bath cleaning
Downstream optical system cleaning
bath cleaning
RBC Sample
Optical sheath fluid
Auxiliary sample driving of optical system
syringe
Open-vial probe wipe waste Piercing probe wipe waste RBC Premix bath waste HGB bath waste NRBC bath waste Downstream optical tubing DIFF bath waste BASO bath waste RET bath waste
Outlet of flow cell
ISW bath waste
Fluid discharge of maintenance channel
Flow cell flush outlet SRV adjacency cleaning a P K 0 4 -
WC2
5 8 V G / 7 0 V P
a P K 0 7
RBC Sample 、 preparation, downstream
Pressure filter GV48
discharge
WC1
TC1
SV53 9 8 V G / 3 1 V P
Waste Container
Waste connector
Figure 5-12 Connections of the liquid collecting and discharging channel
5.11.8 Probe cleanser maintenance channel Aspirating the probe cleanser: under the corporate efforts of DP08 and the control valves of the maintenance channel, the probe cleanser is aspirated to the liquid storing tubing along the path indicated in red in the figure; Dispensing the probe cleanser: under the corporate efforts of the sampling syringe and the control valves of different channels, the probe cleanser is dispensed to different places 5-33
(including RBC channel, HGB channel, optical reaction bath, flow cell, SRV, etc.). The SV13 is opened, and the dispensed probe cleanser is diluted and then used to soak the parts or tubing. Cleaning the probe cleanser: put pressure on the FCM cistern, DIL cistern and SCI cistern, and the sampling syringe then dispenses diluent to related parts and modules to clean the residual probe cleanser. The fluidic parts will restore to the initial status after the cleaning. T241-J1-P11
SV39
SV41
T11
P26-T5-P27
T12
T10 RET试剂桶
稀释液桶
P24-T4-P25
P22-T3-P23 T8 BASO试剂桶
T9 DIFF试剂桶
P20-T2-P21
P18-T1-P19 T6 HGB试剂桶
T7 NRBC试剂桶
T450 T15 T19 T26 T39
T441
T443
T439
VAC 70
T27 VAC 70
VAC 70
WC1-B WC1-R
T315
WC1-G
GV48
GV57
WC1-I
WC1
T173
T201
T254
C64 T133
SV31 C70 T202
J80-T206-P1
C69 T205
T204
C67
废液接头
WC1-H
GV71
C68 T207
T258
DIL
PV13/GV89
TC1
DP01 0.52mL
T255 T256
SV53
T131
C56
WC1-S WC1-A
GF1
T323
T16
T252
70KPa VAC
T200
T251
70KPa
-40KPa
Open 分血阀运动汽缸
T176
C73 C72 T250
C71
SV23
C53 T175
T208
70KPa
废液桶
SV21
SV24
T132
开放采样针
N
J79-T17-J82-P10
HGB池
GV101 GV102
VAC 70KPa GV59
DP03 1.5mL
DP04 1mL
B
C60
T174
J65-T184
C45 SV22
J72-T172-J73
J64-T198
T183 C58 C55
C66
DP05 1mL
C65
P_SYRINGE 2.5mL
T146
J75-T171
J74-T170
J67-T141
GV58
T445
D
WC1-D T253
T38
DP07 1mL
WC1-O
GV60
T185
T180
T442
C155 C153
CV4
CV3
CV2 T25
T31
DP06 1mL
R
开放拭子 PV12/GV88 WC1-K
WC1-RC
T192
T179 C170
T129
C57
VAC 70KPa
DP02 1.0mL
SV40
C50
T197
SV37 T196
T203
T138
SCI
C54
T148
C52
T113 WC1-G
T194 SV38
WC1-H WC1-N
GV61
SV35
WC2-1
SV08
T193
T181
J39-T87-P31
T86
C38
C59
C49
T178
T112
C42
T110
T189
C51
T147
SV07 T111
C37
R_SYRINGE 100μL
T89
T191
C40 T93
T209
C46
C61
SV36
T195
T116-J35
T92
J62-T167-J63
C48
GV63
C130 T199-J78-P2
J68-T140-J69 T139
T137 T150 SV30 T190
T106
T90
CV1
T188
T107
T95
C41
C62
T182
T109
J66-T142
PV11/GV87 GV70
PV06/GV84
T88-J36
J34-T126
T94
SV01
T97
C44
穿刺针
T143
WC1-F
WC1-C WC1-RC
C129
穿刺拭子 WC1-C
T115
ISU
鞘流阻抗 计数池
T96
C39
T91
SV03 SV04 SV05
C34
RBC池
T108
ISW
T104
T99
T105
J42-T98-J43
WC1-I
T249 PV16/GV99 SV02
T186-P8
C36
T79
70KPa
T121
T144
C128 T154 T156-J100
T128
T187
T103 TS T102
T149
T120 C47
C164
WC1-K C74
SV49
C89
T155
NRBC BASO DIFF RET HGB RBC
T101
J76-T127-J77
J46-T117-J47
T100
Open
T168
C43
T169
PV07/GV85
Ta-P7
T130
J30-T118-J31
C158
C159 C165
T440 C150
SV50
GV62
SV42 T153 WC1-A
WC1-F
Open SV09 T119
T40 VAC 70
T136
T152-J37 自动进样 采样管
C152
SV52
SV51
T33
分血阀 CL-A
SV25
GV74
C160 C166
T444
T157
T311
C161 C167
FCM J52-T42-J53
RET
J54-T35-J55
T446
C154
T447
C156
GV75
C127
T32
250 VAC
SCI J57-T22-J58
J71-T29-J56
DIFF
BASO
NRBC
SHEATH
J51-T36-J61
J50-T23-J60
T210
RH
T21 T34 T28 T41
C171
T312
CL-A
T30-P4
SV14
J20-T84-J33
T83
WC2
C33
C31
C162 C168
T62
C24 T164 J44-T162-J45 C22 C23 J40-T158-J41
SV15
SV28
T257
T58
DIL
C19
SV16
C163 C169
T20
WC1-D
T60 T125
T159
C21
J59-T43-J97
T81
LF2
SV47
C32 SV13
C15
SV27
T85 C25
J48-T160-J49-P9
T214 SV32
C18
T57
GV56
C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143
C151 C149 C148
T215
WC1-R
T82-J21
FCM
SCI
T163
T220
T151-J86
T24-P3 T44-P6
TC3
SV46
T114
T124
C132
T46C133 T49C134 T18C135 T13C136 T14 C137
T54 SV55
DP12 8mL
T166
T230
T219 SV33
T53
T61 DH
LF1
T165
T229SV29
WC1-B
T80
T224 SV34
T48
C27
T52
T259
T248
T161 C20
T211
C16 T225
C17
T453
T59
C5
C4
DIL
T123
T37-P5
T212 T216
160
T262
C3
PV01/GV79
T65
PV02/GV80
T217 T221
溢流接头
T263
T51
SV54
PV14/GV97
GV73
PV05/GV83
S_SYRINGE 250μL
DP08 1mL
PV03/GV81
C2
T232-J14
SV26
T227 T226
T264
J28-T213-J29
WC1-S
T266
J26-T218-J27
T222
T68 T231
C1
GV68
T265
C30
C29
T47
T449 T45
VAC 70 FCM
C14 T63
SV17
C11 T67
DIFF
WC1-N
J18-T234-J19
T69
SH
SV18
J17-T233-J16
T236
T239 T238
70KPa VAC
WC1-O
J12-T73-J13
BASO
C28 T50
T55
T448
GV44
WBC池
J22-T228-J23
C10
T235 C13
NRBC
RET
J8-T64-J9
PV04/GV82
FC PV15/GV98
T66
J10-T71-J11
WC2-1
SV19
T237
C9
J24-T223-J25
SV20
SV45
C12
GV66
NRBC
T70
C26 T56 40
T260 T261
P30-J15
P29-J7
NRBC荧光染料
C8
T74
DP11 20uL
T72
T76
J85-T246-P34
J84-T243-P33
C7
J4-T75-J5
J89-T452-J90
J93-T77-J94
GV65
T247-J3-P13 SV12
Open
T78
DP10 20uL
RET
P37
VAC 70
RET荧光染料
GV64 DIFF
SV11
J87-T451-J88
P28-J6
DP09 20uL
T244-J2-P12
P36
VAC 70
C6
SV10
VAC 70
DIFF荧光染料
J83-T240-P32
P35
T135 T177
T145
C63
T134
Figure 5-13 Maintenance Channel
5.12 Introduction to Sequences Taking the CBC+DIFF+NRBC+RET analysis in the open-vial whole-blood mode as an example:
5.12.1 Open-Vial Whole-Blood Analysis Sequences 0-11s, as shown below. SRV at the lower operation position, which means the metal knob of the SRV is at the lower position; 0-5s: SV21 and SV23 open; the whole-blood syringe drives the open-vial probe to aspirate sample into the SRV; After the buzzer beeps, the open-vial probe cleanser cleans the exterior of the open-vial sample probe; Drain the HGB bath, RBC pre-mix bath, NRBC bath, BASO bath, DIFF bath and RET bath; Dispense 1ml diluent into the HGB bath through DP02 and SV37, measure the blank voltage 5-34
after 1s, and drain the HGB bath after the measurement; Dispense 1.5ml diluent to the RBC pre-mix bath through DP03 and SV39, and then wash the bath with the diluent; Open SV08, SV09 and SV84 and clean the RBC sample preparation tubing; open SV01, SV03 and SV04 and wash the primary sheath fluid bath and secondary sheath fluid bath; drain the RBC pre-mix bath and get ready after cleaning; Dispense 1ml lyse to the NRBC bath through DP04 and SV49, clean the involved tubing and the bath, drain the bath and get ready for the subsequent procedure; Dispense 1ml lyse to the BASO bath through DP05 and SV50, clean the involved tubing and the bath, drain the bath and get ready for the subsequent procedure; Dispense 1ml RET diluent to the RET bath through DP06 and SV51, clean the involved tubing and the bath, drain the bath and get ready for the subsequent procedure; Dispense 1ml lyse to the DIFF bath through DP07 and SV52, clean the involved tubing and the bath, drain the bath and get ready for the subsequent procedure; T241-J1-P11
SV39
SV41
T11
P26-T5-P27
T12
T10 RET试剂桶
稀释液桶
P24-T4-P25
P22-T3-P23
T9 DIFF试剂桶
P20-T2-P21
P18-T1-P19 T6 HGB试剂桶
T8 BASO试剂桶
T19 T26 T39 T442
T441
T443
T439 T20
VAC 70
VAC 70
T27 VAC 70
N
WC1-B WC1-R WC1-G
HGB池
T251
70KPa
T323
C71
T252
T16
T200
70KPa VAC
SV35
-40KPa
Open 分血阀运动汽缸
J79-T17-J82-P10
GV48
GV57
T173
SV31 C70 T202
C69 T205
T204
C67
废液接头
WC1-H
GV71
C68 T207
T258
T254
T201
T255 T256
PV13/GV89
DIL
C64 T133
J80-T206-P1
T208
70KPa
废液桶
SV21
SV24
T132
T174
WC1-I
SV53
T131
C56
WC1-S WC1-A
WC1
TC1
DP01 0.52mL
SV23 T176
C73 C72 T250
GF1
DP04 1mL
B
T253
DP05 1mL
WC1-D
T315
D
GV101 GV102
VAC 70KPa GV59
DP03 1.5mL
T445
DP07 1mL
WC1-O
GV60
C65
P_SYRINGE 2.5mL
C45 SV22
J72-T172-J73
J64-T198
J65-T184
T7 NRBC试剂桶
T450 T15
T151-J86
C155 C153
CV4 T38
T31
CV2 T25 J75-T171
J74-T170
J67-T141
GV58
T183 C58 C55
WC1-H WC1-N
GV61
T185
T180
WC1-F
WC1-C WC1-RC
C60
C53 T175 开放采样针
T192
T179 C170 T146
C50
DP06 1mL
R
开放拭子
C66
GV63
C130 T199-J78-P2
WC2-1
SCI
WC1-G
T203
T129
C57
VAC 70KPa
DP02 1.0mL
SV40 C52
T113
T197
T181
SV08
C54
T182
J39-T87-P31
T86
T194 SV38
SV37 T196
T178
C38
T193
T148
C49
T138
T112
C42
WC1-RC
C37
T110
C59
T147
SV07 T111
R_SYRINGE 100μL
T89
T191
C40 T93
T189
C51
PV12/GV88 WC1-K
C46
C61
SV36
C164
WC1-K C74
SV49
C129
J68-T140-J69 T139
J62-T167-J63
C48
T195
T116-J35
T107 T92
T106
T90
CV1 T137 T150
SV30 T190
T95
C41
C62
T188
T149
T91
T109
J66-T142
PV11/GV87 GV70
PV06/GV84
T88-J36
J34-T126
T94
SV01
T97
C44
穿刺针
T143
C158
C159 C165
C89
穿刺拭子 WC1-C
T115
ISU
鞘流阻抗 计数池
T96
C39
RBC预 混池
T108
ISW SV03 SV04
SV05
C34
T104
T99
T105
J42-T98-J43
WC1-I
T249 PV16/GV99 SV02
T186-P8
C36
T79
70KPa
T121
T144
T209
T103 TS T102
C128 T154 T156-J100
T128
T187
T101
T120
C160 C166
T440 C150
SV50
GV62
SV42 T153
T155
NRBC BASO DIFF RET HGB RBC
J76-T127-J77
J46-T117-J47
T100
Open
T168
C43
T169
PV07/GV85
Ta-P7
T130
J30-T118-J31
C47
CV3
T152-J37 自动进样 采样管
WC1-A
WC1-F
Open SV09 T119 C127
T40 VAC 70
T136
CL-A
C152
SV52
SV51
T33
分血阀
SV25
GV74
C161 C167
T444
T157
T311
C162 C168
FCM J52-T42-J53
RET
J54-T35-J55
T446
C154
T447
C156
GV75 T312
T32
250 VAC
SCI J57-T22-J58
J71-T29-J56
DIFF
BASO
NRBC
J51-T36-J61
J50-T23-J60
RH
T21 T34 T28 T41
C171
C33
C31
J20-T84-J33
WC2
T257
CL-A
T30-P4
T210
SV28 T83
C163 C169
C151 C149 C148
WC1-D
SV14 SV15 SV16
C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143
T62
C24 T164 J44-T162-J45 C22 C23 J40-T158-J41
C19
J59-T43-J97
T81
T58
DIL
T125 T159
C21
C15
SV27
LF2
T60
C32 SV13
T214 SV32
T57
GV56 T85 SV47
T163
T215
C18
SV46 FCM
T114 C25
J48-T160-J49-P9
T166
T220
WC1-R
T82-J21
160 T52
DH T124
T165
T230
T449 T45
VAC 70 T24-P3 T44-P6
T248
T229SV29
WC1-B
T80
T224 SV34 C16 T225
T219 SV33
SV55
SCI
T61
LF1
C132
T46C133 T49C134 T18C135 T13C136 T14 C137
T54
DP12 8mL
PV05/GV83
C17
T53 C27
T59
T161 C20
T211 C5
C4
T453
TC3
T123
T37-P5
PV01/GV79
PV02/GV80
C3
T212 T216
GV73
DIL
T48
PV14/GV97
SHEATH
T232-J14
DP08 1mL
T217 T221
溢流接头
T263
C30
C29
T47
T51
SV54
T262 T259
C2
S_SYRINGE 250μL
GV68
T227 T226
C1
SV26
GV44
J28-T213-J29
WC1-S
T231
T264 J26-T218-J27
T222
T68
T266
C28 T50
T55
T448
FCM
C14 T63
SV17
C11 T67
T265
PV03/GV81
T65
SH
WC1-N
J18-T234-J19
T69
DIFF
WBC池
SV18
J17-T233-J16
T236
T239 T238
70KPa VAC
WC1-O
J12-T73-J13
BASO
J22-T228-J23
C10
T235 C13
NRBC
J8-T64-J9
PV04/GV82
FC PV15/GV98 T237
C9
T66
J10-T71-J11
WC2-1
SV19
RET
J24-T223-J25
SV20
SV45
C12
GV66
NRBC
T70
C26 T56 40
T260 T261
P30-J15
P29-J7
NRBC荧光染料
C8
T74
T247-J3-P13 SV12
DP11 20uL
T72
T76
J85-T246-P34
J84-T243-P33
C7
J4-T75-J5
J89-T452-J90
J93-T77-J94
GV65 RET
P37
Open
T78
DP10 20uL
VAC 70
RET荧光染料
GV64 DIFF
SV11
J87-T451-J88
P28-J6
DP09 20uL
T244-J2-P12
P36
VAC 70
C6
SV10
VAC 70
DIFF荧光染料
J83-T240-P32
P35
T135 T177
T145
C63
T134
Figure 5-14 Fluidics diagram of sample aspiration open-vial whole-blood analysis 11-15s: as shown below. SRV switched to the upper position, which means the metal knob of the SRV is at the upper position; at this time, the 6 holes is filled with the sample for measurement; The sample for HGB analysis and diluent is brought to the HGB bath through DP02 and SV37; at the same time, dispense LH lyse is into the HGB bath by DP01 and SV35; open GV71 to 5-35
bubble, and then the sample analysis starts; Dispense the sample for RBC analysis into the RBC pre-mix bath through DP03 and SV3; drain the ISW cistern; Dispense the sample for HGB analysis and M-68LN lyse into the NRBC bath through DP04 and SV49; at the same time, dispense the fluorescent dye M-68FN into the NRBC bath through DP11 and SV12; the stirring bar rotates, and the sample analysis starts; Dispense the sample for HGB analysis and M-68LB lyse into the BASO bath through DP05 and SV50; the stirring bar rotates, and the sample analysis starts; Dispense the sample for HGB analysis and M-68DR diluent into the RET bath through DP06 and SV51; at the same time, dispense the fluorescent dye M-68FR into the RET bath through DP10 and SV11; the stirring bar rotates, and the sample analysis starts; Dispense the sample for HGB analysis and M-68LD lyse into the DIFF bath through DP07 and SV52; at the same time, dispense the fluorescent dye M-68FD into the DIFF bath through DP09 and SV10; the stirring bar rotates, and the sample analysis starts; Other auxiliary actions: prime the SCI cistern with liquid from DIL cistern through SV47; the RBC sample syringe is initialized and pushes the sample to get ready for analysis; WBC sample syringe aspirates sample and pushes the sample to get ready for NRBC analysis. T241-J1-P11
SV22
SV39
VAC 70KPa
DP03 1.5mL
GV59
SV41
T11
P26-T5-P27
T12
T10 RET试剂桶
稀释液桶
P24-T4-P25
P22-T3-P23 T8 BASO试剂桶
T9 DIFF试剂桶
P20-T2-P21
P18-T1-P19 T6 HGB试剂桶
T441
T443
T439 VAC 70
VAC 70
T27 VAC 70
T253
WC1-B WC1-R WC1-G T315
T323
C71
T252
T16
T200
70KPa VAC
HGB池
T251
70KPa
-40KPa
Open
J79-T17-J82-P10
GV48
GV57
T173
T201
J80-T206-P1
C69 T205
T204
C67
废液接头
WC1-H
GV71
C68 T207
T255 T256
PV13/GV89
SV31 C70 T202
T258
C64 T133
T254
C56
WC1-I
SV53
T131
T176
WC1-S WC1-A
WC1
TC1
DP01 0.52mL
SV23
C53 T175
C73 C72 T250
GF1
N
DIL
J72-T172-J73
DP04 1mL
B
SV35
GV101 GV102
C45
DP05 1mL
WC1-D
T208
70KPa
废液桶
SV21
T132
SV24
C65
P_SYRINGE 2.5mL
C66
T445
D
分血阀运动汽缸
J75-T171
J74-T170 J64-T198
J65-T184
PV12/GV88 WC1-K
T192
J67-T141
GV58
T183 C58 C55
T7 NRBC试剂桶
T15 T19 T26 T32 C155 C153
CV4 T38
CV2 T25
T31
DP07 1mL
WC1-O
GV60
C60
T174
T180
T146 C50
DP06 1mL
R
开放拭子
DP02 1.0mL
SV40 T179 C170
C57
VAC 70KPa
SV37 T196
T203
T129
WC1-H WC1-N
GV61
T185
SCI
T148
C52
T113 WC1-G
C54
T197
GV63
C130 T199-J78-P2
WC2-1
SV08
T194 SV38
T181
J39-T87-P31
T86
T193
T182
C38
C59
C49
T178
T112
C42
WC1-RC
C37
T110
R_SYRINGE 100μL
T89
T191 SV07
T189
C51
T138
T95
T111
T149
C46
C61
SV36
T195
T116-J35
T107 T92
J62-T167-J63
C48
WC1-F
WC1-C WC1-RC
C129
J68-T140-J69 T139
T137 T150 SV30 T190
C40 T93
CV1
T188
T106
T90 C41
C62
T147
T97
J66-T142
PV11/GV87 GV70
PV06/GV84
T88-J36
T109
穿刺针
T143
C164
WC1-K C74
SV49
C89
穿刺拭子 WC1-C
T115
C44
J34-T126
T94
SV01 C39
T209
RBC预 混池
ISU
鞘流阻抗 计数池
T108
C34
T96
T91
SV03 SV04 SV05
ISW
T104
T99
T105
J42-T98-J43
WC1-I
T249 PV16/GV99 SV02
T186-P8
C36
T79
70KPa
T121
T144
C128 T154 T156-J100
开放采样针
T187
T101 T103
TS T102
C158
C159 C165
T440 C150
SV50
GV62
SV42 T153
T155
T128
T100
T120
J76-T127-J77
J46-T117-J47
NRBC BASO DIFF RET HGB RBC
Open
T168
C43
T169
PV07/GV85
Ta-P7
T130
J30-T118-J31
C47
CV3
T152-J37 自动进样 采样管
WC1-A
WC1-F
Open SV09 T119 C127
T40 VAC 70
T136
CL-A
C152
SV52
SV51
T33
T157
分血阀
SV25
GV74
C160 C166
T444
C154
T447
C156
T311
T442
T446
T21 T34 T28 T41
J20-T84-J33
GV75
C161 C167
FCM J52-T42-J53
RET
J54-T35-J55
J57-T22-J58
J71-T29-J56
DIFF
RH BASO
J51-T36-J61
J50-T23-J60
T210
NRBC
SHEATH
SV14 SV15 SV16
C171
T312
T450
160 250 VAC
SCI
T164 J44-T162-J45 C22 C23 J40-T158-J41
C19
C15 T83
T39
T30-P4
C24
T214 SV32
WC2
C33
C31
C162 C168
T62
T159
C21
SV28
T257
T58
DIL
T125
C163 C169
T20
WC1-D
T60
C32 SV13 J48-T160-J49-P9
J59-T43-J97
T81 SV27
LF2
SV47
C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143
C151 C149 C148
T215
C18
T57
GV56 T85 C25
T163
T220
WC1-R
T82-J21
T114
CL-A
DH T124
T166
T230
SV46 FCM
DP12 8mL
T165
T229SV29
WC1-B
T80
T224 SV34 C16 T225
T219 SV33
SV55
SCI
T61
LF1
C132
T46C133 T49C134 T18C135 T13C136 T14 C137
T54
T151-J86
TC3
PV05/GV83
C17
T53 C27
T52 T24-P3 T44-P6
T248 PV01/GV79
C5
C4
T453
T59
T161 C20
T211
T449 T45
VAC 70
C3
T212 T216
DIL
T48
PV14/GV97
GV73
T123
T37-P5
T217 T221
溢流接头
T263
C30
C29
T47
T51
SV54
T262 T259
T232-J14
PV02/GV80
T65
PV03/GV81
C2
S_SYRINGE 250μL
DP08 1mL
T227 T226
C1
GV68
GV44
J28-T213-J29
WC1-S
T264 J26-T218-J27
T222
T68
T266
C28 T50
T55
T448
FCM
C14 T63
SV17
C11 T67
T265
T231
SV26
DIFF
WC1-N
J18-T234-J19
T69
J17-T233-J16
T236
T239 T238
70KPa VAC
WC1-O
J12-T73-J13
SH
SV18
J22-T228-J23
C10
T235 C13
BASO
WBC池
J8-T64-J9
PV04/GV82
FC PV15/GV98 T237
T66
J10-T71-J11
WC2-1
SV19
NRBC
J24-T223-J25
SV20
SV45
C12
C9
T70
RET
T260 T261
P30-J15
P29-J7
NRBC荧光染料
C8
T74
C26 T56 40
GV66
NRBC
T72
T76
J85-T246-P34
J84-T243-P33
C7
J4-T75-J5
J89-T452-J90
J93-T77-J94
GV65
T247-J3-P13 SV12
DP11 20uL
Open
T78
DP10 20uL
RET
P37
VAC 70
RET荧光染料
GV64 DIFF
SV11
J87-T451-J88
P28-J6
DP09 20uL
T244-J2-P12
P36
VAC 70
C6
SV10
VAC 70
DIFF荧光染料
J83-T240-P32
P35
T135 T177
T145
C63
T134
Figure 5-15 Fluidics diagram of sample dispensation in open-vial whole-blood analysis 15-14s: as shown below.
5-36
SRV back to the lower operation position, which means the metal knob of the SRV is at the lower position; The sampling syringe pushes the diluent out of the sample probe cleaning channel, and clean the exterior of the probe; the open-vial sample probe goes back to the upper position after cleaning and stands by; HGB sample incubation and analysis; Open SV09 and PV06 to enable the sample to get to the inlet of the RBC bath from the RBC pre-mix bath; generate RBC primary and secondary sheath fluid; the RBC sample syringe pushes the sample rapidly; With the corporate efforts of DP08, SV26, PV03, PV05 and PV15, the sample in the NRBC bath gets to the inlet of the 3-way connector of the flow cell; open SV19 to form slow sheath flow; open SV18 to form rapid sheath flow; With the help of SV27, the WBC sample syringe pushes the sample for NRBC analysis into the optical analysis area of the flow cell for measurement; Drain the NRBC bath; open SV13 and PV03 to dispense about 1.2ml diluent into the NRBC bath and get ready for analysis; Open SV26, SV28, PV05 and PV15 to clean the optical analysis sample preparation channel; Other auxiliary actions: Prime the FCM cistern with the diluent form the diluent container through DP12, PV14 and SV55; Prime the DIL cistern through DIL vacuum and SV54; Discharge waste from WC2 to WC1; WBC sample syringe aspirates sample and gets ready for analysis.
5-37
T241-J1-P11
SV39
GV59
SV41
T11
P26-T5-P27
T12
T10 RET试剂桶
稀释液桶
P24-T4-P25
P22-T3-P23
T9 DIFF试剂桶
P20-T2-P21
P18-T1-P19 T6 HGB试剂桶
T8 BASO试剂桶
WC1-R
T443
T439 VAC 70
T27 VAC 70
T315
WC1-G
GV48
GV57
WC1
T133
T173
SV31 C70 T202
J80-T206-P1
C69 T205
T204
C67
废液接头
WC1-H
GV71
C68 T207
T258
T254
T201
T255 T256
PV13/GV89
TC1
DP01 0.52mL
DIL
C64
C56
WC1-I
SV53
T131
T176
WC1-S WC1-A
GF1
T323
T16
T252
70KPa VAC
T200
T251
70KPa
-40KPa
Open 分血阀运动汽缸
HGB池
C73 C72 T250
C71
SV23
C53 T175 开放采样针
PV12/GV88 WC1-K
VAC 70KPa
DP03 1.5mL
T253
CV4
T31
T38
CV3
CV2 T25 J75-T171
SV35
GV101 GV102
J65-T184
C45 SV22
J72-T172-J73
J64-T198
T183 C58 C55
N
J79-T17-J82-P10
T208
70KPa
废液桶
SV21
SV24
T132
T180
GV58
C66
B
WC1-D WC1-B
C65
P_SYRINGE 2.5mL
T179 C170
J74-T170
J67-T141
VAC 70KPa
T445
D
开放拭子
DP02 1.0mL
T7 NRBC试剂桶
T450 T15 T19 T26 T32 T39 C155 C153
R
WC1-O
GV60 DP04 1mL
C60
T174
T203
T129
C57
SV37 T196
T146 C50
T197
WC1-N
GV61 DP05 1mL
T185
C52
DP07 1mL
C130 T199-J78-P2
WC2-1
SCI
C54
SV40
T113 WC1-G
T194 SV38
T148
T192
WC1-RC
SV08
T193
T181
J39-T87-P31
T86
C59
C49
T178
C38
R_SYRINGE 100μL
T112
C42
T191
T110
T189
C51
T195
C46
C61
SV36
WC1-H
C129
J68-T140-J69 T139
J62-T167-J63
C48
T182
T92
SV07 T111
C37
T209
T115
T107
C40 T93
T89
CV1 T137 T150
T106
T90
C62
T188
T95
C41
J66-T142
PV11/GV87
T147
T97
穿刺针
T143
PV06/GV84
SV30 T190
DP06 1mL
穿刺拭子 WC1-C
GV70
T138
T109
T116-J35
J34-T126
SV01 C39
C44
T88-J36
T104
ISU
鞘流阻抗 计数池
T96
T94
SV05
C34
RBC预 混池
T108
T105
T249 PV16/GV99
ISW SV03 SV04
C36
T79
SV02
T91
WC1-I
J42-T98-J43
T121
T144
T99
T102
70KPa
TS
C47
T186-P8
T128
T187
T103
T149
T120
C128 T154 T156-J100
WC1-C WC1-RC
C89
T155
NRBC BASO DIFF RET HGB RBC
T101
J76-T127-J77
J46-T117-J47
T100
Open
T168
C43
T169
PV07/GV85
J30-T118-J31
WC1-F WC1-K C74
SV49
GV63
GV62
SV42 T153 WC1-A
WC1-F
Ta-P7
SV09 T119 C127
C164
T440 C150
SV50
T33
T152-J37 自动进样 采样管
SV25
GV74
T40 VAC 70
T136
T311
T130
C152
SV52
SV51
CL-A
GV75 T312
C33 Open
C154
T447
C156 分血阀
C171
C158
C159 C165
T444
T157
WC2
T442
T446
T21 T34 T28 T41
J20-T84-J33
T83
T449 T45
160 J52-T42-J53
RET
J54-T35-J55
J57-T22-J58
J71-T29-J56
DIFF
RH BASO
NRBC
SHEATH
J51-T36-J61
J50-T23-J60
T210
SV28
T257
250 VAC
C24 T164 J44-T162-J45 C22 C23 J40-T158-J41
SV14
C160 C166
VAC 70
WC1-D
SCI
T159
SV15 SV16
C15
SV27
C31
C161 C167
T62
DIL
C19
J59-T43-J97
T81
T214 SV32
T58
C162 C168
T441
J48-T160-J49-P9
C163 C169
T20
T215
C18
T60 T125
T163
T220
WC1-R
T82-J21
LF2
SV47
C32
T166
T230
T219 SV33
C25
SV13
T165
T229SV29
WC1-B
T80
T224 SV34 C16 T225
T57
GV56 T85
T124
C21
CL-A
T30-P4
LF1
C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143
C151 C149 C148
T161 C20
T211
T151-J86
T24-P3 T44-P6
DP12 8mL
PV05/GV83
C17
SCI
T114
T59
C5
SV46
T61 DH
C132
T46C133 T49C134 T18C135 T13C136 T14 C137
T54 SV55
FCM
T216 C4
T53 C27
FCM
TC3
T123
T37-P5
T212
T453 T52
T260 T261 T259
T248
T221 C3
PV01/GV79
PV02/GV80
T217
T48
PV14/GV97
GV73
DIL
溢流接头
T263
C30
C29
T47
T51
SV54
T262
T232-J14
DP08 1mL
PV03/GV81
C2
S_SYRINGE 250μL
GV68
T227 T226
T231 C1
SV26
GV44
J28-T213-J29
WC1-S
T264 J26-T218-J27
T222
T68
T266 J22-T228-J23
C14 T63
SV17
T265
C28 T50
T55
T448
FCM PV04/GV82
T65
J17-T233-J16
T236
WC1-O
SH
SV18
C11 T67
DIFF
WC1-N
J18-T234-J19
T235 C13 70KPa VAC
T239 T238
T237
T69
BASO
WBC池
J24-T223-J25
C10 J12-T73-J13
T66
J10-T71-J11
WC2-1
FC
NRBC
RET
J8-T64-J9
T72
SV20 SV19
PV15/GV98
C9
T70
T56 40
GV66
NRBC
SV45
C12
DP11 20uL
P30-J15
P29-J7
NRBC荧光染料
C8
T74
C26
VAC 70
J85-T246-P34
J84-T243-P33
C7 T76
J4-T75-J5
J89-T452-J90
J93-T77-J94
GV65
T247-J3-P13 SV12
Open
T78
DP10 20uL
RET
P37
VAC 70
RET荧光染料
GV64 DIFF
SV11
J87-T451-J88
P28-J6
DP09 20uL
T244-J2-P12
P36
VAC 70
C6
SV10
VAC 70
DIFF荧光染料
J83-T240-P32
P35
T135 T177
T145
C63
T134
Figure 5-16 Fluidics diagram of RBC sample preparation and NRBC analysis in open-vial whole-blood analysis 24-33s: as shown below. Drain the HGB bath, add 2ml liquid and get ready; RBC sample syringe push the sample for RBC analysis slowly to the aperture for analysis; With the corporate efforts of DP08, SV26, PV02, PV05 and PV15, the sample in the BASO bath gets to the inlet of the 3-way connector of the flow cell; open SV19 to form slow sheath flow; open SV18 to form rapid sheath flow; With the help of SV27, the WBC sample syringe pushes the sample for BASO analysis into the optical analysis area of the flow cell for measurement; Drain the BASO bath; open SV13 and PV02 to dispense about 1.2ml diluent into the BASO bath and get ready for analysis; Open SV26, SV28, PV05 and PV15 to clean the optical analysis sample preparation channel; Other auxiliary actions: Prime the FCM cistern; Discharge waste from WC1 to the waste container; Discharge waste from WC2; Open SV53 to discharge liquid in the pressure filter; WBC sample syringe aspirates sample and gets ready for analysis.
5-38
T241-J1-P11
C45 SV22
SV39
VAC 70KPa
DP03 1.5mL
GV59
SV41
T443
T11
P26-T5-P27
T12
T10 RET试剂桶
稀释液桶
P24-T4-P25
P22-T3-P23 T8 BASO试剂桶
T9 DIFF试剂桶
P20-T2-P21
P18-T1-P19 T6 HGB试剂桶
T439 VAC 70
T253 T315
WC1-G
GV48
GV57
WC1-I
WC1
T173
T201
SV31 C70 T202
J80-T206-P1
C69 T205
T204
C67
废液接头
WC1-H
GV71
C68 T207
T258
C64 T133
T255 T256
PV13/GV89
TC1
DP01 0.52mL
T254
C56
WC1-S WC1-A
GF1
T323
T16
T252
70KPa VAC
T200
C71
SV53
T131
T176
C73 C72 T250 T251
70KPa
-40KPa
Open 分血阀运动汽缸
HGB池
DIL
J72-T172-J73
WC1-R
SV23
C53 T175 开放采样针
N
J79-T17-J82-P10
SV35
GV101 GV102
J65-T184
T7 NRBC试剂桶
T450 T15 T19 T26 T32 T39 C155 C153
CV4
T31
T38
CV3
CV2 T25 J75-T171
J74-T170 J64-T198
T183 C58 C55
PV12/GV88 WC1-K
GV58
C66
B
WC1-D WC1-B
T208
70KPa
废液桶
SV21
SV24
T132
T180
J67-T141
VAC 70KPa
DP02 1.0mL
T445
D
WC1-O
GV60 DP04 1mL
C65
P_SYRINGE 2.5mL
T179 C170
T129
C57
WC1-N
GV61 DP05 1mL
C60
T174
T203
T146 C50
R
开放拭子
SV37 T196
T192
WC1-RC
T148
C52
T197
WC1-H
T185
SCI
C54
SV40
T113 WC1-G
T194 SV38
GV63 DP07 1mL
C130 T199-J78-P2
WC2-1
SV08
T193
T181
J39-T87-P31
T86
C59
C49
T178
C38
R_SYRINGE 100μL
T112
C42
T191
T110
T189
C51
T195
C46
C61
SV36
WC1-C WC1-RC
C129
J68-T140-J69 T139
J62-T167-J63
C48
T182
T92
SV07 T111
C37
T209
T115
T107
C40 T93
T89
CV1 T137 T150
T106
T90
C62
T188
T95
C41
J66-T142
PV11/GV87
T147
T97
穿刺针
T143
PV06/GV84
SV30 T190
DP06 1mL
穿刺拭子 WC1-C
GV70
T138
T109
T116-J35
J34-T126
SV01 C39
C44
T88-J36
T104
ISU
鞘流阻抗 计数池
T96
T94
SV05
C34
RBC预 混池
T108
T105
T249 PV16/GV99
ISW SV03 SV04
C36
T79
SV02
T91
WC1-I
J42-T98-J43
T121
T144
T99
T102
70KPa
TS
C47
T186-P8
T128
T187
T103
T149
T120
C128 T154 T156-J100
WC1-F WC1-K C74
SV49
C89
T155
NRBC BASO DIFF RET HGB RBC
T101
J76-T127-J77
J46-T117-J47
T100
Open
T168
C43
T169
PV07/GV85
J30-T118-J31
SV50
GV62
SV42 T153 WC1-A
WC1-F
Ta-P7
SV09 T119 C127
C164
T440 C150
T27 VAC 70
T152-J37 自动进样 采样管
SV25
GV74
T40 VAC 70
T136
T311
C152
SV52
SV51
T33
T157
C156
T130
C158
C159 C165
T444
C154
T447
CL-A
GV75 T312
C33
T442
T446
分血阀
C171
Open
T449 T45
160 250 VAC J52-T42-J53
RET
J54-T35-J55
J57-T22-J58
J71-T29-J56
DIFF
BASO
J51-T36-J61
J50-T23-J60
T210
RH
T21 T34 T28 T41
J20-T84-J33
T83
WC2
T257
NRBC
SHEATH
SV14
SV28 SV27
SCI
C24 T164 J44-T162-J45 C22 C23 J40-T158-J41
SV15 SV16
C160 C166
T62
T159
C19
C15
C161 C167
VAC 70
WC1-D
T214 SV32
C31
C162 C168
T441
J48-T160-J49-P9
T58
DIL
T125
C163 C169
T20
T215
C18
T60
C32
J59-T43-J97
T81
LF2
SV47
T163
T220
WC1-R
T82-J21
C25
SV13
T166
T230
T57
GV56 T85
T124
C21
CL-A
T30-P4
LF1
T165
T229SV29
WC1-B
T80
T224 SV34 C16 T225
T151-J86
T24-P3 T44-P6
DP12 8mL
PV05/GV83 T219 SV33
FCM
SCI
T114
C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143
C151 C149 C148
T161 C20
T211
SV46
T61 DH
C132
T46C133 T49C134 T18C135 T13C136 T14 C137
T54 SV55
T59
C5
C17
T53 C27
FCM
T216 C4
T453
TC3
T123
T37-P5
T212
DIL
T48
PV14/GV97
GV73
T52
T260 T261 T259
T248
T221 C3
PV01/GV79
PV02/GV80
T217
溢流接头
T263
C30
C29
T47
T51
SV54
T262
T232-J14
DP08 1mL
PV03/GV81
C2
S_SYRINGE 250μL
GV68
T227 T226
T231 C1
SV26
GV44
J28-T213-J29
WC1-S
T264 J26-T218-J27
T222
T68
T266 J22-T228-J23
C14 T63
SV17
T265
C28 T50
T55
T448
FCM PV04/GV82
T65
J17-T233-J16
T236
WC1-O
SH
SV18
C11 T67
DIFF
WC1-N
J18-T234-J19
T235 C13 70KPa VAC
T239 T238
T237
T69
BASO
WBC池
J24-T223-J25
C10 J12-T73-J13
T66
J10-T71-J11
WC2-1
FC
NRBC
RET
J8-T64-J9
T72
SV20 SV19
PV15/GV98
C9
T70
T56 40
GV66
NRBC
SV45
C12
DP11 20uL
P30-J15
P29-J7
NRBC荧光染料
C8
T74
C26
VAC 70
J85-T246-P34
J84-T243-P33
C7 T76
J4-T75-J5
J89-T452-J90
J93-T77-J94
GV65
T247-J3-P13 SV12
Open
T78
DP10 20uL
RET
P37
VAC 70
RET荧光染料
GV64 DIFF
SV11
J87-T451-J88
P28-J6
DP09 20uL
T244-J2-P12
P36
VAC 70
C6
SV10
VAC 70
DIFF荧光染料
J83-T240-P32
P35
T135 T177
T145
C63
T134
Figure 5-17 Fluidics diagram of RBC and BASO analysis in open-vial whole-blood analysis 33-43s: as shown below. Measurement in RBC channel finished; With the corporate efforts of DP08, SV26, PV01, PV05 and PV15, the sample in the DIFF bath gets to the inlet of the 3-way connector of the flow cell; open SV19 to form slow sheath flow; open SV18 to form rapid sheath flow; With the help of SV27, the WBC sample syringe pushes the sample for DIFF analysis into the optical analysis area of the flow cell for measurement; Drain the DIFF bath; open SV13 and PV01 to dispense about 1.2ml diluent into the DIFF bath and get ready for analysis; Open SV26, SV28, PV05 and PV15 to clean the optical analysis sample preparation channel; Other auxiliary actions: prime the FCM cistern; discharge waste from WC2; WBC sample syringe aspirates liquid and gets ready;
5-39
T241-J1-P11
C45 SV22
SV39
VAC 70KPa
DP03 1.5mL
GV59
SV41
T11
P26-T5-P27
T12
T10 RET试剂桶
稀释液桶
P24-T4-P25
P22-T3-P23 T8 BASO试剂桶
T9 DIFF试剂桶
P20-T2-P21
P18-T1-P19 T6 HGB试剂桶
T439
T443
T445
VAC 70
T253 T315
GV48
GV57
WC1-I
WC1
T173
T201
SV31 C70 T202
J80-T206-P1
C69 T205
T204
C67
废液接头
WC1-H
GV71
C68 T207
T258
C64 T133
T255 T256
PV13/GV89
TC1
DP01 0.52mL
T254
C56
WC1-S WC1-A
GF1
T323
T16
T252
70KPa VAC
T200
C71
SV53
T131
T176
C73 C72 T250 T251
70KPa
-40KPa
Open 分血阀运动汽缸
HGB池
DIL
J72-T172-J73
WC1-G
SV23
C53 T175 开放采样针
WC1-R
J79-T17-J82-P10
SV35
GV101 GV102
J65-T184
T7 NRBC试剂桶
T450 T15 T19 T26 T32 T39 C155 C153
CV4
T31
T38
CV3
CV2 T25 J75-T171
J74-T170 J64-T198
T183 C58 C55
PV12/GV88 WC1-K
GV58
C66
N
WC1-D WC1-B
T208
70KPa
废液桶
SV21
SV24
T132
T180
J67-T141
VAC 70KPa
DP02 1.0mL
B
D
WC1-O
GV60 DP04 1mL
C65
P_SYRINGE 2.5mL
T179 C170
T129
C57
WC1-N
GV61 DP05 1mL
C60
T174
T203
T146 C50
R
开放拭子
SV37 T196
T192
WC1-RC
T148
C52
T197
WC1-H
T185
SCI
C54
SV40
T113 WC1-G
T194 SV38
GV63 DP07 1mL
C130 T199-J78-P2
WC2-1
SV08
T193
T181
J39-T87-P31
T86
C59
C49
T178
C38
R_SYRINGE 100μL
T112
C42
T191
T110
T189
C51
T195
C46
C61
SV36
WC1-C WC1-RC
C129
J68-T140-J69 T139
J62-T167-J63
C48
T182
T92
SV07 T111
C37
T209
T115
T107
C40 T93
T89
CV1 T137 T150
T106
T90
C62
T188
T95
C41
J66-T142
PV11/GV87
T147
T97
穿刺针
T143
PV06/GV84
SV30 T190
DP06 1mL
穿刺拭子 WC1-C
GV70
T138
T109
T116-J35
J34-T126
SV01 C39
C44
T88-J36
T104
ISU
鞘流阻抗 计数池
T96
T94
SV05
C34
RBC预 混池
T108
T105
T249 PV16/GV99
ISW SV03 SV04
C36
T79
SV02
T91
WC1-I
J42-T98-J43
T121
T144
T99
T102
70KPa
TS
C47
T186-P8
T128
T187
T103
T149
T120
C128 T154 T156-J100
WC1-F WC1-K C74
SV49
C89
T155
NRBC BASO DIFF RET HGB RBC
T101
J76-T127-J77
J46-T117-J47
T100
Open
T168
C43
T169
PV07/GV85
J30-T118-J31
SV50
GV62
SV42 T153 WC1-A
WC1-F
Ta-P7
SV09 T119 C127
C164
T440 C150
T27 VAC 70
T152-J37 自动进样 采样管
SV25
GV74
T40 VAC 70
T136
T311
C152
SV52
SV51
T33
T157
C156
T130
C158
C159 C165
T444
C154
T447
CL-A
GV75 T312
C33
T442
T446
分血阀
C171
Open
T449 T45
160 250 VAC J52-T42-J53
RET
J54-T35-J55
J57-T22-J58
J71-T29-J56
DIFF
BASO
J51-T36-J61
J50-T23-J60
T210
RH
T21 T34 T28 T41
J20-T84-J33
T83
WC2
T257
NRBC
SHEATH
SV14
SV28 SV27
SCI
C24 T164 J44-T162-J45 C22 C23 J40-T158-J41
SV15 SV16
C160 C166
T62
T159
C19
C15
C161 C167
VAC 70
WC1-D
T214 SV32
C31
C162 C168
T441
J48-T160-J49-P9
T58
DIL
T125
C163 C169
T20
T215
C18
T60
C32
J59-T43-J97
T81
LF2
SV47
T163
T220
WC1-R
T82-J21
C25
SV13
T166
T230
T57
GV56 T85
T124
C21
CL-A
T30-P4
LF1
T165
T229SV29
WC1-B
T80
T224 SV34 C16 T225
T151-J86
T24-P3 T44-P6
DP12 8mL
PV05/GV83 T219 SV33
FCM
SCI
T114
C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143
C151 C149 C148
T161 C20
T211
SV46
T61 DH
C132
T46C133 T49C134 T18C135 T13C136 T14 C137
T54 SV55
T59
C5
C17
T53 C27
FCM
T216 C4
T453
TC3
T123
T37-P5
T212
DIL
T48
PV14/GV97
GV73
T52
T260 T261 T259
T248
T221 C3
PV01/GV79
PV02/GV80
T217
溢流接头
T263
C30
C29
T47
T51
SV54
T262
T232-J14
DP08 1mL
PV03/GV81
C2
S_SYRINGE 250μL
GV68
T227 T226
T231 C1
SV26
GV44
J28-T213-J29
WC1-S
T264 J26-T218-J27
T222
T68
T266 J22-T228-J23
C14 T63
SV17
T265
C28 T50
T55
T448
FCM PV04/GV82
T65
J17-T233-J16
T236
WC1-O
SH
SV18
C11 T67
DIFF
WC1-N
J18-T234-J19
T235 C13 70KPa VAC
T239 T238
T237
T69
BASO
WBC池
J24-T223-J25
C10 J12-T73-J13
T66
J10-T71-J11
WC2-1
FC
NRBC
RET
J8-T64-J9
T72
SV20 SV19
PV15/GV98
C9
T70
T56 40
GV66
NRBC
SV45
C12
DP11 20uL
P30-J15
P29-J7
NRBC荧光染料
C8
T74
C26
VAC 70
J85-T246-P34
J84-T243-P33
C7 T76
J4-T75-J5
J89-T452-J90
J93-T77-J94
GV65
T247-J3-P13 SV12
Open
T78
DP10 20uL
RET
P37
VAC 70
RET荧光染料
GV64 DIFF
SV11
J87-T451-J88
P28-J6
DP09 20uL
T244-J2-P12
P36
VAC 70
C6
SV10
VAC 70
DIFF荧光染料
J83-T240-P32
P35
T135 T177
T145
C63
T134
Figure 5-18 Fluidics diagram of DIFF analysis in open-vial whole-blood analysis
43-54s: as shown below. With the corporate efforts of DP08, SV26, PV04, PV05 and PV15, the sample in the RET bath gets to the inlet of the 3-way connector of the flow cell; open SV19 to form slow sheath flow; open SV18 to form rapid sheath flow; With the help of SV27, the WBC sample syringe push the sample for RET analysis into the optical analysis area of the flow cell for measurement; Drain the RET bath; open SV13 and PV04 to dispense about 1.2ml diluent into the RET bath and get ready for analysis; Open SV26, SV28, PV05 and PV15 to clean the optical analysis sample preparation channel; Other auxiliary actions: prime the FCM cistern; discharge waste from WC2;
5-40
T241-J1-P11
C45 SV22
SV39
VAC 70KPa
DP03 1.5mL
GV59
SV41
T443
T11
P26-T5-P27
T12
T10 RET试剂桶
稀释液桶
P24-T4-P25
P22-T3-P23 T8 BASO试剂桶
T9 DIFF试剂桶
P20-T2-P21
P18-T1-P19 T6 HGB试剂桶
T439 VAC 70
T253 T315
WC1-G
GV48
GV57
WC1-I
WC1
T173
T201
SV31 C70 T202
J80-T206-P1
C69 T205
T204
C67
废液接头
WC1-H
GV71
C68 T207
T258
C64 T133
T255 T256
PV13/GV89
TC1
DP01 0.52mL
T254
C56
WC1-S WC1-A
GF1
T323
T16
T252
70KPa VAC
T200
C71
SV53
T131
T176
C73 C72 T250 T251
70KPa
-40KPa
Open 分血阀运动汽缸
HGB池
DIL
J72-T172-J73
WC1-R
SV23
C53 T175 开放采样针
N
J79-T17-J82-P10
SV35
GV101 GV102
J65-T184
T7 NRBC试剂桶
T450 T15 T19 T26 T32 T39 C155 C153
CV4
T31
T38
CV3
CV2 T25 J75-T171
J74-T170 J64-T198
T183 C58 C55
PV12/GV88 WC1-K
GV58
C66
B
WC1-D WC1-B
T208
70KPa
废液桶
SV21
SV24
T132
T180
J67-T141
VAC 70KPa
DP02 1.0mL
T445
D
WC1-O
GV60 DP04 1mL
C65
P_SYRINGE 2.5mL
T179 C170
T129
C57
WC1-N
GV61 DP05 1mL
C60
T174
T203
T146 C50
R
开放拭子
SV37 T196
T192
WC1-RC
T148
C52
T197
WC1-H
T185
SCI
C54
SV40
T113 WC1-G
T194 SV38
GV63 DP07 1mL
C130 T199-J78-P2
WC2-1
SV08
T193
T181
J39-T87-P31
T86
C59
C49
T178
C38
R_SYRINGE 100μL
T112
C42
T191
T110
T189
C51
T195
C46
C61
SV36
WC1-C WC1-RC
C129
J68-T140-J69 T139
J62-T167-J63
C48
T182
T92
SV07 T111
C37
T209
T115
T107
C40 T93
T89
CV1 T137 T150
T106
T90
C62
T188
T95
C41
J66-T142
PV11/GV87
T147
T97
穿刺针
T143
PV06/GV84
SV30 T190
DP06 1mL
穿刺拭子 WC1-C
GV70
T138
T109
T116-J35
J34-T126
SV01 C39
C44
T88-J36
T104
ISU
鞘流阻抗 计数池
T96
T94
SV05
C34
RBC预 混池
T108
T105
T249 PV16/GV99
ISW SV03 SV04
C36
T79
SV02
T91
WC1-I
J42-T98-J43
T121
T144
T99
T102
70KPa
TS
C47
T186-P8
T128
T187
T103
T149
T120
C128 T154 T156-J100
WC1-F WC1-K C74
SV49
C89
T155
NRBC BASO DIFF RET HGB RBC
T101
J76-T127-J77
J46-T117-J47
T100
Open
T168
C43
T169
PV07/GV85
J30-T118-J31
SV50
GV62
SV42 T153 WC1-A
WC1-F
Ta-P7
SV09 T119 C127
C164
T440 C150
T27 VAC 70
T152-J37 自动进样 采样管
SV25
GV74
T40 VAC 70
T136
T311
C152
SV52
SV51
T33
T157
C156
T130
C158
C159 C165
T444
C154
T447
CL-A
GV75 T312
C33
T442
T446
分血阀
C171
Open
T449 T45
160 250 VAC J52-T42-J53
RET
J54-T35-J55
J57-T22-J58
J71-T29-J56
DIFF
BASO
J51-T36-J61
J50-T23-J60
T210
RH
T21 T34 T28 T41
J20-T84-J33
T83
WC2
T257
NRBC
SHEATH
SV14
SV28 SV27
SCI
C24 T164 J44-T162-J45 C22 C23 J40-T158-J41
SV15 SV16
C160 C166
T62
T159
C19
C15
C161 C167
VAC 70
WC1-D
T214 SV32
C31
C162 C168
T441
J48-T160-J49-P9
T58
DIL
T125
C163 C169
T20
T215
C18
T60
C32
J59-T43-J97
T81
LF2
SV47
T163
T220
WC1-R
T82-J21
C25
SV13
T166
T230
T57
GV56 T85
T124
C21
CL-A
T30-P4
LF1
T165
T229SV29
WC1-B
T80
T224 SV34 C16 T225
T151-J86
T24-P3 T44-P6
DP12 8mL
PV05/GV83 T219 SV33
FCM
SCI
T114
C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143
C151 C149 C148
T161 C20
T211
SV46
T61 DH
C132
T46C133 T49C134 T18C135 T13C136 T14 C137
T54 SV55
T59
C5
C17
T53 C27
FCM
T216 C4
T453
TC3
T123
T37-P5
T212
DIL
T48
PV14/GV97
GV73
T52
T260 T261 T259
T248
T221 C3
PV01/GV79
PV02/GV80
T217
溢流接头
T263
C30
C29
T47
T51
SV54
T262
T232-J14
DP08 1mL
PV03/GV81
C2
S_SYRINGE 250μL
GV68
T227 T226
T231 C1
SV26
GV44
J28-T213-J29
WC1-S
T264 J26-T218-J27
T222
T68
T266 J22-T228-J23
C14 T63
SV17
T265
C28 T50
T55
T448
FCM PV04/GV82
T65
J17-T233-J16
T236
WC1-O
SH
SV18
C11 T67
DIFF
WC1-N
J18-T234-J19
T235 C13 70KPa VAC
T239 T238
T237
T69
BASO
WBC池
J24-T223-J25
C10 J12-T73-J13
T66
J10-T71-J11
WC2-1
FC
NRBC
RET
J8-T64-J9
T72
SV20 SV19
PV15/GV98
C9
T70
T56 40
GV66
NRBC
SV45
C12
DP11 20uL
P30-J15
P29-J7
NRBC荧光染料
C8
T74
C26
VAC 70
J85-T246-P34
J84-T243-P33
C7 T76
J4-T75-J5
J89-T452-J90
J93-T77-J94
GV65
T247-J3-P13 SV12
Open
T78
DP10 20uL
RET
P37
VAC 70
RET荧光染料
GV64 DIFF
SV11
J87-T451-J88
P28-J6
DP09 20uL
T244-J2-P12
P36
VAC 70
C6
SV10
VAC 70
DIFF荧光染料
J83-T240-P32
P35
T135 T177
T145
C63
T134
Figure 5-19 Fluidics diagram of RET analysis in open-vial whole-blood analysis 54-59.5s: as shown below. Drain the RBC pre-mix bath, NRBC bath, BASO bath, DIFF bath and RET bath; Dispense 1.5ml diluent to the RBC pre-mix bath through DP03 and SV39, and then wash the bath with the diluent; Open SV08, SV09 and SV84 to clean the sample preparation tubing; open SV02 and SV09 to clean the sample probe, and then stands by; Open SV13 and PV03 to dispense about 1.2ml diluent into the NRBC bath for soaking and get ready for analysis; Open SV13 and PV04 to dispense about 1.2ml diluent into the RET bath for soaking and get ready for analysis; Open SV13 and PV01 to dispense about 1.2ml diluent into the DIFF bath for soaking and get ready for analysis; Open SV13 and PV02 to dispense about 1.2ml diluent into the BASO bath for soaking and get ready for analysis; Open SV19, SV20 and SV45 to clean the flow cell and the outlet passage; Other auxiliary actions: prime the FCM cistern; prime the SCI cistern;
5-41
T241-J1-P11
SV39
GV59
SV41
T11
P26-T5-P27
T12
T10 RET试剂桶
稀释液桶
P24-T4-P25
P22-T3-P23
T9 DIFF试剂桶
P18-T1-P19
P20-T2-P21
T450
T6 HGB试剂桶
T7 NRBC试剂桶
T8 BASO试剂桶
T449 T45
T15 T19 T26 T39 T442
T443
T439 VAC 70
VAC 70
WC1-R
T315
WC1-G
GV48
GV57
WC1
T173
SV31 C70 T202
J80-T206-P1
C69 T205
T204
C67
废液接头
WC1-H
GV71
C68 T207
T258
T201
T254
C64 T133
T255 T256
PV13/GV89
TC1
DP01 0.52mL
DIL
C56
WC1-I
SV53
T131
T176
WC1-S WC1-A
GF1
T323
T16
T252
70KPa VAC
T200
T251
70KPa
-40KPa
Open 分血阀运动汽缸
HGB池
C73 C72 T250
C71
SV23
C53 T175 开放采样针
T253
CV4
T31
T38
CV3
CV2 T25 J75-T171
VAC 70KPa
DP03 1.5mL
N
J79-T17-J82-P10
SV35
GV101 GV102
J65-T184
C45 SV22
J72-T172-J73
J64-T198
T183 C58 C55
PV12/GV88 WC1-K
GV58
C66
B
WC1-D WC1-B
T208
70KPa
废液桶
SV21
SV24
T132
T180
J74-T170
J67-T141
VAC 70KPa
T445
D
WC1-O
GV60 DP04 1mL
C65
P_SYRINGE 2.5mL
T179 C170 T146
C50
R
开放拭子
DP02 1.0mL
WC1-N
GV61 DP05 1mL
C60
T174
T203
T129
C57
SV37 T196
T192
WC1-RC
T148
C52
T197
WC1-H
T185
SCI
C54
SV40
T113 WC1-G
T194 SV38
GV63 DP07 1mL
C130 T199-J78-P2
WC2-1
SV08
T193
T181
J39-T87-P31
T86
C59
C49
T178
C38
R_SYRINGE 100μL
T112
C42
T191
T110
T189
C51
T195
C46
C61
SV36
WC1-C WC1-RC
C129
J68-T140-J69 T139
J62-T167-J63
C48
T182
T92
SV07 T111
C37
T209
T115
T107
C40 T93
T89
CV1 T137 T150
T106
T90
C62
T188
T95
C41
J66-T142
PV11/GV87
T147
T97
穿刺针
T143
PV06/GV84
SV30 T190
DP06 1mL
穿刺拭子 WC1-C
GV70
T138
T109
T116-J35
J34-T126
SV01 C39
C44
T88-J36
T104
ISU
鞘流阻抗 计数池
T96
T94
SV05
C34
RBC预 混池
T108
T105
T249 PV16/GV99
ISW SV03 SV04
C36
T79
SV02
T91
WC1-I
J42-T98-J43
T121
T144
T99
T102
70KPa
TS
C47
T186-P8
T128
T187
T103
T149
T120
C128 T154 T156-J100
WC1-F WC1-K C74
SV49
C89
T155
NRBC BASO DIFF RET HGB RBC
T101
J76-T127-J77
J46-T117-J47
T100
Open
T168
C43
T169
PV07/GV85
J30-T118-J31
SV50
GV62
SV42 T153 WC1-A
WC1-F
Ta-P7
SV09 T119 C127
C164
T440 C150
T27 VAC 70
T152-J37 自动进样 采样管
SV25
GV74
T40 VAC 70
T136
T311
C152
SV52
SV51
T33
C156
GV75 T312
C33
C154
T447
CL-A
T130
C158
C159 C165
T444
分血阀
C171
Open
CL-A
T446
T21 T34 T28 T41
T157
WC2
C160 C166
C155 C153
J52-T42-J53
RET
J54-T35-J55
J57-T22-J58
J71-T29-J56
DIFF
RH BASO
J51-T36-J61
J50-T23-J60
T210
NRBC
SHEATH
SV14
J20-T84-J33
T83
T32
250 VAC
SCI
C24 T164 J44-T162-J45 C22 C23 J40-T158-J41
SV15 SV16
C15
C161 C167
T62
T159
C19
SV28
T257
C31
C162 C168
T441
WC1-D
T214 SV32
T58
DIL
T20
J48-T160-J49-P9 C21
C163 C169
C151 C149 C148
T215
C18
T60 T125
T163
T220
SV27
LF2
SV47
C32
J59-T43-J97
T81
C25
SV13
T166
T230
T57
GV56 T85
T124
T165
T229SV29
WC1-B
T80
T224 SV34 C16 T225 WC1-R
T82-J21
160
DP12 8mL
PV05/GV83 T219 SV33
FCM
SCI
C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143
FCM
T161 C20
T211
T151-J86
TC3
SV46
T114
LF1
C132
T46C133 T49C134 T18C135 T13C136 T14 C137
T54 SV55
T59
C5
C17
T53 C27
T61 DH
T30-P4
PV01/GV79
T216 C4
T453 T52
T24-P3 T44-P6
T248
T221 C3
T212
DIL
T48
PV14/GV97
GV73
T123
T37-P5
T217
溢流接头
T263
C30
C29
T47
T51
SV54
T262 T260 T261 T259
C2
T264
PV02/GV80
PV03/GV81
T227 T226
T231 T232-J14
DP08 1mL
GV44
J28-T213-J29
WC1-S
T266
J26-T218-J27
T222
T68
S_SYRINGE 250μL
GV68
T265
J22-T228-J23
C14 T63
SV17
C1
SV26
DIFF
C28 T50
T55
T448
FCM PV04/GV82
T65
J17-T233-J16
T236
WC1-O
SH
SV18
C11 T67
BASO
WC1-N
J18-T234-J19
T235 C13 70KPa VAC
T239 T238
T237
T69
NRBC
WBC池
J24-T223-J25
C10 J12-T73-J13
T66
J10-T71-J11
WC2-1
FC
RET
J8-T64-J9
T72
SV20 SV19
PV15/GV98
C9
T70
T56 40
GV66
NRBC
SV45
C12
DP11 20uL
P30-J15
P29-J7
NRBC荧光染料
C8
T74
C26
VAC 70
J85-T246-P34
J84-T243-P33
C7 T76
J4-T75-J5
J89-T452-J90
J93-T77-J94
GV65
T247-J3-P13 SV12
Open
T78
DP10 20uL
RET
P37
VAC 70
RET荧光染料
GV64 DIFF
SV11
J87-T451-J88
P28-J6
DP09 20uL
T244-J2-P12
P36
VAC 70
C6
SV10
VAC 70
DIFF荧光染料
J83-T240-P32
P35
T135 T177
T145
C63
T134
Figure 5-20 Fluidics diagram of completing measurement and restoration in open-vial whole-blood analysis For other test panels in open-vial whole-blood mode, CBC for example, the major difference from CBC+DIFF+NRBC+RET is that after the sample in the DIFF, NRBC and RET holes of the SRV is dispensed to the related baths, the sample is brought of the bath by diluent (dispensed to the baths by opening SV14, SV15 and SV16) directly without analysis (please note that BASO analysis has no diluent dispensation channel); other procedures are almost the same; See figure 4-9 for the sample dispensation process.
5-42
T241-J1-P11
T180
SV39
VAC 70KPa
DP03 1.5mL
GV59
SV41
T11
P26-T5-P27
T12
T10 RET试剂桶
稀释液桶
P24-T4-P25
P22-T3-P23
T9 DIFF试剂桶
P18-T1-P19
P20-T2-P21
T450
T6 HGB试剂桶
T7 NRBC试剂桶
T8 BASO试剂桶
T449 T45
T19 T26 T32 T39 T443
T439 VAC 70
T315
WC1-G
GV48
GV57
WC1
T173
SV31 C70 T202
J80-T206-P1
C69 T205
T204
C67
废液接头
WC1-H
GV71
C68 T207
T258
T201
T254
C64 T133
T255 T256
PV13/GV89
TC1
DP01 0.52mL
DIL
C56
WC1-I
SV53
T131
T176
WC1-S WC1-A
GF1
T323
T16
T252
70KPa VAC
T200
T251
70KPa
-40KPa
Open 分血阀运动汽缸
HGB池
C73 C72 T250
C71
SV23
C53 T175 开放采样针
WC1-R
J79-T17-J82-P10
SV35
GV101 GV102
J65-T184
C45 SV22
J72-T172-J73
J64-T198
T183 C58 C55
N
T253
CV4
T31
T38
CV3
CV2 T25 J75-T171
J74-T170
J67-T141
GV58
C66
B
WC1-D WC1-B
T208
70KPa
废液桶
SV21
SV24
T132
T179 C170
T129
C57
VAC 70KPa
DP02 1.0mL
T445
D
WC1-O
GV60 DP04 1mL
C60
T174
T203
T146 C50
R
开放拭子
SV37 T196
T192
C52
T197
WC1-N
GV61 DP05 1mL
C65
P_SYRINGE 2.5mL
SCI
T148
SV40
T113 WC1-G
C54
WC1-H
T185
SV08
T194 SV38
PV12/GV88 WC1-K
J39-T87-P31
T86
T193
GV63 DP07 1mL
C130 T199-J78-P2
WC2-1
C38
C59
C49
T178
T110
R_SYRINGE 100μL
T112
C42
T191 SV07
T111
C37
T189
C51
T195
C46
C61
SV36
T181
T92
C40 T93
T89
T209
T115
T107
J62-T167-J63
C48
WC1-C WC1-RC
C129
J68-T140-J69 T139
T137 T150 SV30 T190
T106
T90
CV1
T188
T95
C41
C62
PV06/GV84
WC1-RC
T97
J66-T142
PV11/GV87
T147
C39
穿刺针
T143
T182
T109
DP06 1mL
穿刺拭子 WC1-C
GV70
T138
SV01
T116-J35
T104
C44
T88-J36
C34
T96
T94
SV05
ISW
ISU
鞘流阻抗 计数池
T108
SV03
RBC预 混池
J34-T126
T105
T249 PV16/GV99 SV02
SV04
C36
T79
T91
WC1-I
J42-T98-J43
T121
T144
T99
T102
70KPa
TS
C47
T186-P8
T128
T187
T103
T149
T120
C128 T154 T156-J100
WC1-F WC1-K C74
SV49
C89
T155
NRBC BASO DIFF RET HGB RBC
T101
J76-T127-J77
J46-T117-J47
T100
Open
T168
C43
T169
PV07/GV85
J30-T118-J31
SV50
GV62
SV42 T153 WC1-A
WC1-F
Ta-P7
SV09 T119 C127
T440 C150
T27 VAC 70
T152-J37 自动进样 采样管
SV25
GV74
T40 VAC 70
T136
T311
C152
SV52
SV51
T33
T157
C156
T130
C164
T444
C154
T447
CL-A
GV75 T312
C33 Open
T442
T446
分血阀
C171
C158
C159 C165
C155 C153
J52-T42-J53
RET
J54-T35-J55
J57-T22-J58
J71-T29-J56
DIFF
BASO
J51-T36-J61
J50-T23-J60
T210
RH
T21 T34 T28 T41
J20-T84-J33
T83
WC2
T257
NRBC
SHEATH
SV14
SV28 SV27
250 VAC
C24 T164 J44-T162-J45 C22 C23 J40-T158-J41
SV15 SV16
C160 C166
T62
T159
C19
C15
C161 C167
VAC 70
WC1-D
T214 SV32
C31
C162 C168
T441
J48-T160-J49-P9
T58
DIL
T125
C163 C169
T20
T215
C18
T60
C32
J59-T43-J97
T81
LF2
SV47
T163
T220
WC1-R
T82-J21
C25
SV13
T166
T230
T57
GV56 T85
T124
T165
T229SV29
WC1-B
T80
T224 SV34 C16 T225
CL-A
T30-P4
LF1
C21
T15
DP12 8mL
PV05/GV83 T219 SV33
FCM
SCI
T114
C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143
C151 C149 C148
T161 C20
T211
T151-J86
TC3
SV46
T61 DH
C132
T46C133 T49C134 T18C135 T13C136 T14 C137
T54 SV55
T59
C5
C17
T53 C27
T52 T24-P3 T44-P6
DIL
T48
FCM
T216 C4
T453
SCI
T212
160
T262 T260 T261 T259
T248
T221 C3
溢流接头
T263
C30
C29
T47
T51
SV54
PV14/GV97
GV73
T123
T37-P5
T217
PV01/GV79
PV02/GV80
PV03/GV81
C2
T232-J14
DP08 1mL
T227 T226
T231
S_SYRINGE 250μL
GV68
GV44
J28-T213-J29
WC1-S
T264 J26-T218-J27
T222
T68
T266 J22-T228-J23
C14 T63
SV17
T265
C28 T50
T55
T448
FCM PV04/GV82
T65
SH
C1
T236
WC1-O
J17-T233-J16
SV26
DIFF
WC1-N
J18-T234-J19
T235 C13 70KPa VAC
T239 T238
T237
BASO
WBC池
SV18
C11 T67
T69
NRBC
J24-T223-J25
C10 J12-T73-J13
T66
J10-T71-J11
WC2-1
FC
RET
J8-T64-J9
T72
SV20 SV19
PV15/GV98
C9
T70
T56 40
GV66
NRBC
SV45
C12
DP11 20uL
P30-J15
P29-J7
NRBC荧光染料
C8
T74
C26
VAC 70
J85-T246-P34
J84-T243-P33
C7 T76
J4-T75-J5
J89-T452-J90
J93-T77-J94
GV65
T247-J3-P13 SV12
Open
T78
DP10 20uL
RET
P37
VAC 70
RET荧光染料
GV64 DIFF
SV11
J87-T451-J88
P28-J6
DP09 20uL
T244-J2-P12
P36
VAC 70
C6
SV10
VAC 70
DIFF荧光染料
J83-T240-P32
P35
T135 T177
T145
C63
T134
Figure 5-21 Fluidics diagram of sample dispensation in open-vial whole-blood CBC analysis
5.12.2 Open-Vial Predilute Analysis Sequences Analysis process The process of the open-vial predilute analysis is almost the same as that of the whole-blood analysis; Differences between the two modes: the predilute sample is diluted before being analyzed by the analyzer ; 2. in the predilute mode, the sample volume for optical counting and RBC counting is 3 times to that in the whole-blood mode, so the time for analysis is longer;
5.12.3 Autoloading Whole-Blood Analysis Sequences Presentation mode You can achieve automatic batch analyses of blood samples by using the autoloading presentation mode, which includes transporting and feeding of tube racks, tube grabbing, automatic aspiration of sample, etc.;
5-43
T241-J1-P11
T180
SV39
VAC 70KPa
DP03 1.5mL
GV59
SV41
T11
P26-T5-P27
T12
T10 RET试剂桶
稀释液桶
P24-T4-P25
P22-T3-P23
T9 DIFF试剂桶
P18-T1-P19
P20-T2-P21
T450
T6 HGB试剂桶
T7 NRBC试剂桶
T8 BASO试剂桶
T449 T45
T19 T26 T32 T39 T443
T439 VAC 70
T315
WC1-G
GV48
GV57
WC1
T173
SV31 C70 T202
J80-T206-P1
C69 T205
T204
C67
废液接头
WC1-H
GV71
C68 T207
T258
T201
T254
C64 T133
T255 T256
PV13/GV89
TC1
DP01 0.52mL
DIL
C56
WC1-I
SV53
T131
T176
WC1-S WC1-A
GF1
T323
T16
T252
70KPa VAC
T200
T251
70KPa
-40KPa
Open 分血阀运动汽缸
HGB池
C73 C72 T250
C71
SV23
C53 T175 开放采样针
WC1-R
J79-T17-J82-P10
SV35
GV101 GV102
J65-T184
C45 SV22
J72-T172-J73
J64-T198
T183 C58 C55
N
T253
CV4
T31
T38
CV3
CV2 T25 J75-T171
J74-T170
J67-T141
GV58
C66
B
WC1-D WC1-B
T208
70KPa
废液桶
SV21
SV24
T132
T179 C170
T129
C57
VAC 70KPa
DP02 1.0mL
T445
D
WC1-O
GV60 DP04 1mL
C60
T174
T203
T146 C50
R
开放拭子
SV37 T196
SV40 C52
T197
WC1-N
GV61 DP05 1mL
C65
P_SYRINGE 2.5mL
SCI
C54
T148
C49
T113 WC1-G
T194 SV38
WC1-H
T185
SV08
T193
GV63 DP07 1mL
C130 T199-J78-P2
WC2-1
J39-T87-P31
T86
C38
C59
PV12/GV88 WC1-K
T110
R_SYRINGE 100μL
SV07 T111
C37 T112
C42
T191
C40 T93
T89
T189
C51
T195
T106
T90 C41
T209
C46
T181
T92
T95
C61
SV36
T182
T107
J62-T167-J63
C48
WC1-C WC1-RC
C129
J68-T140-J69 T139
T137 T150 SV30 T190
T192
T97
CV1
T188
T178
C39
C62
PV06/GV84
WC1-RC
SV05
J66-T142
PV11/GV87
T138
T109
穿刺针
T143
GV70
T147
T94
SV01
T116-J35
C34
T96
DP06 1mL
穿刺拭子 WC1-C
T115
C44
T88-J36
T104
ISU
鞘流阻抗 计数池
T108
ISW
RBC预 混池
J34-T126
T105
SV03 SV04
C36
T79 T249 PV16/GV99
SV02
T91
WC1-I
J42-T98-J43
T121
T144
T99
T102
70KPa
TS
C47
T186-P8
T128
T187
T103
T149
T120
C128 T154 T156-J100
WC1-F WC1-K C74
SV49
C89
T155
NRBC BASO DIFF RET HGB RBC
T101
J76-T127-J77
J46-T117-J47
T100
Open
T168
C43
T169
PV07/GV85
J30-T118-J31
SV50
GV62
SV42 T153 WC1-A
WC1-F
Ta-P7
SV09 T119 C127
T440 C150
T27 VAC 70
T152-J37 自动进样 采样管
SV25
GV74
T40 VAC 70
T136
T311
C152
SV52
SV51
T33
T157
C156
T130
C164
T444
C154
T447
CL-A
GV75 T312
C33 Open
T442
T446
分血阀
C171
C158
C159 C165
C155 C153
J52-T42-J53
RET
J54-T35-J55
J57-T22-J58
J71-T29-J56
DIFF
BASO
J51-T36-J61
J50-T23-J60
J59-T43-J97
T210
RH
T21 T34 T28 T41
J20-T84-J33
T83
WC2
T257
NRBC
SHEATH
SV14
SV28 SV27
250 VAC
C24 T164 J44-T162-J45 C22 C23 J40-T158-J41
SV15
C160 C166
T62
T159
C19
SV16
C161 C167
VAC 70
WC1-D
T214 SV32
C31
C162 C168
T441
J48-T160-J49-P9
T58
DIL
T125
C163 C169
T20
T215
C18
T60
C32
C15
T81
LF2
SV47
T163
T220
WC1-R
T82-J21
C25
SV13
T166
T230
T57
GV56 T85
T124
T165
T229SV29
WC1-B
T80
T224 SV34 C16 T225
CL-A
T30-P4
LF1
C21
T15
DP12 8mL
PV05/GV83 T219 SV33
FCM
SCI
T114
C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143
C151 C149 C148
T161 C20
T211
T151-J86
TC3
SV46
T61 DH
C132
T46C133 T49C134 T18C135 T13C136 T14 C137
T54 SV55
T59
C5
C17
T53 C27
T52 T24-P3 T44-P6
DIL
T48
FCM
T216 C4
T453
SCI
T212
160
T262 T260 T261 T259
T248
T221 C3
溢流接头
T263
C30
C29
T47
T51
SV54
PV14/GV97
GV73
T123
T37-P5
T217
PV01/GV79
PV02/GV80
PV03/GV81
C2
T232-J14
DP08 1mL
T227 T226
T231
S_SYRINGE 250μL
GV68
GV44
J28-T213-J29
WC1-S
T264 J26-T218-J27
T222
T68
T266 J22-T228-J23
C14 T63
SV17
T265
C28 T50
T55
T448
FCM PV04/GV82
T65
SH
C1
T236
WC1-O
J17-T233-J16
SV26
DIFF
WC1-N
J18-T234-J19
T235 C13 70KPa VAC
T239 T238
T237
BASO
WBC池
SV18
C11 T67
T69
NRBC
J24-T223-J25
C10 J12-T73-J13
T66
J10-T71-J11
WC2-1
FC
RET
J8-T64-J9
T72
SV20 SV19
PV15/GV98
C9
T70
T56 40
GV66
NRBC
SV45
C12
DP11 20uL
P30-J15
P29-J7
NRBC荧光染料
C8
T74
C26
VAC 70
J85-T246-P34
J84-T243-P33
C7 T76
J4-T75-J5
J89-T452-J90
J93-T77-J94
GV65
T247-J3-P13 SV12
Open
T78
DP10 20uL
RET
P37
VAC 70
RET荧光染料
GV64 DIFF
SV11
J87-T451-J88
P28-J6
DP09 20uL
T244-J2-P12
P36
VAC 70
C6
SV10
VAC 70
DIFF荧光染料
J83-T240-P32
P35
T135 T177
T145
C63
T134
Figure 5-22 Fluidics diagram of sample aspiration in autoloading analysis Analysis process After the sample is dispensed into the SRV by the whole-blood syringe, the rest procedures are the same as those in open-vial; SRV position The SRV is at the upper position while aspirating sample; Time of Measurement The autoloading analysis is an automatic process including automatic loading and unloading of tube racks. The throughput is 90 analysis/h (RET analysis included) or 125 analysis/h (RET analysis not included).
5-44
6 Optical System 6.1 Introduction of Optical Theories The Laser beams of the optical system of BC-6800 irradiate on the blood cells processed by reagents, which are passing through the flow cell, and the forward scatter, side scatter and side fluorescence of each cell are collected. The forward scatter reflects cell size, the side scatter reflects the nucleus and granule information inside the cell, and the side fluorescence reflects the nucleic acid information inside the cell. By analyzing and processing the three optical signals, we can analyze the blood cells of the blood samples tested. The following figure is the platform of the optical path of BC-6800
Figure 6-1 Planform of Optical Path 1. Semiconductor laser (635nm)
11.Forward PD
2. Laser collimationt lens
12.Side scatter collecting lens
3. Cylindrical lens A
13.Dichroscope
4. Cylindrical lens B
14.Side scatter
5. Flow cell
15.Side parasitic light dispelling diaphragm
6. Sample flow
16.Side PD
7. Direct beam stop
17.Fluorescence
8. Back light lens
18.Fluorescence parasitic light dispelling diaphragm
9. Forward scatter
19.Long pass filter
10. Forward parasitic light
20.PMT
dispelling diaphragm 6-1
The optical system of BC-6800 uses the semiconductor laser (1) as optical source. The 635nm red laser beam irradiated by the optical source is aligned by the laser alignment lens (2), and then shaped by the cylindrical lens A (3) and B (4), thus forming elliptic laser beam irradiating on the sample flow (6) in the flow cell (5).
Laser
Flow cell
Sample flow Sheath fluid
Figure 6-2 Laser Facula by the Flow Cell The blood cells processed by lyse and fluorescent dye are wrapped by sheath fluid, producing hydrodynamic focusing effect by the flow cell. The blood cells go through the flow cell in sequence as shown in Figure 6-2. The blood cells irradiated by the laser beam disperse scatter light and fluorescence, while the direct light not being dispersed is blocked by the direct light blocking diaphragm (7). The forward scatter (9) with scattering angle 1~10° passes through the direct light blocking diaphragm (7), and is collected by the back light lens (8), and then passes through the forward parasitic light dispelling diaphragm (10), finally is converged to the forward PD (11) to form the forward scatter signal. The side scatter (14) and side fluorescence (17) are collected by the side scatter collecting lens (12), the dichroscope reflects the side scatter of which the wavelength stays the same, and transmits the side fluorescence of which the wavelength gets longer, thus separating the side scatter and side fluorescence. The side scatter passes through the parasitic light dispelling diaphragm (15) and is converged to the side PD (16) to form side scatter signal; the side fluorescence passes through the parasitic light dispelling diaphragm (18) and the long pass filter (19) to filter side scatter, and then is converged to PMT (20) to form fluorescence signal. The three optical signals go into the signal processing board to be amplified and processed, thus forming the scattergram. 6-2
6.2 Optical System Structure Disassemble the top cover of the incubator of BC-6800 optical system, the components are shown in the following figure.
Figure 6-3 Components of the Optical System No.
Name
No.
Name
1
Front light assembly
7
Side PD assembly
2
Inspection assembly
8
PMT assembly
3
Back light assembly
9
Base plate assembly
4
Forward PD assembly
10
Bottom plate of the incubator
5
Three-dimensional adjusting frame
11
Back plate of the incubator
6
Inner light shield (with the dichroscope assembly
12
Laser drive board
in it)
The semiconductor laser (635nm), laser alignment lens, cylindrical lens A and B are within the front light assembly. The laser drive board (12) provides stable power input for the front light assembly, which irradiates shaped laser beam to the flow cell. The inspection assembly (2) includes flow cell assembly and rectifier assembly; the rectifier assembly can form stable flow 6-3
of sheath fluid in the flow cell. After being irradiated by laser, the cells in the flow cell transmit scatter and fluorescence. The back light assembly (3) includes direct light blocking diaphragm and back light lens, which collect and converge the 1~10° forward scatter transmitted by the cells to the sensitive surface of the forward PD assembly (4). The side scatter collecting lens is installed on the front of the three-dimensional adjusting frame (5). The lens can be fine-tuned from three dimensions to ensure the collection and convergence of side scatter and fluorescence. The dichroscope under the inner light shield (6) reflects side scatter and transmits fluorescence. The side scatter is converged to the sensitive surface of the side PD assembly (7), while the fluorescence passes through the long pass filter in the PMT assembly (8) and is converged to the PMT sensitive surface. The optical components are all installed on the base plate assembly (9). There is heating diaphragm under the base plate assembly, which controls the temperature of the optical system. The optical system is inside the incubator so as to shield the system from outside light, heat, shock, electromagnetic field and dust.
6.3 Troubleshooting of the Optical System 6.3.1 Abnormal Scattergram
Tools NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver
Consumables
4k-07 standard particle (7um), 1.5mL centrifugal tube, fine-fibrous dust-free cloth, absolute alcohol
Procedure
Abnormal scattergram may appear for many reasons. Analysis must be done to find out the real reason. First, check if the analyzer reports error messages, if yes, remove the errors. If abnormal scattergrams are found without error messages reported, check if the scattergrams of the 4 channels (DIFF, BASO, RET and NRBC) are all abnormal. If only one of them is abnormal, failure of the entire optical system can be excluded, and then the fluidics, reagent or temperature control system shall be checked. Log on the system with the password of service engineer, click the menu "Calibration→Optical Gain Calibration" to enter the Optical Gain Calibration screen and select mode as "Standard Particle (debug)". Mix the 4k-07 standard particle bottle, put 1 drop of the standard particle into 5mL of de-ionized water to form a standard particle sample. 6-4
Present the sample to the open vial sample probe, press the aspirate key to run standard particle (debug) mode analysis. The scattergrams of standard particle will be displayed automatically when the analysis finishes. Note that the total number of particle 1 shall be greater than 2000, or else the amount of particles is sufficient. You should add more standard particles added into the centrifugal tube and re-run analysis. The analysis results of 4k-07 standard particle, the FS and SS CG position must be within the range of Table 5-1. Table 5-1 CV Range of 4k-07 Standard Particle Module
Standard
Position of FS gravity center
34.00~46.00
FS CV
≤2.3%
Position of SS gravity center
51.00~71.00
SS CV
≤17.2%
Total number of particles
2000~6000
Measured value
Result (Pass/Fail)
If the CV and CG position all meet the requirements in Table 5-1, but the scattergrams of blood samples are still not in optimal status, failure of the optical system can be excluded, and the fluidics, reagent or temperature control system shall be checked. If the CV meets requirements in Table 5-1, but the CG position does not meet the requirements, re-calibrate the analyzer as instructed in the optical system gain calibration section. If the CV is outside the range of Table 5-1, do as follows. Click "Maintenance" in the menu to enter the maintenance screen, and click the "Flow Cell" button in the "Probe Cleanser Maintenance" region, then perform probe cleanser maintenance of the flow cell as instructed by the screen prompts. After finishing probe cleanser maintenance, click "Maintenance"→"Cleaning" in the menu to enter the cleaning screen, and click "Rinse Flow Cell" to rinse the flow cell, then run analysis of the 4k-07 standard particle again to see if the problem is solved. If not, repeat step 9)~10); if the problem persists, do as follows: Disassemble the top panel and right panel of the analyzer with the cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the top cover of the optical system incubator. Wipe the surface of the flow cell with clean dust-free cloth dipped with absolute alcohol. While you are wiping the flow cell, check if the tubes are damaged, if so, replace the tubes. After finishing the operations above, cap the top cover of the incubator, and re-run 4k-07 standard particle and fresh blood to see if the problem is solved. If not, replace the optical system. Note: Laser radiation Static protection Do not run analysis when the top cover of the incubator is not firmly capped, or else, the PMT may be damaged easily. 6-5
6.3.2 Abnormal Current of Laser Tube
Device Multimeter
Tools NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
Make sure the analyzer is powered off, and unplug the power cord. Wear clean disposable gloves and take proper antistatic measures. Disassemble the top panel and right panel of the analyzer with the cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the top cover of the optical system incubator. Check if the laser connection is secure. Take of the connection line of the laser, test if open circuit occurs to the line with a multimeter. If yes, replace the connection line and install the top cover of the optical system incubator. Start up the analyzer to see if the laser tube current is still abnormal, if so, replace the optical system.
Note Laser radiation Static protection Do not run analysis when the top cover of the incubator is not firmly capped, or else, the PMT may be damaged easily.
6-6
7 Hardware System 7.1 Overview The hardware logic system reflects the functions and interfaces of the hardware system, and is divided into several parts, including data stream, user interaction, control flow, power source system, and structure and interlinkage.
Hardware System Aperture Laser tube Photomultiplie r LED tube Phototube
Optical detection principle Impedance detection principle
Product application and interlinkage
Signal sorting Signal collection Digital processing
Direct user input Main control embedded system platform
Colorimetric detection principle
Data stream design
Direct user output
Motor Electromagne t Hall sensor Valve Pump Pneumatic unit Float switch Heater Fan Temp. sensor Pressure sensor Barcode scanner
Moving mechnism Driving and detection Fluidic components Driving and detection Thermodynamic components Driving and detection System status monitoring
Auxiliary control embedded system platform
Key switch Touch screen Display
Peripheral interfaces Mass storage
Structure and interlinkage design
Network cable Serial port cable Parellel port cable
Barcode scanner Mouse Keyboard Replaceable storage
User interaction design
Power monitoring Power switch
Sample inspection
Power cord Power conversion
Fluid detection
Control flow design
Commercial power input
Power system design
Photocouplers
Figure 7-1 Hardware logical diagram
7.2 Data and COME Carrier Board 7.2.1 Overview The data and COME carrier board in BC-6800 five-differential hematology analyzer drives the sensors, amplifies, filters and sorts the primitive signals output by each sensor to form signals that meet A/D input requirement, then A/D conversion is performed. The FPGA completes pulse identification and storage of the converted digital signals, and the COME module extracts and processes data stream so as to display the data on the man-machine interface. The carrier board also controls external components or functional modules.
7-1
Figure 7-2 The Functional Diagram of Data and COME Carrier Board
7.2.2 Functions The data and COME carrier board can be divided into the following 4 modules base on the characteristics of the circuit and signal: analog circuit module, digital circuit module, A/D module and power module. The functions of analog circuit module: ¾
Amplifying and sorting the scatter signal (FS/SS) and fluorescence signal (SF) input from the pre-amplification board;
¾
Driving the RBC/PLT sensor, amplifying and sorting RBC/PLT impedance signal, and providing counting bath zapping function;
¾
Driving HGB sensor, amplifying and sorting HGB signal;
¾
System monitoring function: monitoring the key signals in the board and the safety actions of the analyzer, including voltage of the analog +/-12V power, laser drive current, internal PD current of laser, drive voltage of RBC constant-current source, PMT voltage, etc.
¾
Collecting system status: collecting important status during the sample analysis process, including background signal of FS, HGB voltage, aperture voltage, etc. 7-2
The functions of digital circuit module: ¾
COME module interface: connecting COME module. COME module is the key processing unit of the entire digital system which processes data, displays results and controls the hardware system.
¾
FPGA module: controlling components like AD and digital potentiometer, pre-processing primitive data and sending the data to processor.
¾
IO module: the coupled zone to external boards or functional module, performing buffer processing for cross-board level.
A/D module: ¾
Completing the A/D conversion of the amplified and sorted impedance signal, optical signal, HGB signal and other status monitoring signal.
Power module: ¾
Analog power: produce the 56V, ±5V and 2.5V power required by the analog circuit through power conversion.
¾
Digital power: convert digital 5V to 3.3V, 2.5V, 1.25V and 1.2V through the DC-DC and LDO components to meet the supply requirement of CPU, FPGA, DDR and other digital components.
Figure 7-1 The Functional Diagram of the Analog Circuit Module of Data and COME Carrier Board 7-3
Figure 7-2 The Functional Diagram of the Digital Circuit Module of Data and COME Carrier Board
7-4
7.2.3 Structure PCBA structure of data and COME carrier board:
P6
P8
P7 P4 P1 P5 P3
P2
P1 4 P1 0
P9
P1 6
P1 1
P1 7
P1 5 P1 2 P1 3
Figure 7-3 The PCBA structure of Data and COME Carrier Board (top) 7-5
Table 7-1 Description of modules of Data and COME Carrier Board Module No.
Description
P1
RBC/PLT sensor drive and pre-amplification board (shielding box region)
P2
RBC/PLT signal sorting and amplifying circuit
P3
HGB signal sorting and amplifying circuit
P4
Optical signal (FS/SS/SF) sorting and amplifying circuit
P5
System monitoring signal sorting circuit
P6
56V power conversion circuit
P7
Analog +/-5V power conversion circuit
P8
Zapping power
P9
AD (A/D conversion) circuit
P10
LCD and touchscreen interface
P11
COME module socket
P12
digital power circuit
P13
USB interface
P14
LED indicator circuit of the digital system
P15
Network circuit
P16
FPGA
P17
IO circuit
7.2.4 Interfaces Interface Layout
7-6
Figure 7-4 Socket Layout of Data and COME Carrier Board There are 25 sockets in the data and COME carrier board, see Figure 7-4 for the location of the sockets.
7.2.5 Indicators and Test Points See the following table for the functions of the indicators. Table 7-2 Description of Indicator Functions of Data and COME Carrier Board Indicator D29
Function Analog +12V indicator, in the P6 region (56V power converting circuit), normal status: on
D30
Analog -5V indicator, in the P7 region (analog +/-5V power converting circuit), normal status: on
D31
Analog +5V indicator, in the P7 region (analog +/-5V power converting circuit), normal status: on
D32
Analog -12V indicator, in the P6 region (56V power converting circuit), normal status: on
D80
USB power indicator, normal status: on
D35
USB power indicator, normal status: on
D38
USB power indicator, normal status: on
D79
USB power indicator, normal status: on 7-7
D36
USB power indicator, normal status: on
D81
USB power indicator, normal status: on
D69
COME status indicator, normal status: off
D68
COME status indicator, normal status: off
D70
COME status indicator, normal status: off
D71
COME status indicator, normal status: off
D66
100M network status indicator, on when connected to 100M Ethernet
D39
1000M network status indicator, on when connected to 1000M Ethernet
D56
Network connection indicator, on when successfully connected to network
D67
Network transmission status indicator, flickering when data are being transmitted
D34
5V power indicator, normal status: on
D33
12V power indicator, normal status: on
D40
FPGA status indicator, normal status: on
D73
CF card working status indicator, flickering when data are being read or written to the CF card
D72
FPGA byteblaster working status indicator, flickering when upgrading FPGA. Normal status: on.
The functions of test points on the board are listed in the following table. Table 7-3 Description of Test Points of Data and COME Carrier Board Test point TP1
Printed markings TP1
TP8
Function Description
Remarks
1.8V power test point
1.8V
0.5V
RBC channel direct current offset voltage
+0.5V
TP20
TP20
3.3V test point
3.3V
TP22
TP22
1.5V test point
1.5V
TP26
TP26
5V test point
5V
TP27
TP27
2.5V test point
2.5V
TP29
+5V
Analog +5V power
4.75~5.25V
TP31
VREF_O
Optical signal direct current offset reference voltage
57mV
TP32
-12V
Analog +12V power
-11.4~-12.6V
TP33
-5V
Analog -5V power
-4.75~-5.25V
TP37
TP37
1.2V test point
1.2V 7-8
TP40
FSBASE_IN
FS blank voltage input
The voltage is about several mV during normal analysis
TP51
VREF_SSAD
SS channel voltage
AD
reference
2.0V
TP52
VREF_FSAD
FS channel voltage
AD
reference
2.0V
TP54
VREF_WBCAD
SF channel voltage
AD
reference
2.0V
TP55
VREF_MONAD
System monitoring signal ADC reference voltage
2.5V
TP56
VREF_HGBAD
HGB channel AD reference voltage
2.5V
TP59
AGND
Analog ground
TP62
12VM
Analog +12V power monitoring voltage
1.88V~2.12V
TP63
LASER
Laser drive current monitoring voltage
The normal voltage is about 1.5V when the laser is on
TP64
N12VM
Analog -12V power monitoring voltage
2.25V~2.55V
TP65
PD
Monitoring voltage of the PD current inside the laser
The normal voltage is about 1.5V when the laser is on
TP66
VCONSTM
+56V constant current source monitoring voltage
1.37V~1.48V
TP68
PMT
PMT high voltage
<3V
TP69
VCONST_HGB
TP70
voltage
control
HGB constant current source
2.5V constant current source voltage
HGB1
HGB voltage after first-level amplification
Normally the voltage is negative
TP71
HGB
HGB voltage
Normal blank voltage 3.2~4.8V
TP72
HGBLED_N
HGB luminotron switch control signal
Low level (0V) luminotron is on, high level (3.3V) luminotron is off
TP75
FS
Amplified FS signal
with 175mV direct current offset
TP77
FS_BASE
Amplified FS blank voltage
The voltage is from several mV to several hundred mV during sample analysis
TP78
FS_IN
FS signal input
It is pulse signal during normal analysis, the pulse width is about 1us, the amplitude is smaller than 1V
7-9
TP88
SF_WBC
Amplified SF signal
with 175mV direct current offset
TP89
SF_IN
SF signal input
It is pulse signal during normal analysis, the pulse width is about 1us, the amplitude is smaller than 1V
TP93
SS_IN
SS signal input
It is pulse signal during normal analysis, the pulse width is about 1us, the amplitude is smaller than 1V
TP95
SS
Amplified SS signal
with 175mV direct current offset
TP100
RBC_BASE
RBC baseline signal
With 1V direct current offset
TP103
VHOLE
RBC aperture (monitoring voltage)
voltage
about 1.43 ~ 1.65V during normal analysis
TP104
SLT_CON
RBC constant current source/zapping switch control signal
Switch to zapping source when the electrical level is low (0V), and switch to constant current source when the level is high (3.3V); the default setup is high level.
TP105
+56V
56V RBC constant current source voltage
+56V
TP106
NVCONST
RBC constant current source switch control signal
Low level (0V) switches on constant current source, high level (3.3V) switches off constant current source, the default setup is high level.
TP107
RBC
Amplified RBC signal
With 0.5V direct current offset
TP110
NBURN
Zapping power switch control signal
Switch on zapping source when the electrical level is low (0V), switch off zapping source when the level is high (3.3V); the default setup is high level.
TP112
+12V
Analog +12V power
11.4~12.6V
TP113
+2.5V
Analog +2.5V voltage
+2.5V
TP114
AGND
Analog ground
TP122
TP122
3V test point
3V
TP124
TP124
12V test point
12V
7.2.6 Troubleshooting Table 7-4 lists the frequent errors and troubleshooting methods of the data and COME carrier board. When error occurs, follow the table to see if the problem lies with the board. The table only lists hardware errors, the same error caused by fluidic, optical, reagent or software problems are not included (go to other related chapters in this manual to find the 7-10
troubleshooting methods). Before troubleshooting the data and COME carrier board, be sure to check: 1. if the power board output is normal (if the error is related to the power source); 2. if the wires connected to data board get loose; if the wire No. and socket No. on the data board matches; if the connection is reliable; and if the wires are damaged. 3. if the power input is normal; check if the indicators of the data board are OK according to Table 7-2. 4. Restart the analyzer to see if the error is removed. After problems of the connection, input power and indicators are all excluded, and restarting the analyzer also fails to solve the error, go on to analyze it as per the following table.
WARNING 1.
Be sure to wear antistatic gloves when assembling and disassembling the board, and always hold on the edge of board.
2.
When using multimeter or other equipments to test a component, make sure not to touch other components or wires to avoid board damage caused by short circuit.
Table 7-4 Errors and Troubleshooting List of Data and COME Carrier Board No.-
Error Representation
Cause
Error Diagnosis The following situations can all be diagnosed as data board error:
1
"+12V analog voltage abnormal" is reported
Circuit error
¾
D29 indicator turns off
¾
The voltage of test point TP112 (+12V) is outside 11.4~ 12.6V
¾
The voltage of test point TP62 (12VM) is outside 2.25V~2.55V
¾
D31 (+5V) indicator is off
¾
The voltage of test point TP55 (VREF_MONAD) is outside 2.4~2.6V
2
"-12V analog voltage abnormal" is reported
The following situations can all be diagnosed as data board error: Circuit error
¾D32 indicator turns off ¾The voltage of test point TP32 (-12V) is outside -11.4~ -12.6V
7-11
¾The voltage of test point TP64 (N12VM) is outside 1.88V~2.12V ¾D31 (+5V) indicator is off ¾The voltage of test point TP55 (VREF_MONAD) is outside 2.4~2.6V The following situations can all be diagnosed as luminotron: ¾The luminotron is off, the level of TP72(HGBLED_N) is low (about 0V) HGB luminotron error
3
¾The luminotron is on, the HGB voltage can be adjustable along with the gain, but when the gain is adjusted to its upper limit, the HGB voltage is still lower than 3.2V. The situation suggests the aging of the luminotron (when fluidic problems are excluded) ¾The error is removed after replacing the HGB assembly The following situations can all be diagnosed as data board drive circuit error:
HGB luminotron drive circuit error
4
"HGB Blank Voltage abnormal" is reported 5
¾The luminotron is off, and the TP72(HGBLED_N) is of high level (3.3V) when running analysis sequence ¾After replacing the HGB assembly, the luminotron is still off ¾The HGB luminotron is off even after it has been replaced
HGB photoelectric cell error (usually the anode and cathode are incorrectly connected)
HGB voltage is 0, the voltage of test point TP70(HGB1) is positive and greater than 0.6V. The error is removed after replacing HGB assembly.
The following situations can all be diagnosed as circuit error: ¾HGB voltage is higher than 4.8V when the gain is at its minimum
6
¾The voltage of test point TP71 (HGB) is 3.2~4.8V, but the HGB voltage displayed on the screen is not within the range
HGB circuit error
¾HGB voltage is lower than 3.2V when the gain is at its maximum, and replacing the HGB bath fails to solve the problem ¾D31 (+5V) indicator is off ¾The voltage of test point TP56 (VREF_HGBAD) is 7-12
outside 2.4~2.6V
7
HGB gain calibration fails
Error of the digital potentiometer on the board
The gain changes from 50 to 200, but the HGB tested is unchanged The following situations can all be diagnosed as board error: ¾The voltage of 56V constant current source is outside 54 ~ 58V, or the voltage of TP66(VCONSTM) is outside 1.37~1.48V. ¾The voltage difference between pin 2 and pin 3 of J13 is 0V when running RBC analysis, or the voltage of test point TP103(VHOLE) is 0V, which suggests RBC constant current source error or relay error.
8
"Aperture voltage abnormal" reported
is
¾The voltage of test point TP103(VHOLE) is above 1.65V when analysis is not running
Constant current source error/monitoring circuit error/AD error/power source error
¾The voltage difference between pin 2 and pin 3 of J13 is 12~18V when running RBC analysis, but error is reported by the analyzer. This situation suggests monitoring circuit error. ¾The voltage of test point TP103(VHOLE) is 1.44~1.65V, but error is reported by the analyzer. This situation suggests AD error. ¾D31 (+5V) indicator is off ¾The
voltage
of
test
point
TP56
(VREF_HGBAD) is outside 2.4~2.6V ¾Replace the counting bath with 20K resistor, if the voltage tested by the two ends of the resistor is outside 11.4~13.2V, that means error occurs to the constant current source. The following situations can all be diagnosed as board error: ¾ 9
RBC/PLT result is 0, or no RBC signal
RBC circuit error
The voltage of TP107(RBC) is outside 0.45~0.55V when analysis is not running (on the shielding box cover)
sorting error/AD
¾D30(-5V) or D31 (+5V) indicator is off ¾
The voltage of test point TP60 (VREF_RBCAD) is outside 2.4~2.6V
¾
No alarm for abnormal aperture voltage, but the no pulse 7-13
signal is found when testing TP107(RBC) oscilloscope (normal pulse width is around 20us)
10
MCV gain calibration fails
Error of the digital potentiometer on the board
with
The gain changes from 50 to 200, but the MCV tested is unchanged The following situations can all be diagnosed as board error: ¾
Monitoring circuit error/AD error
11 "Laser PD current abnormal" is reported
¾D31 (+5V) indicator is off ¾The
voltage
of
test
point
TP55
(VREF_MONAD) is outside 2.4~2.6V The following situations can be diagnosed as loose contact of optical connection wire Loose contact of optical connection wire
12
The voltage of TP65(PD) stays the same no matter the optical system is connected or disconnected to the motherboard, but the voltage is not 2.5V.
¾
The voltage of TP65(PD) stays at 2.5V no matter the optical system is connected or disconnected to the motherboard.
The following situations can all be diagnosed as board error:
13
"Forward scatter blank voltage abnormal" is reported
Circuit error
¾
The scattergram is normal while "Forward scatter blank voltage abnormal" is reported
¾
D31 (+5V) indicator is off
¾
The voltage of test point TP55 (VREF_MONAD) is outside 2.4~2.6V
The following situations can all be diagnosed as board error: ¾
The voltage of test point TP75(FS), or TP95(SS), or TP88(SF_WBC) is not 155~190mV when analysis is not running
14
No scattergram, or the FS, SS or SF are in the same line
Sorting circuit error/AD error
¾
D30(-5V) or D31 (+5V) indicator is off
¾
The voltage of TP52(VREF_FSAD), or TP51(VREF_SSDA), or TP51(VREF_WBCAD is outside 1.9~2.1V
¾
15
Gain calibration
of
Error digital
of
the
Pulse signal of TP78(FS_IN), TP89(SF_IN) and TP93(SS_IN) can be detected by oscilloscope when analysis is running, but no pulse signal of TP75(FS), or TP95(SS), or TP88(SF_WBC) is detected (normal pulse width is around 1us)
The gain changes from 50 to 200, but the location of 7-14
optical channel (FS/SS/SF) fails
potentiometer on the board
scattergram stays the same
Confirm as per the following procedure: 16 Auto power-off at startup
Short circuit of power source
1) Disconnect all wires connected to the data board and start up the analyzer, if the error is removed, then short circuit of data board power source can be excluded; check other wires and components connected to the data board. 2) Disconnect all wires connected to the data board and start up the analyzer, if the error persists, then short circuit of data board power source can be concluded, and the data board should be replaced.
17
The following situations indicate board error: 18
Failing to zap
Board error
The voltage deviation of pin 2 and pin 3 of J13 tested by multimeter is 0V when zapping is going on Confirm as per the following procedure: 1) Check if the D33 LED on the board is illuminated, if yes,
19
Blank screen 1
LCD display assembly error
2) Test the voltage between pin 3 and pin 2 of J1, which shall be around 4.7V 3) Disconnect LCD signal wire (J23), the LCD back light does not turn on Confirm as per the following procedure: 1) Check if the D33 LED on the board is illuminated, if yes,
20
Blank screen 2
COME error
module
2) Test the voltage between pin 3 and pin 2 of J1, which shall be around 4.7V 3) Disconnect LCD signal wire (J23), the LCD back light turns on
21
Touchscreen error
SuperIO error
chip
Confirm as per the following procedure: 1) Check if communication error with drive control board (error code: 0x32016025) occurs in parallel with touchscreen error. Confirm as per the following procedure:
22
System clock error (error code: 0x32016024)
1)System time is reset when starting up the analyzer; after synchronization setup of software is performed, and the analyzer is restarted at 1 minute following a power-off, the system time is again reset.
Low battery (replace the button cell to solve the problem)
2)Test TP2 with a multimeter, and the voltage is lower than 2.6V.
7-15
7.3 Drive Control Board 7.3.1 Overview The drive control board is a critical board in the analyzer, abnormal functioning of the board may result in abnormal functioning of pressure detection, heating control and valve control. Heating control board
Data and COME carrier board
Pneumatic pressure detection board
Motherboard
Valve drive board×2
Drive control board
Fluid detection board
Figure 7-5 Connection Diagram of Drive Control Board
7.3.2 Structure
Figure 7-6 Layout of Drive Control Board 7-16
Fluorochrome detection sensor×3
The location of indicators is marked out in the figure above.
7.3.3 Indicators and Test Points Table 7-5 Definition of Power Indicators in the Drive Control Board Indicator
Definition
Function Description
Flag
D6
Indicator of digital 5V power
The LED is on generally, if it is off, that means the 5V power is abnormal, which will result in key component error of the drive control board.
VCC
Indicator of digital 3.3V power
The LED is on generally, if it is off, that means the 3.3V power is abnormal. If D6 is on while D5 is off, that means the power chip in the drive control board is damaged.
VDD
Indicator of 12V power
The LED is on generally, if it is off, that means the 12V power is abnormal, which will result in error of the valves.
\
Indicator of 24V power
The LED is on generally, if it is off, that means the 24V power is abnormal, which will result in error of the motors.
P24V
Indicator of 12V power
The LED is on generally, if it is off, that means the 12V power is abnormal, which will result in analog circuit error of the drive control board.
\
The LED is on generally, if it is off, that means the -12V power is abnormal, which will result in analog circuit error of the drive control board.
\
D5
D4
D3
D105
analog
D103
Indicator of -12V power
D104
Indicator of analog 5V power
The LED is on generally, if it is off, that means the 5V power is abnormal; if D105 is off, that means the power chip in the drive control board is damaged.
\
Indicator of analog -5V power
The LED is on generally, if it is off, that means the -5V power is abnormal; if D103 is on while D1 is off, that means the power chip in the drive control board is damaged.
\
D1
analog
7-17
Table7-6 Definition of Working Indicators in the Drive Control Board Indicator
D100
D7
Definition
Function Description
Flag
MCU working indicator
This indicator is a blue LED which flickers every 1s; if it does not flicker, that means the MCU is not working properly.
MCU
FPGA working indicator
This indicator is a blue LED which flickers every 1s; if it does not flicker, that means the FPGA is not working properly.
FPGA
Table 7-7 Definition of Heating Status Indicators in the Drive Control Board Indicator
Definition
Function Description
Flag
Heating indicator of reaction bath assembly
The indicator is on or flickering when heating goes on; if it is on, but the temperature of reaction bath is low, that means the heating function is abnormal, you should resolve the problem per the instructions in the chapter of heating control board.
ACT
Heating indicator of flow cell assembly
The indicator is on or flickering when heating goes on; if it is on, but the temperature of flow cell is low, that means the heating function is abnormal, you should resolve the problem per the instructions in the chapter of heating control board.
CELL
Heating indicator of sheath fluid bath assembly
The indicator is on or flickering when heating goes on; if it is on, but the temperature of sheath fluid is low, that means the heating function is abnormal, you should resolve the problem per the instructions in the chapter of heating control board.
FCM
D88
Heating indicator of the optical system
The indicator is on or flickering when heating goes on; if it is on, but the temperature of optical system is low, that means the heating function is abnormal, you should resolve the problem per the instructions in the chapter of heating control board.
LAS
D87
Heating indicator of preheating bath assembly
The indicator is on or flickering when heating goes on; if it is on, but the
PRE
D102
D101
D90
7-18
temperature of preheating bath is low, that means the heating function is abnormal, you should resolve the problem per the instructions in the chapter of heating control board.
Figure 7-7 Layout of Heating Status Indicators
Table 7-8 Definition of Photocoupler Status Indicators in the Drive Control Board Indicator
Definition
Function Description
D68
Photocoupler indicator of start position of vertical sample feeding unit of the autoloader assembly
The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.
D67
Photocoupler indicator of stop position of vertical sample feeding unit of the autoloader assembly
The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.
D92
Photocoupler indicator of start position of horizontal sample feeding unit of the autoloader assembly
The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.
D91
Photocoupler indicator of stop position of horizontal sample feeding unit of the autoloader assembly
The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.
D93
Photocoupler indicator of start position of unloading unit of the autoloader assembly
The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.
D78
Photocoupler indicator of full status of unloading unit of the autoloader
The indicator is on when the photocoupler is disconnected or
7-19
assembly
blocked, and it is off when the photocoupler is not blocked.
D66
Photocoupler indicator of start position counter of horizontal sample feeding unit of the autoloader assembly
The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.
D65
Photocoupler indicator of stop position counter of horizontal sample feeding unit of the autoloader assembly
The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.
Photocoupler indicator of probe wipe assembly
The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.
D94
Photocoupler module
The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.
D62
Photocoupler indicator of the piercing cylinder of mixing and piercing assembly
The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.
D61
Photocoupler indicator of the pincher extension start position of mixing and piercing assembly
The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.
D60
Photocoupler indicator of the pincher extension stop position of mixing and piercing assembly
The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.
D59
Photocoupler indicator of the pincher lifting start position of mixing and piercing assembly
The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.
D99
Photocoupler indicator of the pincher lifting stop position of mixing and piercing assembly
The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.
D98
Photocoupler indicator of the pincher rotation start position of mixing and piercing assembly
The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.
D97
Photocoupler indicator of the pincher
The
D95
indicator
of
stirring
7-20
indicator
is
off
when
the
rotation stop position of mixing and piercing assembly
photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.
D79
Photocoupler indicator for tube position detection of mixing and piercing assembly
The indicator is on when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is off when the photocoupler is not blocked.
D10
Photocoupler indicator syringe assembly
of
WBC
The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.
D86
Photocoupler indicator blood intaking assembly
of
whole
D85
Photocoupler indicator syringe assembly
D96
Reserved
Off
D11
Reserved
Off
D63
Reserved
Off
D64
Reserved
Off
of
RBC
The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked. The indicator is off when the photocoupler is disconnected or blocked, and it is on when the photocoupler is not blocked.
Figure 7-8 Layout of Photocoupler Status Indicators
Table 7-9 Definition of Status Indicators of Drive Control Board Floater and Micro-switch Indicator
Definition
Function Description
D58
WC1 bath floater indicator
The indicator is on when the floater is at the upper position, and it is off when the floater is at the lower position
D57
DIL bath floater indicator
The indicator is on when the floater is at the upper position, and it is off when 7-21
the floater is at the lower position FCM bath floater indicator
The indicator is on when the floater is at the upper position, and it is off when the floater is at the lower position
WC2 bath floater indicator
The indicator is on when the floater is at the upper position, and it is off when the floater is at the lower position
D51
SCI bath floater indicator
The indicator is on when the floater is at the upper position, and it is off when the floater is at the lower position
D42
Waste container floater indicator
The indicator is off when the floater is at the upper position, and it is on when the floater is at the lower position
D37
Reserved
Off
D16
Reserved
Off
D15
Micro-switch indicator for the fully loaded status of tube rack of the autoloader assembly
The indicator is on when the switch is pressed down, and it is off when the switch bounces back
D14
Reserved
Off
D56
D54
Figure 7-9 Layout of Status Indicators of Floater and Micro-switch
Table 7-10 Definition of Connection Status Indicators of the Fluid Detection Board and Pressure Detection Board Indicator
Definition
Function Description
D12
Connection status indicator of the fluid detection board
The indicator is a red LED, when it is on, it means the fluid detection board is not correctly connected, you need to check if the wire connecting the motherboard and the fluid connection board is firmly plugged.
D13
Connection status indicator of
The indicator is a red LED, when it is 7-22
Remarks To conclude that the analyzer is working normally, the red indicators on the drive control board must all be off .
the pressure detection board
on, it means the pressure detection board is not correctly connected, you need to check if the wire connecting the motherboard and the pressure connection board is firmly plugged.
7.3.4 Troubleshooting Table 711 Troubleshooting Method of the Drive Control Board No.-
Error consequence
Troubleshooting Method A、 First check if the pneumatic unit is on and if the power supply of the pneumatic unit is normal. B、 Check if the connection status indicator of pressure detection board on the drive control board is on, if so, that means the pressure detection board is not correctly connected, you should check if the wire between the mother board and pressure detection board is firmly plugged.
1
Abnormal pressure of analyzer reported
C、 Check if the drive control board MCU indicator and the FPGA working status indicator are flickering, if not, upgrade the programs of drive control board MCU and FPGA; if the problem persists, replace the drive control board. the is
D、 Check if the analog ±12V indicator and the analog ±5V indicator of the drive control board are on; if the analog ±12V indicator is off, that means power supply is abnormal, you need to check if the power board output is normal; if the analog ±12V indicator in on while the analog ±5V indicator is off, that suggests error of the drive control board, which shall be replaced. E、 If the pressure is lower than required, check whether there is crystal in the tube connected to the pressure sensor, if so, replace the pressure detection board. F、 If the pressure is lower than required, check if leakage occurs to the pneumatic tubes; if the pressure is higher than required, it is highly possible that the pneumatic unit is damaged.
2
Temperature error of the analyzer is reported
A、 If error is reported for each channel, check if the analog ±12V indicator and the analog ±5V indicator of the drive control board are on; if the analog ±12V indicator is off, that means power supply is abnormal, you need to check if the power board output is normal; if the analog ±12V indicator 7-23
in on while the analog ±5V indicator is off, that suggests error of the drive control board, which shall be replaced. B、 Check if the drive control board MCU indicator and the FPGA working status indicator are flickering, if not, upgrade the programs of drive control board MCU and FPGA; if the problem persists, replace the drive control board. C、 If the temperature is close to 70℃, check if the connection wire of the temperature sensor is firmly connected. D、 If the temperature is close to room temperature, check if the heating indicator is on the drive control board is on, if not, that suggests error of the drive control board, you need to upgrade the MCU and FPGA programs of the drive control board. If the upgrade fails to solve the problem, replace the drive control board. If the heating indicator is on, but the temperature does not change, check the heating channel of the analyzer (see the troubleshooting method in the chapter of heating control board).
3
Error of motion components (e.g. motor, photocoupler, etc.)
A、 Block and unblock the photocoupler with your hand or something opaque, observe if the on/off status of a LED in the photocoupler status indicator region is switching, if yes, that means the photocoupler and its connection wire are normal; if not, there may be foreign matters on the photocoupler, or the photocoupler or its connection wire may be damaged. Wipe the photocoupler with clean paper cloth, check if the indicator status is changing when the photocoupler is blocked, if not, replace the photocoupler; if the problem persists, replace the all the connection wires. B、 If error of the photocoupler can be excluded, check the motor to see if it is moving. If yes, observe if photocoupler can be correctly blocked by the baffle when the motor is moving. If not, check if the connection wire of the motor is firmly connected; if yes, try to resolve the problem by upgrading the MCU and FPGA programs of the drive control board or replacing the drive control board. A、 Check if there are bubbles in the alarmed channel.
4
Fluid error
detection
B、 Check if any red LED on the drive control board is on, if yes, it is highly possible that the connection wire between the fluid detection board and the motherboard is loose, you should replug or replace the wire. C、 If the two causes above can be excluded, replace the fluid detection board. If it still fails, replace the drive control board.
5
Incorrect or no alarm message is
A、 Check if the floater status indicators work properly (for WC1, WC2, FCM, SCI and DIL baths, the indicators are on 7-24
reported for the reservoir, waste bath and waste container (the overflow of fluid suggests that there is no alarm message)
when the floaters are at the upper position, and they are off when the floaters are at the lower position; the situation is just the opposite for the waste container). B、 If the floater status indicators do not work properly, check if the floater sensor connection wire is loose. C、 Check the soldering status of the BNC connector of the back plate waste container interface (see if the red wire is in the middle and the black wire is by its side). D、 Check if the floater sensor can move up and down smoothly, or it cannot move due to incorrect installation. E、 If the possibilities above are all excluded, upgrade the MCU and FPGA programs of the drive control board; if the problem cannot be solved, replace the drive control board. A、 Make sure the blood sensor is correctly installed. B、 Make sure the analog ±12V and ±5V are normal.
6
Blood sensor error
C、 Reset the DA value of the blood sensor (see the relevant chapters). D、 If the DA value is set to be the highest (or lowest), and the voltage can not be adjusted to be within the reference range, replace the blood sensor. E、 If the error persists, replace the drive control board. A、 Make sure fluorochrome sensor is correctly installed. B、 Make sure the analog ±12V and ±5V are normal.
7
Fluorochrome sensor error
C、 Reset the DA value of fluorescent reagent sensor. D、 If the DA value is set to be the highest (or lowest), and the voltage can not be adjusted to be within the reference range, replace the sensor. E、 If the error persists, replace the drive control board.
7-25
7.4 Motherboard 7.4.1 Overview In BC-6800 Auto Hematology Analyzer, the motherboard transmits signals in the hardware system, and provides signal transmission function to the drive control board and data and COME carrier board; besides, the motherboard is connected to the power board to supply power to all modules and boards.
Figure 7-10 Function Diagram of the Motherboard 7-26
7.4.2 Functions Mother board is the connection junction of all boards and components. Generally, all signals transmitted by the motherboard are related to the data board, drive control board or power board. So the interfaces can be classified into the following categories:
Data Board and the Related Interfaces ¾
provide interfaces for analog signals, scatter signals (FS) and fluorescent signals (SF) of the optical system; provide connection path for temperature sensor of the optical system;
¾
provide signal path for the fluorescence preamplification board; and provide signal path for the drive control board.
¾
provide signal path for the indicator board.
¾
provide digital signal path for the drive control board (such as the UART interface and SPI interface).
Drive Control Board and the Related Interfaces provide transmission interfaces for the monitor and control of the drive components, including valve control transmission, motor control transmission, position sensor transmission and temperature&voltage detection transmission; the details are as follows: ¾
provide power signal interfaces for all motors;
¾
provide transmission interfaces for all motor position sensors;
¾
provide transmission for pressure and temperature detection signals;
¾
provide signal transmission for pneumatic and blood sensors;
¾
provide signal transmission for float sensor;
¾
provide signal transmission for liquid level detection board;
¾
provide transmission for the heating system.
Power Board and the Related Interfaces The power source of all boards and modules is from the motherboard; the power board supplies power to the following systems: ¾
provides +5V digital power to the digital system;
¾
provides ±12V analog power to the analog system;
¾
provides 24V power to the power system;
¾
provides AC 120V zapping power to the aperture.
7-27
7.4.3 Structure See Figure 7-11 for the PCBA structure of the motherboard.
Figure 7-11 Top-layer Structure of the Motherboard PCBA
7-28
7.4.4 Interfaces See Figure 7-11 for the location of the interfaces on the motherboard. The interfaces are numbered in order. See Table 7-12 for the description of motherboard interfaces. Table 7-12 Description of Motherboard Interfaces Socket No.
Function Description
Wire No.
Connected to
J1
Float sensor
C-009-001209-00
Float sensor of baths and waste
J2
Interface of liquid level detection board
C-009-001210-00
Liquid level detection board
J3
Control signal of heating control board
C-009-001213-00
Heating Control Board
J4
Control the indicator board
C-009-000948-00
Indicator board
J5
Monitor serial port of drive board and data communication
J6
Optical system control signal line
C-009-001247-00
Optical system
J7
Optical system signal line
C-009-001205-00
Optical system
Temperature sensor connecting line
C-009-001219-00
temperature aspirate key
J9
±12V analog power
C-009-001238-00
Analog section of the data board
J10
AC120V
C-009-001240-00
Power board
J20
Interface of the digital section of the data board
\
\
J21
Interface of the analog section of the data board
\
\
J22
Signal of the reserved switch of the data board
\
\
J23
Drive board debug serial port
\
\
J24
Interface of the drive board socket(Europe)
\
\
J25
Interface of the drive board socket(Europe)
\
\
J26
Interface of the drive board socket(Europe)
\
\
J30
Probe wipe, stirring motor and photocoupler signal line
C-009-001221-00
Probe wipe, stirring motor and photocoupler
J31
Motor and photocoupler connecting signal of the mix and pierce module
C-009-001224-00
Motor and photocoupler of the mix and pierce module
J32
Connecting signal of the reserved
J8
\
\ 7-29
\
\
sensors
and
motor and photocoupler J33
Pneumatic pressure detection board
C-009-000949-00
Pneumatic pressure detection board
J34
Signal of the blood detection sensor (front)
Blood sensor
J35
Signal of the blood detection sensor (back)
Blood sensor
The motor and photocoupler connecting lines of the autoloader module
C-009-001223-00
Autoloader module
J40
J41
WBC&SWB syringes and photocoupler lines
C-009-001226-00
WBC&SWB syringes photocouplers
J42
RBC syringe and photocoupler connecting line
C-009-001227-00
RBC syringe and photocoupler
J43
Control signal of valve drive board
C-009-001230-00
Valve drive board (A)
J44
Control signal of valve drive board
C-009-001231-00
Valve drive board (B)
J50
Power source of 24V and 12V power
C-009-001236-00
Power board
J51
Power supply of the valve drive board
C-009-001228-00
Valve drive board (A)
J52
Power supply of the valve drive board
C-009-001229-00
Valve drive board (B)
J53
Power supply of digital 5V and 12V
C-009-001237-00
Power board
J54
Pneumatic unit control interface
3100-20-49034
Pneumatic unit
7.4.5 Troubleshooting The motherboard provides signal transmission function; it failure mainly results from loose contact, which can be diagnosed by testing the network with a multimeter.
7.5 Network Board 7.5.1 Overview Network patching board divides the channel through which the data board communicates with the PC into 2 parts physically; it serves as the intermediate transmit point of the analyzer and its external network cable. The board provides 2 RJ45 connectors and the direct connections. See the following figure:
7-30
and
Figure 7-12 Function Diagram of the Network Board
7.5.2 Structure The front and back view of the network board PCBA:
Figure 7-13 The Front and Back View of the Network Board PCBA
7.5.3 Troubleshooting Table 7-13 Troubleshooting of the Network Board Error Consequence
PC cannot connect to the BC-6800
Cause
1. The network cable gets loose; 2. Line failure or loose contact.
Troubleshooting Method Step 1: Check if the network cable is firmly connected. If yes, reconnect the cable and check if the connection is normal; if no, go to Step 2. Step 2: Take out the network board, test if connection status of J1 and J2 with a multimeter. See the figure above for the definition of J1 and J2. If the Pin 1~8 of J1 are connected to the Pin 1~8 of J2, the network board is normal, you should check other parts of the analyzer; if not, replace the network board. 7-31
See the following flow chart:
Figure 7-14 Troubleshooting of the Network Board
7.6 Power Board 7.6.1 Overview The power board in BC-6800 Auto Hematology Analyzer provides 7 groups of stable power supply, including D5V, D12V, A+12V, A-12V, AC120V, P12V and P24V.
7-32
PFC EMI filter and rectifier
AC input
FLYBACK converter circuit
PFC circuit
auxiliary Standby circuit
PFC OVP protecti ve
D5V output
PF signal
OCP protection
P24V
FORWARD converter circuit OCP protection FLYBACK converter circuit
OVP protecti ve
P12V output
OCP protection
A-12V OVP protecti ve
A+12V 120V D12V
Figure 7-15 Function Diagram of the Power Board
7.6.2 Functions The power board works under the 50/60Hz(±2Hz) voltage of the 100-240V(±10%) AC input. Once the AC power is on, all circuits start to work, the D5V, D12V, A+12V, A-12V, AC130V, P12V and P24V voltages all have output. The loading status of each circuit is listed in the following table: Table 7-14 Characteristics of Output Voltage Voltage D5V
Minimum Current
Specified Current
Peak Current
Output Range
Voltage
2A
6A
/
4.85/5.25V
+A12V
0mA
1A
/
11. 5/12. 5V
-A12V
0mA
650mA
/
-11.5/-12.5V
P12V
0.3A
4A
10A 7-33
11.5/12.5V
P24V
0A
2.5A
5A
AC120V
0mA
60mA
/
D12V
0mA
1A
1.5A
22/29V 115/145V(RMS) 11.5/12.5V
+A12V and -A12V share the same ground; P12V and P24V share the same ground; All the other outputs do not share ground. AC120V is required to be alternating current (there is no requirement on waveform), its frequency is 50Hz+/-10Hz.. During a 60s cycle, the peak load current of P12V and P24V do not last for more than 1s.
7.6.3 Structure There are 6 outgoing interfaces in the power board, 4 of them are sockets, of which the numbers are J1, J2, J3 and J4; the AC input wires L and N extend from edge of the board to the sockets to connect the board to external components, the PCB numbers are L and N; the small inverter board is directly plugged to the power board, its PCB No. is PCBA1. See the following figure for the location of the interfaces on the board. J101
J2
DGND D5V
P12V PGND
PGND
AGND DGND D12V A+12V A-12V
P24V
Figure 7-16Power Board Mounting Diagram
7.6.4 Indicators and Test Points Table 7-15 Definitions of Debug and Test Points No.-
Pin C114.+
Test Point Function PFC output voltage
Reference Value 390±20V
1 2
U101.9
PFC chip reference voltage output
7.5V
3
C206.+
VCC voltage
17V~22.5V 7-34
4
C204.+
VDD voltage
12±1V
5
C235.+
D5V output voltage, and ripple & noise voltage
4.85/5.25V, ±0.1V
6
C332.+
A+12V output
11. 5/12. 5V, ±0.1V
7
C338.-
A-12V output
-11.5/-12.5V, ±0.1V
8
C329.+
D12V output
11.5/12.5V, ±0.1V
9
C419.+
P24V output voltage and ripples
22/29V, ±0.15V
10
C488+
P12V output voltage and ripples
11.5/12.5V, ±0.15V
11
J2(1, 3)
Fan input
11.5/12.5V, ±0.15V
12
TP19, TP20
AC120V output
115/145V(RMS)
7.6.5 Troubleshooting
Figure 7-17 Troubleshooting the Power Board
7-35
7.7 Power Patching Board 7.7.1 Overview The power patching board of BC-6800 Auto Hematology Analyzer filters and then splits the input AC power into two circuits, which supply power to power board and auxiliary heating power respectively; the voltage supplied to the auxiliary power can be of two values (115V/230V).
7.7.2 Functions See the following figure for the function diagram of power patching board. The power patching board is directly connected to input switch, it works under the 50/60Hz(±2Hz) voltage of the 100-240V(±10%) AC input power. Once the AC power switch is on, filtered current will be supplied to the main and auxiliary power.
AC input
EMI filter and overvoltage/ overcurrent t ti
PFC circuit
EMI filter circuit
Main power b d
Voltage selectio
Auxiliary power i
Figure 7-18 Function Diagram of the Power Patching Board
7.7.3 Structure The power patching board has 5 outgoing interfaces, 4 of them are sockets, of which the numbers are J1, J2, J3 and J4; The voltage selection switch and its connection wire is soldered to the board through 6 pylomes, the numbers on the PCB are TP1~TP6. See the following figure for the location of the interfaces on the board.
7-19Power Patching Board Mounting Diagram
7-36
7.7.4 Interfaces Table 7-16 Interface Sockets Socket No.
Definition
J1
Main power board output socket
J2
AC input socket
J3
Auxiliary power output socket
J4
Reserved socket
TP1~TP6
Voltage selection switch interface
Socket Model M32-039001-00 HEADER WTB 6.2mm DIP1*3TOP VL's M39-000302-HEADER WTB 6.2mm DIP2*2TOP VLseries M32-049004-00 HEADER WTB 6.2mm DIP1*4TOP VL's M32-032002-00 HEADER WTB 3.96mm DIP1*3TOP 5273series 009-001193-00 Voltage selection switch and connecting line
7.7.5 Indicators and Test Points The following test points are important during servicing process. Table 7-17 Definitions of Debug and Test Points No.-
Pin
Test Point Function
1
J1 (1,3)
Main power input voltage
2
J3 (1,4)
PFC chip reference voltage output
Shall be the same with network power
3
C2
PFC chip reference voltage output
Shall be the same with network power
4
J2 (1, 3)
Power patching board input AC voltage
Shall be the same with network power
7-37
Reference Value Shall be the same with network power
7.7.6 Troubleshooting
Figure 7-20 Troubleshooting Procedure
7.8 Laser Drive Board 7.8.1 Overview To generate scatter and fluorescence signal, a driving source (illuminating beam) of scatter and fluorescence is required. The semiconductor laser in BC-6800 fulfills the function, and it is driven by laser drive board. The laser drive board is in the optical module of the analyzer, it is connected to the semiconductor laser and the motherboard. It obtains power supply and control signals from the motherboard, and sends laser drive current to the motherboard in turn. It also drives the semiconductor laser to generate constant-power laser.
7-38
Figure 7-21 Connection Between Laser Drive Board and Other Boards
7.8.2 Functions The laser drive board realizes constant-power control by conducting constant-power control over the laser (LD)(the photoelectric detector inside the laser conducts real-time monitoring over the output power of the laser, and forms closed loop feedback control system). See the following figure for the system diagram.
Figure 7-22 Function Diagram of the Laser Drive Board
7.8.3 Structure See the following figure for the PCBA structure of the laser drive board. 7-39
Figure 7-23 PCBA Structure of the Laser Drive Board
7.8.4 Indicators and Test Points Adjust the sliding rheostat VR1 clockwise, the resistance of VR1, the voltage of TP10_VREF (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference) and the intensity of emergent laser all increases, and vice versa. Generally, the voltage of TP10_VREF is adjusted to be around -5V.
Table 7-18 Test Points of Laser Drive Board Test point
Tested signal
TP1
AVCC (+12V)
+12V voltage motherboard
from
the
TP2
AVSS (-12V)
-12V voltage motherboard
from
the
TP3
PD_CURT
Function
Laser voltage
power
Voltage
monitoring
11.4V~12.6V -12.6V~-11.4V Generally 1~1.5V when the laser is on Generally lower than 3.5 ~4V when the laser is off
TP4
LD_CURT
Laser drive current monitoring voltage
TP5
N6V (-6.5V)
-6V voltage from the laser 7-40
Generally 1V~2V when the laser is on Generally lower than 0.4V when the laser is off -7V~-6 V
drive board
TP7
LD_ON
When level of LD_ON is high (0V), the laser is on; and when it is low (-12V), the laser is off.
TP10
VREF
Generate constant reference voltage in the board
-5.5V~-4.5V
CMPOUT
Output voltage of comparator, which controls the laser drive current directly
Laser on: -10.5 V ~ -9 V
TP12
Laser on: -1V ~ 0 V; laser off: -12.6V~ -11.4V
Test points in the data board that are connected to the laser drive board are listed in the following table.
Table 7-19 Test points Related to the Data Board Tested signal of laser drive board
Test point
Corresponding signal of data board
Corresponding test point in data board
AVCC
TP2
AVCC
TP112
Directly connected
AVSS
TP1
AVSS
TP32
Directly connected
AGND
J2.8/J1.3
AGND
TP47/TP57
Directly connected
LD_CURT
PD_CURT
TP4
TP3
LASER
PD
Connection status
TP63
Not directly connected, the two test points are of the same value
TP65
Not directly connected, the two test points are of the same value
7.8.5 Troubleshooting The following table lists the frequent errors and troubleshooting methods of the laser drive board. When error occurs, follow the table to see if the problem lies with the board. The table only lists hardware errors, the same error consequences caused by fluidic, optical, reagent or software problems are not included (go to other related chapters in this manual to find the troubleshooting methods).
Before troubleshooting the laser drive board, be sure to check: 1. If the error is related to power or voltage, check if the power board output is normal first, and then check the power input of the boards. 2. Check if the wires connected to motherboard get loose; if the wire No. and socket No. on the 7-41
motherboard matches; if the connection is reliable; and if the wires are damaged. After shutting down the analyzer, test if the test points in the optical board are connected to the corresponding test points in the data board with a multimeter (of buzzer status), then you can tell if the connections of wires or sockets are OK. 3. Restart the analyzer to see if the error is removed. After problems of the connection and input power are all excluded, and restarting the analyzer also fails to solve the error, go on to analyze it as per Table 7-20-. The ±12V power error listed in the table refers to power error caused by the laser drive board.
When the optical shielding box is open, the laser is off , and blood cell counting cannot be performed (default setting of the analyzer). If you want to turn on the laser under such case, you can short-circuit the two adjacent soldering holes of interface J3 on the board.
NOTE The correct order of electric testing operation of the laser drive board is: z
Before test: power off -- wear antistatic gloves -- disassemble optical shielding box -- disassemble wires of fluorescence preamplification board -- power on and test.
z
After test: power off -- wear antistatic gloves -- connect wires of fluorescence preamplification board -- install optical shielding box.
z
Do not connect or disconnect wires when power is on; do not operate without taking antistatic measures.
z
The fluorescence module cannot be exposed to intensive light, or else the PMT may be damaged. (the intensity of indoor illumination is allowed).
z
When disassembling optical board and its shielding cover, be sure not to touch other optical components or disassemble any components other than the optical board and its shielding cover.
Table 7-20 Troubleshooting Errors of Laser Drive Board No.-
1
2
Error Consequence No scattergram No scattergram or abnormal scattergram
Troubleshooting
Cause
a. Press down the microswitch of the optical shielding box, the laser is off during analysis process. Short-circuit interface J3 in the laser drive board, the laser turns on.
Board error: photocoupler is damaged.
a. Short-circuit interface J3 in the laser drive board, the laser is still off.
Due to board error or laser error, the laser cannot turn on or the power of
b. During analysis process, the voltage of data board test point TP63 (LASER) is outside the range 7-42
1V~2V(taking voltage of the analog ground as reference). (the optical shielding box does not need to be open) c. During analysis process, the voltage of data board test point TP65 (PD) is outside the range 1V~1.5V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference). (the optical shielding box does not need to be open) d. The voltage of test point TP2 (AVCC) is outside the range 11.4V~12.6V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference), but the voltage of interface J2.4 is within the range (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference).
output beam is unstable, or the facula shape is abnormal, etc. (if any error consequence listed on the left occurs, board failure can be concluded).
e. The voltage of test point TP1 (AVSS) is outside the range -12.6V~-11.4V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference), but the voltage of interface J2.2 is within the range (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference).
3
Power-failure occurs to the analyzer immediately after it is electrified.
a. When the error occurs, power off the analyzer, disassemble the laser drive board and then restart the analyzer, the error is removed.
±12V power error of the board
7.9 Scatter Pre-amplification Boards 7.9.1 Overview The WBC and RET measuring principle of BC-6800 five-differential auto hematology analyzer is: differentiating WBC and measuring RET by analyzing cell size, internal graininess, and absorbance of fluorescent dye. ¾The forward scatter signal (FS) of a cell represents the cell size; ¾The side scatter signal (SS) of a cell represents the intracellular density; ¾The side fluorescence signal (SF) of a cell represents the absorbance degree of fluorescent dye of the cell. The scatter signals must be transferred into current signals to be processed by the circuit. The current signals are then be transferred to voltage and amplified, and then collected by ADC to be sent to the back-end for logical processing and analysis. The photoelectric conversion, current-voltage conversion, signal amplification and sorting are done by the analog circuit. The analog circuit consists of two parts: the front part is scatter preamplification board, which forms optical sensor (in the optical module of the analyzer) together with other optical 7-43
components and fluidics, its functions include photoelectric conversion, I/V conversion and amplification of signals; the back part is analog circuit (placing on the data and COME carrier board), its functions include signal sorting and collection of signals by the ADC. The preamplification board that processes FS signal is called FS preamplification board, while the preamplification board that processes SS signal is called SS preamplification board.
Power signal
Power signal
FS scatter signal
The scatter preamplification boards are connected to the data and COME carrier board through the motherboard. See Figure 7-24 for the connection status. The preamplification board is connected to the mother board through shielding wire. The board obtains power supply from the motherboard, and also transfers its output signals to the data and COME carrier board through the mother board.
Figure 7-24Connection Between Scatter Preamplification Boards and Other Boards
7.9.2 Functions The scatter preamplification boards conduct photoelectric conversion, I/V conversion and preamplification of scatter signals. See the following figure for their function diagrams.
Figure 7-25 Function Diagram of Scatter Preamplification Boards
7-44
7.9.3 Structure The following figures are the PCBA structure diagrams of FS and SS preamplification boards.
Figure 7-26 Forward Scatter (FS) Preamplification Board
Figure 7-27 Side Scatter (SS) Preamplification Board
7.9.4 Indicators and Test Points FS preamplification board: Table 7-21 Test Point Definition of FS Preamplification Board Test point
Tested signal
Functions
Voltage
TP1
AVCC (+12V)
+12V analog motherboard
voltage
from
the
TP2
AVSS (-12V)
-12V analog motherboard
voltage
from
the
TP5
FS
Output signal of the preamplification 7-45
+11.4V~+12.6V - 12.6V~ - 11.4V During normal analysis process, the
boards
signal is pulse signal, the pulse width is about 1us. Generally, it is below 1V.
SS preamplification board: Table 7-22 Test Point Definition of SS Preamplification Board Test point
Tested signal
Functions
Voltage
TP1
AVSS (-12V)
-12V analog motherboard
voltage
from
the
TP2
AVCC (+12V)
+12V analog motherboard
voltage
from
the
TP3
6.2V
-12.6V ~ -11.4V +11.4V~+12.6V
6.2V offset voltage from the SS preamplification boards
5.4V~6.4V During normal analysis process, the signal is pulse signal, the pulse width is about 1us. Generally, it is below 1V.
TP4
SS
Output signal of the preamplification boards
TP5
-5.8V
-5.8V offset voltage from the SS preamplification boards
-7.1V~-5V
Test points related to the data board Test points in the data board that are connected to the preamplification boards are listed in the following table. See the section of data and COME carrier board for location of the test points. Table 7-23 Test points Related to the Data Board Board
Tested signal of preamplification boards
Test point
Corresponding signal of data board
Corresponding test point in data board
FS board
FS
TP5
FS_IN
TP78
FS board
Analog ground
J1.3/J1.5/J1.6
FSAGND
TP47
FS board
AVCC
TP1
AVCC
TP112
FS board
AVSS
TP2
AVSS
TP32
SS
TP4
SS_IN
TP93
Analog ground
J1.3/J1.5/J1.6
SSAGND
TP57
AVCC
TP2
AVCC
TP112
SS board SS board SS board
7-46
Connection status Directly connected Directly connected Directly connected Directly connected Directly connected Directly connected Directly connected
SS board
AVSS
TP1
AVSS
TP32
Directly connected
7.9.5 Troubleshooting The following tables list the frequent errors and troubleshooting methods of the scatter preamplification boards. When error occurs, follow the table to see if the problem lies with the board. The table only lists hardware errors, the same error consequences caused by fluidic, optical, reagent or software problems are not included (go to other related chapters in this manual to find the troubleshooting methods). Before troubleshooting the scatter preamplification boards, be sure to check: 1. If the error is related to power or voltage, check if the power board output is normal first, and then check the power input of the boards. 2. Check if the wires connected to motherboard get loose; if the wire No. and socket No. on the motherboard matches; if the connection is reliable; and if the wires are damaged. After shutting down the analyzer, test if the test points in the optical board are connected to the corresponding test points in the data board (including output signal of preamplification boards and analog ground) with a multimeter (of buzzer status), then you can tell if the connections of wires or sockets are OK. 3. Restart the analyzer to see if the error is removed. After problems of the connection and input power are all excluded, and restarting the analyzer also fails to solve the error, go on to analyze it as per Table 7-24 and Table 7-25-. The ±12V power error listed in the tables refers to power error caused by the scatter preamplification boards.
NOTE The correct order of electric testing operation of the scatter preamplification boards is: z
Before test: power off -- wear antistatic gloves -- disassemble optical shielding box -- disassemble wires of fluorescence preamplification board -- disassemble the preamplification board shielding cover -- power on and test
z
After test: power off -- wear antistatic gloves -- connect wires of fluorescence preamplification board -- connect wires of fluorescence preamplification board -install optical shielding box
z
Do not connect or disconnect wires when power is on; do not operate without taking antistatic measures.
z
The fluorescence module cannot be exposed to intensive light, or else the PMT may be damaged. (the intensity of indoor illumination is allowed)
z
When disassembling optical board and its shielding cover, be sure not to touch other optical components or disassemble any components other than the optical board and its shielding cover.
7-47
Table 7-24 Troubleshooting Errors of the FS Board No.-
Error Consequence FS channel of the scattergram is abnormal or without signal
Troubleshooting
Cause
a. When analysis is not running, the voltage of test point TP78 (FS_IN) of the data board is high (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference), with its absolute value higher than 1V. (the optical shielding box does not need to be open)
Board error (if any error consequence listed on the left occurs, board failure can be concluded)
b. The voltage of test point TP1 (AVCC) is outside the range 11.4V~12.6V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference), but the voltage of interface J1.1 is within the range (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference).
1
c. The voltage of test point TP2 (AVSS) is outside the range -12.6V~-11.4V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference), but the voltage of interface J1.2 is within the range (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference).
2
Power-failure occurs to the analyzer immediately after it is electrified.
a. When the error occurs, power off the analyzer, disassemble the FS preamplification boards and then restart the analyzer, the error is removed.
±12V power error of the board
Table 7-25 Troubleshooting Errors of the SS Board No.-
1
Error Consequence SS channel of the scattergram is abnormal or without signal
Troubleshooting
Cause
a. When analysis is not running, the voltage of test point TP93(SS_IN) of the data board is at least 1V higher than that of the analog ground. (the optical shielding box does not need to be open)
Board error (if any error consequence listed on the left occurs, board failure can be concluded)
b. The voltage of test point TP2 (AVCC) is outside the range 11.4V~12.6V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference), but the voltage of interface J1.1 is within the range (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference). c. The voltage of test point TP1 (AVSS) is outside the range -12.6V~-11.4V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference), but the voltage of interface J1.2 is within the range (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference). d. The voltage of test point TP3 is outside the range 7-48
5.4V~ 6.4V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference). d. The voltage of test point TP5 is outside the range -7.1V~ -5V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference).
2
Power-failure occurs to the analyzer immediately after it is electrified.
a. When the error occurs, power off the analyzer, disassemble the SS preamplification boards and then restart the analyzer, the error is removed.
±12V power error of the board
7.10 Fluorescence Pre-amplification Board 7.10.1 Overview The WBC and RET measuring principle of BC-6800 Auto Hematology Analyzer is: differentiating WBC and measuring RET by analyzing cell size, internal graininess, and absorbance of fluorescent dye. ¾The forward scatter signal (FS) of a cell represents the cell size; ¾The side scatter signal (SS) of a cell represents the intracellular density; ¾The side fluorescence signal (SF) of a cell represents the absorbance degree of fluorescent dye of the cell. The fluorescence signals must be transferred into current signals to be processed by the circuit. The current signals are then be transferred to voltage and amplified, and then collected by ADC to be sent to the back-end for logical processing and analysis. The photoelectric conversion is conducted by photomultiplier tube, current-voltage conversion, signal amplification and sorting are done by the analog circuit. The analog circuit consists of two parts: the front part is fluorescence preamplification board, which forms optical sensor (in the optical module of the analyzer) together with other optical components and fluidics, its functions include photoelectric conversion, I/V conversion and amplification of signals; the back part is analog circuit (placing on the data and COME carrier board), its functions include signal sorting and collection of signals by the ADC. The fluorescence preamplification board is connected to the data and COME carrier board through the motherboard. See Figure 7-24 for the connection status. The preamplification board is connected to the mother board through shielding wire. The board obtains power supply from the motherboard, and also transfers its output signals to the data and COME carrier board through the mother board.
7.10.2 Functions The fluorescence preamplification board conducts photoelectric conversion, I/V conversion 7-49
and preamplification of fluorescent signals. See Figure 2 for its function diagram.
Figure 7-28 Overall Diagram of Fluorescence Preamplification Board
7.10.3 Structure See the following figure for the PCBA structure of the fluorescence preamplification board. The photomultiplier tube (PMT) the component with black quadrate metal cover on the back of the board.
Figure 3 PCBA Structure Diagram of SF Preamplification Board
7.10.4 Indicators and Test Points Table 7-26 Test Point Definition of SF Preamplification Board Functions
Voltage
Test point
Tested signal
TP1
AVCC (+12V)
+12V analog voltage from the motherboard
11.4~12.6V
TP2
AVSS (-12V)
-12V analog voltage from
-12.6~-11.4V
7-50
the motherboard TP3
PMTVREF
Reference voltage outputted by the PMT
Around 1V The voltage of each channel is different; during analysis process,
TP7
PMT_HV
PMT high voltage control voltage
CBC channel: lower than 0.1V; CBC+DIFF channel: 0.35~0.45V; CBC+NRBC channel: 0.28~0.38V; CBC+RET channel: 0.48~0.58V.
TP8
VDD (3.3V)
3.3V digital power from the motherboard
3.135~3.465V
TP10
PMT_PWR
PMT power (+12V)
11.4~12.6V
Test points related to the data board Table 7-27 Test points Related to the Data Board Tested signal of SF preamplification board SF
Test point J1.4
Corresponding signal of data board SF_IN
Corresponding test point in data board TP89
Analog ground
J1.3/J1.5
SFAGND
Digital ground
J3.4
AVCC
Connection status
Two test connected
points
are
directly
TP58
Two test connected
points
are
directly
Digital ground
TP19
Two test connected
points
are
directly
TP1
AVCC
TP112
Two test connected
points
are
directly
AVSS
TP2
AVSS
TP32
Two test connected
points
are
directly
PMT_HV
TP7
PMT (monitoring voltage of PMT high voltage control voltage)
TP68
The two test points are not directly connected, the monitoring voltage of TP68 in the data board is two times higher than that of the PMT_HV in the SF preamplification board.
(PMT high voltage control voltage)
7.10.5 Troubleshooting The following table lists the frequent errors and troubleshooting methods of the fluorescence preamplification board. When error occurs, follow the table to see if the problem lies with the board. The table only lists hardware errors, the same error consequences caused by fluidic, optical, reagent or software problems are not included (go to other related chapters in this 7-51
manual to find the troubleshooting methods). Before troubleshooting the fluorescence preamplification board, be sure to check: 1. If the error is related to power or voltage, check if the power board output is normal first, and then check the power input of the boards. 2. Check if the wires connected to motherboard get loose; if the wire No. and socket No. on the motherboard matches; if the connection is reliable; and if the wires are damaged. After shutting down the analyzer, test if the test points in the optical board are connected to the corresponding test points in the data board (including output signal of preamplification boards, analog ground and digital ground) with a multimeter (of buzzer status), then you can tell if the connections of wires or sockets are OK. 3. Restart the analyzer to see if the error is removed. After problems of the connection and input power are all excluded, and restarting the analyzer also fails to solve the error, go on to analyze it as per Table 7-28-. The ±12V power error listed in the tables refers to power error caused by the fluorescence preamplification boards.
NOTE The correct order of electric testing operation of the fluorescence preamplification boards is: z
Before test: set PMT gain as 1 -- power off -- wear antistatic gloves -disassemble optical shielding box -- disassemble shielding cover of fluorescence preamplification board -- power on and test
z
After test: power off -- wear antistatic gloves -- install shielding cover of fluorescence preamplification board -- install optical shielding box
z
Do not connect or disconnect wires when power is on; do not operate without taking antistatic measures.
z
The fluorescence module cannot be exposed to intensive light, or else the PMT may be damaged. (the intensity of indoor illumination is allowed)
z
When disassembling optical board and its shielding cover, be sure not to touch other optical components or disassemble any components other than the optical board and its shielding cover.
z
Exercise caution when testing the fluorescence preamplification board; be sure to avoid occurrence of short circuit between the PMT high voltage control voltage PMT_HV and other parts of the circuit, which may damage the PMT.
z
Do not increase the PMT gain unless it is necessary, as increasing PMT gain may cause irrecoverable damage to the PMT.
Table 7-28 Troubleshooting Errors of the SF Preamplification Board No.-
Error Consequence
Troubleshooting
Cause
1
SF channel of the
a. When analysis is not running, the voltage of test point TP89(SF output) of the data board is high (taking
Board error (if any error
7-52
scattergram is abnormal or without signal
voltage of the analog ground as reference), with its absolute value higher than 1V. (the optical shielding box does not need to be open) b. When analysis is running, the PMT high voltage control voltage tested from test point TP68 in the data board goes beyond normal range. Normally, the voltages of TP68 of all counting channels are: CBC channel: lower than 0.3V; CBC+DIFF channel: 1.05~1.35V; CBC+NRBC channel: 0.84~1.14V; CBC+RET channel: 1.44~1.74V (the optical shielding box does not need to be open).
consequence listed on the left occurs, board failure can be concluded)
c. The voltage of test point TP10 (PMT_PWR) is outside the range 11.4V~12.6V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference), but the voltage of test point TP1 (AVCC) is within the range (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference). d. The voltage of test point TP1 (AVCC) is outside the range 11.4V~12.6V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference), but the voltage of interface J1.1 is within the range (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference). e. The voltage of test point TP2 (AVSS) is outside the range -12.6V~-11.4V (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference), but the voltage of interface J1.2 is within the range (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference). f. The voltage of test point TP8(VDD) is outside the range 3.135 ~3.465V (taking voltage of the digital ground J3.4 as reference), but the voltage of interface J3.2 is within the range (taking voltage of the digital ground J3.4 as reference). g. The voltage of test point TP3(PMTVREF) (taking voltage of the analog ground as reference) deviates largely from 1V. 2
Power-failure occurs to the analyzer immediately after it is electrified.
a. When the error occurs, power off the analyzer, disassemble the SF preamplification boards and then restart the analyzer, the error is removed.
Board error, short circuit of ±12V power
3
Change PMT gain, the scattergram location does
a. When analysis is running, change the counting channel (BASO, DIFF, NRBC or RET), the PMT high voltage control voltage tested from TP68 in the data board does not change. (the optical shielding box
Board error
7-53
not change accordingly.
does not need to be open)
7.11 Pneumatic Pressure Detection Board 7.11.1 Overview Pneumatic pressure detection board detects pressure of 6 gas circuits. The pneumatic pressure detection board obtains power supply through the drive control board, its output signals are transferred to the drive control board through the motherboard.
Figure 7-3 Connection Diagram of Pneumatic Pressure Detection Board In the figure above, ① is power supply signal of the board; ② is pressure output signal transferred from the 6 circuits of pressure; ③ is input channel of the 6 circuits of pressure, connected to pressure sensor through tubes.
7.11.2 Structure
Figure 7-4 Layout of Pneumatic Pressure Detection Board 7-54
There are 6 pressure sensors on the pneumatic pressure detection board, which are U1~U6. The measuring range of U1 is 0~1000KPa; U2 ~U4 are of the same model, their measuring range is 0~200KPa; U5 ~ U6 are of the same model, their measuring range is 0~-100KPa.
7.11.3 Indicators and Test Points Table 7-29 Test Point Definition of Pneumatic Pressure Detection Board Test point
Description
TP1
Sensor output of pressure detection channel 1
TP2
Sensor output of pressure detection channel 2
TP3
Sensor output of pressure detection channel 3
TP4
Sensor output of pressure detection channel 4
TP5
Sensor output of pressure detection channel 5
TP6
Sensor output of pressure detection channel 6
TP11
Analog 5V voltage input
TP12
Analog ground
TP13
Digital 3.3V voltage input
TP14
Digital ground
Table 7-30 Indicator Definitions of Pneumatic Pressure Detection Board Indicator
D1
D2
Definition
Function Description
Indicator of analog 5V power supply
Generally this LED is on. If it is off, that means the analog 5V power supply of the pneumatic pressure detection board is abnormal, you should check if the connection wire between the pneumatic pressure detection board and the motherboard is firmly plugged, or check if the analog 5V voltage of the drive control board is normal.
Indicator of digital 3.3V power supply
Generally this LED is on. If it is off, that means the digital 3.3V power supply of the pneumatic pressure detection board is abnormal, you should check if the connection wire between the pneumatic pressure detection board and the motherboard is firmly plugged, or check if the digital 3.3V voltage of the drive control board is normal.
7.11.4 Troubleshooting When error occurs to the pneumatic pressure detection board, the pressure of the analyzer will be abnormal and alarm will be triggered. When abnormal pressure is reported, troubleshoot the error per the following procedure. 7-55
Figure 7-29 Servicing Procedure of Pressure Error
The major cause of pneumatic pressure detection board errors is pressure sensor failure, which is caused by impurities and fluid inside the sensor. The error cannot be removed by wiping away the impurities or fluid, you need to replace the sensor. Please note that when replacing the sensor, temperature of the iron used cannot exceed 350℃, or else performance of the sensor will be compromised.
7.12 Heating Control Board 7.12.1 Overview Heating control board drives heaters of 5 channels, which are the reaction bath, sheath fluid bath, preheating bath, optical system and flow cell. The heating control board obtains AC 24V heating power from the transformer, and 5 channels of control signals from the drive control board.
7-56
Figure 7-30 Connection Diagram of Heating Control Board
In the figure above, ① is the AC 24V power supplied to the heating control board by the transformer; ② is the 5 channels of heating control signal outputted by the drive control board; ③ is the 5 heating modules connected to the heating control board.
7.12.2 Structure
Figure 7-31 Layout of Heating Control Board
There are 5 relays on the heating control board, among which U1~U3 and U5 are of the 7-57
same model.
7.12.3 Indicators and Test Points The 5 indicators in the heating control board indicate the heating status of a particular channel, their definitions are listed in the following table: Table 7-31 Indicator Definitions of Heating Control Board Indicator
Definition
Function Description When the reaction bath module is under heating status, the indicator is on or flickering; otherwise, the indicator is off.
D11
Heating indicator reaction bath
of
D12
Heating indicator sheath fluid bath
of
D13
Heating indicator preheating bath
of
D14
Heating indicator of flow cell
When the flow cell module is under heating status, the indicator is on or flickering; otherwise, the indicator is off.
D15
Heating indicator of the optical system
When the optical system module is under heating status, the indicator is on or flickering; otherwise, the indicator is off.
When the sheath fluid bath module is under heating status, the indicator is on or flickering; otherwise, the indicator is off. When the preheating bath module is under heating status, the indicator is on or flickering; otherwise, the indicator is off.
The heating control board has 5 heating channels, each heating channel loop has two protective tubes as listed in the following table. Table 7-32 Description of Heating Channel Protective Tubes Heating channel
Description of protective tubes
Reaction bath
F1, F7
Sheath fluid bath
F2, F8
Preheating bath
F3, F9
Flow cell
F4, F10
Optical system
F5, F11
7.12.4 Troubleshooting Error of the heating control board will result in heating failure of modules in the analyzer. When temperatures of the modules get lower than the alarming range, alarms will triggered. Follow the procedure below to troubleshoot error of the heating control board.
7-58
Figure 7-32 Servicing Procedure of Heating Failure There are several causes of failure of the heating control board, you can service the analyzer per the following measures. 1 Protective tube burnt out. Protective tube is installed in each heating channel of the heating control board, burnt-out of protective tube is a major failure mode of the board. You can test the two ends of the protective tube to see if short circuit occurred (normally, the two ends of the protective tube form a short circuit). If the protective tube is open-circuited, replace the tube. 2 Control circuit damage (including component damage, falling, dry joint, etc.) Replacing the control circuit can solve the problem. Table7-33 Servicing the Control Circuit of Heating Control Board No.
Heating channel
Control circuit servicing measures
1
Reaction bath
Replace R1, Q1 and R11
2
Sheath fluid bath
Replace R2, Q2 and R12
3
Preheating bath
Replace R3, Q3 and R13
4
Flow cell
Replace R4, Q4 and R14
5
Optical system
Replace R5, Q5 and R6
3 Relay damage. If cause 1 and 2 are excluded, then the failure must be cause by relay damage, you should replace relay of the corresponding channel. 7-59
7.13 Diluent Heating Board 7.13.1 Overview Diluent temperature control module heats the diluent of low temperature (5~15℃) in the diluent container to the required working temperature (15~30℃) before the diluent is sent to the reaction sites, including RBC bath, HGB bath, SRV and all tubing. The temperature sensor in this module detects the actual diluent temperature, and the heating rod heats diluent to the target temperature.
7.13.2 Functions The diluent temperature control module consists of the drive and detection circuit of heat engineering components and the standby circuit of communication interfaces. See Figure 7-33. The module diagram shows the major functions of the module and its connection with other components.
Figure 7-33 Diagram of the Diluent Temperature Control Module There is a MCU controller in the diluent heating board. The controller controls the temperature detection of the temperature sensor and the heating drive of the heating rod, and it reports diluent temperature when necessary. The details are: Temperature detection: the temperature sensor in the diluent preheating bath; Heating drive: the heating rod in the diluent preheating bath; 1 temperature protection switch: the temperature protection switch in the diluent preheating bath; 1 communication serial port: reporting the temperature of the diluent preheating bath, and assigning the temperature calibrating value of the diluent preheating assembly.
7.13.3 Structure The PCBA layout of the diluent preheating board:
7-60
Figure 7-34 PCBA layout of the diluent heating board
Figure 7-35 Location of interfaces
7.13.4 Test point There are 2 high-precision resistors in the temperature detection circuit; so the MCU will calibrate the temperature automatically after being powered on, no adjustment is needed. Table 7-34 Function description of the test points Test point TP1 TP9 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7 TP8 TP10 TP11
Tested signal M_RXD1 M_TXD1 M_4581_SEL_C
Function Receiving UART1 for the MCU Sending UART1 for the MCU Channel selecting signal C of the analog selector Channel selecting signal B of the analog selector Channel selecting signal A of the analog selector GND GND Reset output point of the reset chip Indicator of heating channel 1 Indicator of heating channel 2 Indicator of heating channel 3
M_4581_SEL_B M_4581_SEL_A GND1 GND3 RST HT1_LED HT2_LED HT3_LED 7-61
TP12 TP13 TP14 TP15 TP16 TP17 TP18 TP19 TP20 TP21 TP34 TP22 TP25 TP26 TP27 TP28 TP29 TP30 TP31 TP32 TP33 TP35 TP36 TP37 TP38
VREF
2.5V reference output point of the reference voltage chip GND COM point of the temperature detection circuit Meter amplifier output GND P24V PGND VCC VDD Receiving UART0 for the MCU Sending UART1 for the MCU GND 11.05920M transistor end 1 11.05920M transistor end 2 GND Output heating signal 1 of the MCU Output heating signal 2 of the MCU Output heating signal 3 of the MCU GND DAC output 0 DAC output 1 ISP download signal ISP enable signal ISP download signal reset ISP download signal UART0 sending ISP download signal UART0 receiving
GND5 COM TEMP_AD GND0 P24V PGND VCC VDD M_RXD0 M_TXD0 GND XTAL1 XTAL2 GND4 HT1 HT2 HT3 GND6 DAOUT0 DAOUT1 ISPEN_PC_TO_DIL RESET_PC_TO_DIL UART0_DIL_TO_PC UART1_PC_TO_DIL
7.13.5 Troubleshooting Power supply The on/off status of the indicator indicates the power supply status. D5 is the power indicator of P24V D6 is the power indicator of D5V D4 is the power indicator of D3.3V The red frame indicates the power circuit, and the same frame is printed on the board.
7-62
Figure 7-36 Power supply
MCU D10 is the running indicator of MCU, it flickers when the MCU is working normally. If you suspect that the MCU is not working properly, check as per the following instruction: 1.check if the running indicator is normal(the blue circle in the figure below); 2.check if the input power is normal; 3.check if the reset chip is normal (the purple circle in the figure below); 4.check if the transistor is normal (the red circle in the figure below). 5.If no problem is found, re-program the MCU.
Figure 7-37 MCU Temperature detection Check the circuit in the blue square in the following figure if temperature detection error occurs.
7-63
Figure 7-38 Temperature detection Heating drive Check the circuits in the blue square in the following figure if heating drive error occurs.
Figure 7-39 Heating drive
7.14 Valve Drive Board 7.14.1 Overview Valve drive board controls valves in the analyzer. The 12V power that drives the board is supplied by the mother board, and the control signal is supplied by the drive control board. There are two valve control boards in the analyzer, one is under the motherboard (valve drive board A), the other one is under the pneumatic pressure detection board by the left door of the analyzer (valve drive board B). The two valve drive boards are the same (only different in location), so they are interchangeable during servicing process.
7-64
Figure 7-40 Connection Diagram of Valve Drive Board
In the figure above, ① and ② are the control signals outputted by the drive control board; ③ is the 12V power supply of the valve drive board; ④ is the valves connected to the valve drive board.
7.14.2 Structure
Table 7-41 Layout of Valve Drive Board The squares in the figure above are indicators of the valve drive board.
7.14.3 Indicators and Test Points There are 68 indicators on the valve drive board, some of which are reserved. Table 7-35 Indicator Definition of Valve Drive Board (A) Indicator
Definition
Function Description
D50
Indicator of digital 5V power
Normally this LED is on; if it is off, you need to check 7-65
if the valve control wire is firmly connected, and if the 5V power output is normal.
D51
Power supply indicator of 12V power
Normally this LED is on; if it is off, you need to check if the valve control wire is firmly connected, and if the 5V power output is normal.
D52
Indicator of connection status
valve
This LED is green, it is on when wires are correctly connected.
D53
Indicator of connection status
valve
This LED is red, it is on when wires are incorrectly connected.
D54
Indicator of connection status
valve
This LED is red, it is on when wires are incorrectly connected.
D55
Indicator of connection status
valve
This LED is green, it is on when wires are correctly connected.
D101
Valve 74 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D102
Valve 75 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D103
Valve 1 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D104
Valve 2 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D105
Valve 3 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D106
Valve 4 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D107
Valve 5 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D108
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D109
Valve 7 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D110
Valve 8 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D111
Valve 9 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D112
Valve 10 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D113
Valve 11 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D114
Valve 12 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it 7-66
is off when the valve is electrified. D115
Valve 13 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D116
Valve 14 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D117
Valve 15 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D118
Valve 16 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D119
Valve 21 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D120
Valve 22 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D121
Valve 23 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D122
Valve 24 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D123
Valve 25 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D124
Valve 26 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D125
Valve 27 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D126
Valve 28 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D127
Valve 29 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D128
Valve 30 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D129
Valve 31 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D130
Valve 32 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D131
Valve 33 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D132
Valve 34 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D133
Valve 35 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified. 7-67
D134
Valve 36 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D135
Valve 37 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D136
Valve 38 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D137
Valve 39 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D138
Valve 40 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D139
Valve 41 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D140
Valve 53 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D141
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D142
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D143
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D144
Valve 17 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D145
Valve 18 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D146
Valve 19 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D147
Valve 20 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D148
Valve 42 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D149
Valve 45 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D150
Valve 46 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D151
Valve 49 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D152
Valve 50 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D153
Valve 51 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D154
Valve 52 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it 7-68
is off when the valve is electrified. D155
Valve 54 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D156
Valve 55 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D157
Valve 56 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D158
Valve 44 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D159
Valve 47 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D160
Valve 48 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D161
Reserved
This LED is always off.
Table 7-36 Indicator Definition of Valve Drive Board (B) Indicator
Definition
Function Description
D50
Indicator of digital 5V power
Normally this LED is on; if it is off, you need to check if the valve control wire is firmly connected, and if the 5V power output is normal.
D51
Power supply indicator of 12V power
Normally this LED is on; if it is off, you need to check if the valve control wire is firmly connected, and if the 5V power output is normal.
D52
Indicator of connection status
valve
This LED is green, it is on when wires are correctly connected.
D53
Indicator of connection status
valve
This LED is red, it is on when wires are incorrectly connected.
D54
Indicator of connection status
valve
This LED is red, it is on when wires are incorrectly connected.
D55
Indicator of connection status
valve
This LED is green, it is on when wires are correctly connected.
D101
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D102
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D103
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D104
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D105
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D106
Reserved
This LED is always off. 7-69
D107
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D108
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D109
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D110
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D111
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D112
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D113
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D114
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D115
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D116
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D117
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D118
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D119
Valve 108 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D120
Valve 79 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D121
Valve 80 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D122
Valve 81 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D123
Valve 82 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D124
Valve 83 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D125
Valve 84 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D126
Valve 85 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D127
Valve 87 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D128
Valve 88 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D129
Valve 89 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D130
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D131
Reserved
This LED is always off. 7-70
D132
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D133
Valve 99 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D134
Valve 100 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D135
Valve 97 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D136
Valve 98 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D137
Valve 101 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D138
Valve 102 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D139
Valve 103 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D140
Valve 104 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D141
Valve 105 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D142
Valve 106 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D143
Valve 107 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D144
Valve 57 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D145
Valve 58 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D146
Valve 59 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D147
Valve 60 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D148
Valve 61 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D149
Valve 62 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D150
Valve 63 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D151
Reserved
This LED is always off.
7-71
D152
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D153
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D154
Reserved
This LED is always off.
D155
Valve 73 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D156
Valve 64 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D157
Valve 65 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D158
Valve 66 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D159
Valve 68 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D160
Valve 70 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
D161
Valve 71 working indicator
This LED is on when the valve is not electrified, and it is off when the valve is electrified.
7.14.4 Troubleshooting When error occurs to the valve drive board, the valves of the analyzer cannot open and close as expected. Valve drive board error can be caused by multiple reasons, such as valve drive circuit damage, valve damage, connection wire breakage or unstable connection, etc. When the valve fails to operate, do as per the following procedure.
7-72
Nonoperatio n of valves
Do all valves fail to operate?
N
Y 1 Test the voltage of 12V power with a multimeter to see if it is normal; 2 Check if the drive control board works normally; 3 Check if the 12V power supply wire and the control wire of the drive control board are loose; 4 If all the causes above can be excluded, replace the valve drive board.
Do all valves connected to a valve drive board fail to operate? Y 1 Check of the 12V power supply wire and the control wire of the valve drive board are loose; 2 If cause 1 can be excluded, replace the valve drive board.
N 1 Check if the valve connection wire is firmly connected, and if any pin of a interface falls off; 2 Check if error occurs to the valve drive circuit through the analyzer screen; 3 If the valve drive circuit is damaged, replace the board; or else replace the valve.
Record error information and servicing log, and return the damaged component. End
Figure 7-42 Servicing Procedure of Valve Failure
During the servicing process, you should note: 1. When checking connection status of the valve, be sure to check if the pins if interface J1~J3 are bent, especially the pins by the sides of the interfaces (this is generally overlooked). 2. There are two red indicators on the valve drive board, when the wires of the same board are incorrectly connected, the red indicator will turn on. When you find the red LEDs are on, check if the connection wires are correctly connected. 3. You can check if there are errors in the valve drive circuit from the analyzer screen. Click the system menuÆ"Maintenance"Æ"Debug"Æ"Valve Confirmation", then click on the valve No. (shut down the pneumatic unit first from the analyzer screen) and check the status of the corresponding indicator on the valve drive board. Generally, then clicking on a valve No., the corresponding indicator will turn off for 1s and then turn on. If the indicator is always off, that means the valve drive circuit is damaged or the connection wires are not correctly connected; if the indicator is always on, that means the valve drive circuit is damaged.
7-73
7.15 Indicator Board 7.15.1 Overview The indicator board shows the working status of the analyzer and controls the starting up of the analyzer by the soft power switch.
7.15.2 Functions
Showing working status of the analyzer
The indicator board shows the working status of the analyzer with a two-tone indicator (yellow/green) and a buzzer. The indicator is yellow when the analyzer is in standby status, and it is green when the analyzer works normally; when error occurs to the analyzer, the indicator flickers in green with a frequency of 1Hz. The analyzer works normally, the buzzer does not make any sound; when error occurs to the analyzer, the buzzer beeps.
Startup function of the soft power switch
Startup: when the power cord of the analyzer is connected, and the power switch is on, the system is in standby status (the indicator is yellow). Press the soft power switch on the indicator board, the power system turns on, and the analyzer starts to work with the indicator turns green.
7.15.3 Structure See the following figure for the indicator board mounting diagram.
Figure 7-43 Mounting diagram of indicator board
7.15.4 Troubleshooting Error: when the analyzer is in standby status or working, the indicator is off. Possible cause: the connection line and socket of the indicator board are not well connected; the indicator is damaged. Troubleshooting procedure: Check if the connection line and socket of the indicator board are not well connected, if not, reconnect the line. Power on the analyzer and see if the indicator is on, if not, replace the indicator board. 7-74
7.16 Touchscreen Control Board 7.16.1 Overview The touchscreen control board receives touch information and transmits the signals to the main control board through serial ports.
7.16.2 Functions The touchscreen control board is connected with the touchscreen through J4, it provides voltage to the electrodes of the touchscreen and receives touch information; the board is also connected with the main control board through J5, and it sends touch information to the main control board through the serial port RS232.
7.16.3 Structure See Figure 7-44 for the mounting diagram of the touchscreen control board
Figure 7-44 Mounting diagram of the touchscreen control board
7-75
7.16.4 Indicators and Test Points Table 7-37 Debug and test points of the touchscreen control board Test point TP1
Tested signal
Functions
GND
Digital ground
TOUCH_DIN
TP2
Sample aspiration input data of touchscreen controller
TP3
TOUCH_NPENIRQ
Touch detection interrupt signal
TP4
LR
X+ electrode
WIPER
TP5
Contact touchscreen
voltage
of
5-line
7.16.5 Troubleshooting Table 7-38 Troubleshooting the touchscreen control board Error Consequence
Possible Cause
Solution
The touchscreen does not respond to touch
Touchscreen control failure/ touchscreen loose connection
board failure/
Reconnect the connecting lines/ replace the touchscreen control board or the touchscreen
When pressing the touchscreen, the cursor can only move horizontally or vertically
The connecting lines of the touchscreen control board and the touchscreen get loose/ the touchscreen is broken
Reconnect the lines/ check is there are cracks on the touchscreen; if yes, replace it
The cursor fails to move to the desired location
The touchscreen is not calibrated/ the touchscreen is broken
Re-calibrate the touchscreen/ check is there are cracks on the touchscreen; if yes, replace it
7.17 Prefix List of Board Interfaces Table 7-39 Prefix List of Board Sockets Board name
Quantity
Data and COME Carrier Board
1
Drive Control Board
1
7-76
Socket prefix
Marking mode
B
B-J1……
C
C-J1……
Motherboard
1
Heating Control Board
1
Laser Drive Board
1
FS Scatter Preamplification Board
1
SS Scatter Preamplification Board
1
Fluorescence Board
1
Preamplification
D
D-J1……
E
E-J1……
F
F-J1……
G
G-J1……
H
H-J1……
I
Valve Drive Board
2
Fluid Level Detection Board
1
Power Board
1
Indicator Board
1
Touchscreen Control Board
1
Pneumatic board
1
pressure
detection
JA\JB
JA\JB-J1……
K
K-J1……
L
L-J1……
M
M-J1…….
N
N-J1…….
P
Inverter
1
Input Voltage Patching Board
1
Diluent Temperature Control Board
1
Network Interface Board
1
I-J1……
P-J1…….
Q
Q-J1…….
S
S-J1…….
T
T-J1…….
/
/
7.18 Motors, Photocouplers and Micro-switches Table 7-40 Connection of Lines of the Autoloader Line Marker
Connected to
M2-UNLOAD
Unload motor
M3-FEED
Latitudinal feeding motor
M4-LOAD
Longitudinal feeding motor
SE2-XR_S
Unload module start position photocoupler
SE3-Y_S
Latitudinal feeding module start position photocoupler
SE4-Y_E
Latitudinal feeding module stop position photocoupler
SE5-XL_S
Longitudinal feeding module start position photocoupler
SE6-XL_E
Longitudinal feeding module stop position photocoupler
SE7-YCOUNT_S
Latitudinal feeding counter start position photocoupler
SE8-YCOUNT_E
Latitudinal feeding counter stop position photocoupler
SE-29-XR_E
Unloading Tray Full Detection photocoupler 7-77
SW0-LOAD_E
Tube rack longitudinal loading detection micro-switch
Table 7-41 Connection of Lines of the Mix&Pierce Module Line Marker
Connected to
M5-ASR
Mix motor
M6-SCAN
Rotary scanning motor
SE11-PUNCT
Piercing position detection photocoupler
SE12-SMUX_S
Pincher extension start position photocoupler
SE13-SMUX_E
Pincher extension stop position photocoupler
SE14-SMUZ-D
Pincher extension start position photocoupler
SE15-SMUZ-U
Pincher elevation start position photocoupler
SE16-ASR_S
Pincher rotation start position photocoupler
SE17-ASR_E
Pincher rotation stop position photocoupler
SE17-SCAN_S
Rotary scanning module detection photocoupler
SE28-TUBE
Tube detection photocoupler
Table7-42Connection of Lines of Other Motors and Photocouplers Line Marker
Connected to
M0-CLEAN
Probe wipe motor
M1-MIX
Stirring motor
M7-WBC
WBC syringe motor
M8-SWB
Whole blood intaking motor
M9-RBC
RBC syringe motor
SE0-CLEAN
Probe wipe assembly photocoupler
SE1-MIX
Stirring assembly photocoupler
SE20-WBC
WBC syringe assembly photocoupler
SE21-SWB
Whole blood intaking assembly photocoupler
SE22-RBC
RBC syringe assembly photocoupler
SE23-DOOR
Front cover open detection photocoupler
Table 7-43 Connection of Lines of Temperature Sensor and Aspirate Key Line Marker ASP_SW
Connected to Open vial aspirate key switch 7-78
T1-ACT
Bath assembly temperature sensor
T2-FCM
Sheath fluid bath assembly temperature sensor
T4-PRE
Preheating bath assembly temperature sensor
T5-CELL
Flow cell assembly temperature sensor
T6-ENVI
Ambient temperature sensor
Table 7-44 Connections of the heating connecting lines Line Marker
Connected to
TS1-ACT
Bath assembly temperature switch
HT1-ACT
Heating membrane of reaction bath assembly
TS2-FCM
Sheath fluid bath assembly temperature switch
HT2-FCM
Heating membrane of sheath fluid bath assembly
TS3-PRE
Preheating bath assembly temperature switch
HT3-PRE
Heating membrane of preheating bath assembly
HT4-CELL
Heating membrane of flow cell assembly
OPTI-Heat
Heating membrane of the optical system
OPTI-T-SW
Optical system temperature switch
CELL-T-SW
Flow cell temperature switch
Table 7-45 Connections of the float connecting lines Line Marker
Connected to
F1-WC1
WC1 waste cistern float switch
F2-DIL
DIL cistern float switch
F3-FCM
FCM cistern float switch
F4-WC2
WC2 waste cistern float switch
F5-SCI
SCI cistern float switch
F6-WASTE
Waste container float switch (connected to the BNC extension line if the back panel)
7-79
8 Mechanical System 8.1 Analyzer Structure The instrument consists of the analyzer (with autoloader), pneumatic unit and the PC, and is connected with 2 types of Diluents, 4 types of Lyses and 3 types of Dyes.
8.2 Appearance The front of the analyzer is shown Figure 8-1 as follows.
Figure 8-1 Front of the Analyzer No.1 2 3 4
Name Touch screen Indicator Sample probe Aspirate key
No.5 6 7 8
8-1
Name Tube Tube rack Autoloader Reagent compartment cover
The touchscreen and power indicator are on the front of the analyzer. The sample probe and aspirate key are on the right of the front. The reagent compartment cover is on the left of the front, you can open the cover and change the reagents. The autoloader is in front of the analyzer. The back of the analyzer is shown Figure 8-2 as follows.
Figure 8-2 Back of the Analyzer No.1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Name AC input Pneumatic unit control interface Network interface Waste sensor connector Waste outlet RET diluent inlet BASO lyse inlet
No.8 9 10 11 12 13
Name Diluent inlet Pressure interface Vacuum interface HGB lyse inlet DIFF lyse inlet NRBC lyse inlet
The back of the analyzer mainly consists of the AC input, network interface, pneumatic unit control interface, lyse inlets, waste outlet and waste sensor connector, pressure interface and vacuum interface. Power switch and pressure/vacuum regulators are on the left of the analyzer; there are 4 USB interfaces on the right. 8-2
8.3 Layout Introduction Components of the front cover are shown as Figure 8-3.
Figure 8-3 Front of the analyzer (front cover open) No.
Name
No.
Name
1
Cover and touchscreen module
6
Mix&pierce module
2
Cover stop bar
7
Fluorescent reagent package
3
Reaction bath and pinch valve module
8
Fluorescent diaphragm pump module
4
Manual sampling module
9
RBC module
5
HGB module
8-3
The manual sampling module and HGB module are on the right front of the analyzer. The Mix&pierce module and reaction bath module are in the middle while the RBC module and fluorescent diaphragm pump module are on the left.
Components on the right side of the analyzer (right door open)is shown Figure 8-4 as follows.
Figure 8-4 Right side of the analyzer (right door open)
No.-
Name
No.-
Name
1
Optical system
5
USB interfaces
2
Sheath fluid valve module
6
Reagent preheating module
3
Right rotary bearer module
7
Sheath fluid preheating module
4
Fluidic valve module
The fluidic and optical system are on the right side of the analyzer, which include the valve module, heating module, cisterns, waste cistern and so on. Components on the left side of the analyzer is shown Figure 8-5 as follows.
8-4
Figure 8-5 Left side of the analyzer (left door open, air valves presented) No.-
Name
No.-
Name
1
Boards integrating module
6
Power module
2
Left rotary bearer module
7
Power switch
3
Drying and filter module
The left side of the analyzer mainly consists of the electronic components, which includes the pressure/vacuum modules, power module, boards and so on.
8-5
9 Replacing the FRU 9.1 Overview This chapter introduces how to replace the FRU unit and the related FRU codes. The general requirements of servicing include: ¾Be sure to power off the analyzer before servicing it, and take proper antistatic measures. ¾When servicing the fluidics system, pay attention to the liquid in the tubing; the pneumatic unit must be turned off when servicing tubes with pressure; and tissues must be used as protection. ¾After finishing servicing, restart the analyzer to perform startup initialization. Make sure the analyzer is in normal status and run several fresh blood samples to verify the analyzer status. ¾For major servicing actions involving the performance or parameters of the analyzer, be sure to perform gain calibration or re-calibration after servicing. For example, after servicing the optical system, the optical gain must be re-calibrated. Re-calibration shall be performed too after servicing data board and the aperture.
9.2 Removal and Installation of the Board 9.2.1 Open the Left Door
Purpose Open the left door of the analyzer, check or perform troubleshooting of the pressure/vacuum modules and electrical system of the analyzer.
Tools 107 cross-head screwdriver
Procedure
z
Remove the 3 M4X8 screws at the back of the left door (as Figure 9-1 shows).
z
Pull back the left door a little, after the slot of the left door is disconnected with the front board and the bottom plate completely, remove the left door.
9-1
Figure 9-1 Removal of the left door No.
Name
No.
Name
1
Bottom plate
3
M4X8 screws
2
Left door
4
Back panel
9.2.2 Open the Gas Valve Assembly
Purpose Open the gas valve assembly, and then check or perform troubleshooting of the inner part of the analyzer.
Tools 107 cross-head screwdriver
Procedure
1) Open the left door of the analyzer, see Section 8.2.1 for details. 2) Remove the 2 M4X8 screws that fixing the gas valve assembly with the front cover with cross-head screwdriver. 9-2
3) Lift the whole gas valve assembly up 1-2mm to disconnect it from the buckle (as Figure Figure 9-2 shows), and then revolve outward around the hinge and open the valve assembly (as Figure Figure 9-3 shows).
Figure 9-2 Position of the buckle
Figure 9-3
the opened gas valve assembly
No.
Name
No.
Name
1
M4X8 screws
3
Power supply assembly
2
Gas valve assembly
9.2.3 Open the Right Door Open the right door with the same procedures as opening the left door. 9-3
9.2.4 Open the Bath Integrating Assembly
Purpose Open the bath integrating assembly, and then check the fluidics status or perform troubleshooting.
Tools 107 cross-head screwdriver
Procedure
1) Open the right door of the analyzer, see Section 8.2.3 for details. 2) Remove the 2 M4X8 screws that fixing the bath integrating assembly and the front cover with cross-head screwdriver. 3) Lift the whole bath integrating assembly up 1-2mm to disconnect it from the buckle, and then revolve outward around the hinge and open the bath integrating assembly (as Figure 9-4 shows).
Figure 9-4 The opened bath integrating assembly No.
Name
No.
Name
1
Bath integrating assembly
2
M4X8 screws
9-4
9.2.5 Open the Front Cover
Purpose Open the front cover, check the assembly on the front cover of the analyzer or perform troubleshooting; meanwhile the touch screen can be left aside individually to perform troubleshooting.
Tools /
Procedure
1) Uplift the assembly on the front cover, revolve the stop bar that support the assembly on the front cover, the head of the stop bar shall fit into corresponding slot of the front cover.(as Figure 9-5 shows). 2) If you need to watch the screen after the front cover is lifted, just loosen the 2 screws that fix the touch screen assembly without removal, then convolve and lay the touch screen assembly back on the front cover (as Figure 9-6 shows).
Figure 9-5 open the front cover 9-5
No.
Name
No.
Name
1
Front cover
3
Stop bar
2
Touch screen assembly
4
Figure 9-6 the opened touch screen
9.2.6 Open the Top Cover
Purpose Open the top cover, check the status or perform troubleshooting of the circuit board, optical system and connectors of the analyzer.
Tools
107 cross-head screwdriver
Procedure
1) Open the front cover assembly, and then fix the cover firmly with the stop bar. 9-6
2) Remove the 3 M4X8 screws that respectively fix the top cover with the front board and the back board, pull back the top cover a little and then remove the top cover (as Figure 9-7 shows).
Figure 9-7 Removal of the top cover No.
Name
No.
Name
1
Top cover
4
Front cover
2
M4X8 screws
5
Front board
3
Back panel
9.2.7 Open the Left Lower Cover
Purpose Open the left lower part of the cover, check the status and perform troubleshooting of the RBC fluidic valve assembly and RBC syringe assembly.
Tools 9-7
107 cross-head screwdriver
Procedure
1)
Open the front cover assembly, and then fix the cover firmly with the stop bar.
2)
Remove the 2 M4X8 screws that fix the protective cover with the left and right lower cover with cross-head screwdriver, and then remove the protective cover (as Figure 9-8 shows).
3)
Open the left door of the analyzer.
4)
Loosen the 2 M4X12 stainless-steel sunk screws that fix the left lower cover and the left of the front cover, uplift the left lower cover a little, when the bottom of the cover is disconnected with the slot of the bottom plate, pull the left lower cover leftward (as Figure 9-9 shows).
Figure 9-8 Removal of the protective cover No.
Name
No.
Name
1
Right lower cover
4
Cover of the autoloader
2
M4X8 screws
5
Left lower cover
3
Protective cover
9-8
Figure 9-9 Removal of the left lower cover No.
Name
No.
Name
1
Bottom plate
3
Left lower cover
2
M4X12 stainless-steel sunk screws
4
M4X8 screws
9.2.8 Open the Right Lower Cover
Purpose Open right lower cover; perform troubleshooting of the Start switch or SRV.
Tools
107 cross-head screwdriver
Procedure
1)
Open the front cover assembly; and then fix the cover firmly with the stop bar.
2)
Loosen the M4X8 screws that fix the protective cover with the left lower and right lower of the cover, and then remove the protective cover.
3)
Take out the waste collecting tray and put it aside.
4)
Loosen the 3 M4X8 screws that fix the bottom of the autoloader with the stop bar, and then pull the autoloader outward a little. (Note: Do not damage the cables and lines on the left of the autoloader.)
5)
Remove the right door and remove the 2 stainless-steel sunk screws that fix the right lower cover and the right side of the front cover, and also remove the M3X8 screw that 9-9
fixes the top left of the right lower cover and the front cover (as Figure 9-10 shows). 6)
Move the right lower cover ahead a little to disconnect it with the aspirate key, and then remove the cover rightward (as Figure 9-11 shows).
Figure 9-10 Removal of the autoloader No.
Name
No.
Name
1
Right lower cover
3
Autoloader
2
Waste collecting tray
4
M4X8 screws
Figure 9-11 Removal of the right lower cover 9-10
No.
Name
No.
Name
1
M4X12 stainless-steel sunk screws
3
Open vial aspirate key
2
Right lower cover
4
M3X8 screws
9.3 Sheath Fluid Impedance Bath
Tools Cross-head screwdriver, socket screwdriver, nipper pliers, and tweezers.
Procedure
1)
Take off the fluorescent reagent detecting assembly and the reagent pack first, and then take off the outer shielding cover of the sheath fluid impedance bath. Be careful of the fluorescent reagent.
2)
Take off the inner shielding cover of the bath.
3)
Remove the tubes connected to the bath. Be sure to discharge fluid in the ISU cistern before removing the tubes.
4)
Loose the screws fixing the impedance bath to the shielding box with the cross-head screwdriver, take off the bath. shows. (before replace the bath, you must take off the connection line of the bath and the data board)
5)
Install a new sheath fluid impedance bath.
6)
If you need to replace the ISU cistern, remove the screws fixing the bath and then take off the tubes.
②
④
③
① ⑤
Figure 9-12 Replacing the sheath fluid impedance bath 9-11
No.
Name
FRU code
No.
Name
FRU code
1
Sheath fluid impedance bath
801-3201-00029-00
4
Aperture
045-000023-00
2
ISU cistern
801-3201-00027-00
5
Steel tube with copper seat
801-3201-00026-00
3
ISW cistern
801-3201-00027-00
No.
Name
FRU code
Remarks
1
Sheath fluid impedance bath (without aperture)
801-3201-00028-00
without aperture
2
Sheath fluid impedance shielding box assembly
801-3201-00025-00
includes the bottom plate, bath and the shielding box
3
Shielding box cover
042-001676-00
Inner shielding box cover
4
Outer shielding box cover
042-001677-00
Outer shielding box cover
Confirmation
1)
Prime the ISU cistern and RBC bath to make sure all tubes connected to the sheath fluid impedance bath are filled with diluent and the fluidics system is in normal status.
2)
Perform background aging for 5 or more times, and the analyzer reports no error.
3)
Then you can re-install the shielding cover of the sheath fluid impedance bath.
9.4 Aperture
Tools Cross-head screwdriver, socket screwdriver, nipper pliers, and tweezers.
Procedure
1)
Remove the impedance bath assembly.
2)
Loose the screws that fix the bath with a socket screwdriver, take off the protective pad of the aperture, then remove the aperture as below.
3)
Be sure to install the aperture in the right direction, the concave of the aperture must be facing the sample probe. There is one protective pad by the two sides of the aperture, as below.
9-12
Figure 9-13 Replacing the aperture No.
Name
FRU code
1
Aperture
045-000023-00
2
Fluoro rubber pad
801-3110-00077-00
No. 3
Name Protective pad of the front bath
FRU code 801-3110-00076-00
Figure 9-14 Installing direction of the aperture
Confirmation
1)
The aperture must be installed in the right direction.
2)
Prime the ISU cistern and RBC bath to make sure all tubes connected to the sheath fluid impedance bath are filled with diluent and the fluidics system is in normal status.
3)
Perform background aging for 5 or more times, and the analyzer reports no error.
4)
Then you can re-install the shielding cover of the sheath fluid impedance bath.
5)
After replacing the aperture, you must re-calibrate the MCV gain, and then re-adjust 9-13
the MCV calibration factor. The gain calibration procedure is as follows:
MCV gain calibration procedure 1.
Select OV-WB-CBC mode.
2.
Mix the calibrator and present it the sample probe for analysis.
3.
After the analysis finishes, calculate the deviation of the MCV result and the target. The deviation must be smaller than 1%, if not, re-adjust the MCV gain.
4.
Tap "Setup" - "Gain Setup" to enter the screen and record the current MCV gain.
5.
Before the step above, you must log in the system with service password and enter the "Calibration" - "Manual Calibration" screen, modify the calibration factor of MCV and the manufacturer's calibration factor to 100, see Figure 9-15. Note: this step must be done at first, and after recalibrating the gain, MCV calibration factor must be re-adjusted.
Figure 9-16 Manual calibration screen 6.
Tap "Calibration" - "CBC Gain Calibration" to enter the screen shown in Figure 9-17.
9-14
Figure 9-17 CBC gain calibration 7.
Enter the MCV target into the MCV reference value cell at the CBC gain calibration screen, see Figure 9-18. MCV target
Figure 9-18 Enter MCV target 8.
Run analysis of well mixed calibrator for 3 or more consecutive times until the results are OK.
9.
Tap "OK" at the pop-up dialog box to save the gain when exiting the screen.
10. Go back to the "Setup" - "Gain Setup" screen to confirm is the gain is refreshed. See Figure 9-19.
Figure 9-19 MCV gain 11. Go to the analysis screen, run calibrator once under OV mode, check if the MCV result is close to the target. The deviation must be smaller than 1%, if so, the gain calibration is done. Then you must verify the calibration factor of MCV again. 9-15
9.5 HGB Bath Assembly
Tools 107 cross-head screwdriver
Procedure
Note: Make sure no liquid is spilled to the light-emitting diode, dash receiver or socket to avoid damage. 1)
Open the top cover of the analyzer.
2)
Remove the sealing box of the HGB bath assembly at the upper right part of the front cover with a cross-head screwdriver.
3)
Drain the HGB bath.
4)
Take off the lines and tubes connected to the HGB bath.
5)
Loose the screws that fix the HGB bath to the front cover and replace the entire HGB bath assembly.
6)
Then connect the lines (to the data board) and tubes.
① ②
Figure 9-20 Replacing the HGB bath assembly No.
Name
FRU code
No.
1
HGB Bath Assembly
801-3201-00030-00
2
Name Sealing box
FRU code 042-001508-00
Confirmation
1)
Install the sealing box of the HGB bath.
2)
Prime the HGB bath.
3)
Perform background aging count 3-5 times.
4)
Re-adjust the HGB background voltage to 4.5V (with service access level).
9-16
9.6 RBC Bath Assembly
Tools 107 cross-head screwdriver
Procedure
1)
Open the top cover of the analyzer.
2)
Loose the screws that fix the RBC bath with the cross-head screwdriver.
3)
Disconnect the tubes connected to the RBC bath.
4)
Replace the RBC bath assembly and re-connect the tubes.
①
Figure 9-21 Replacing the RBC bath No.
Name
FRU code
1
RBC Bath Assembly
801-3201-00033-00
No.
Name
FRU code
Confirmation
1)
Perform RBC bath priming after starting up the analyzer.
2)
Run analysis several times to make sure the RBC channel works properly.
9.7 SRV Assembly
Tools M1.3-5mm inner hexagon spanner, cross-head screwdriver
Procedure
1)
Power off the analyzer, open the front cover assembly and fix it.
2)
Put some tissue under the SRV, as when replacing the SRV, a bit of diluent may flow out.
3)
Remove the two blood sensor photocouplers by the left of the SRV with the 2.5mm 9-17
inner hexagon spanner; make sure no liquid is spilled to the sensor to avoid damage, as Figure 9-22 shows. 4)
Cut off the plastic cable ties that fix the SRV tubes with cutting pliers, take out the waste tray and remove the tubes connected to the SRV.
Figure 9-22 Removing the blood sensor No. 1
Name
FRU code
Photocoupler
011-000041-00
No.
Name
2
Inner screws
FRU code hexagon
/
5)
Loose the 4 M3x12 inner hexagon screws that fix the bearer of the probe wipe with the2.5mm inner hexagon spanner, take off the tightening block, bearer of the probe wipe and the probe wipe itself, and then remove all tubes connected to the SRV assembly.
6)
Loose the 4 M3x8 inner hexagon screws that fix the SRV assembly with the 2.5mm inner hexagon spanner, and take them off, then remove the SRV assembly, as Figure 9-23 shows.
7)
Replace the SRV assembly. Make sure the guide rod is in the middle of the locating stopper. Make sure to align the SRV holes and the probe wipe height gauge.
9-18
⑦
⑧
Figure 9-23 Removing the SRV assembly No.-
Name
FRU code
No.-
Name
FRU code
1
Open vial aspiration assembly
/
5
M3x8 inner hexagon screw
/
2
Tightening block
/
6
Open vial aspiration probe wipe
/
3
M3x12 inner hexagon screw
/
7
SRV assembly
801-3201-00048-00
4
Bearer of the probe wipe
/
8
Sample probe
801-3201-00073-00
9-19
Figure 9-24 Structure the SRV assembly No.-
Name
No.-
Name
1
Tightening screw assembly
3
Middle plate assembly
2
Outer plate assembly
4
Inner plate assembly
Confirmation
1)
After installing the SRV assembly, make sure the SRV holes are aligned. Enter the probe wipe and SRV screen of the maintenance module and tap the up and down positions of the SRV to make sure if the fixture can go through the outer, middle and inner plates. If the holes are not aligned, re-align them.
2)
Loose the retaining nuts of the upper and lower locating blocks with the inner hexagon screwdriver. You may only loose one of the two nuts.
3)
Tap SRV up position on the debug screen (see Figure9-27), rotate the guide rod manually so that it is close to the lower locating block, and make sure the SRV fixture can go through the outer, middle and inner plates. Push the lower locating block to the guide rod and fix the tightening screws. Likewise, when the SRV is at down position and the fixture goes through the SRV assembly, push the upper locating block to the guide rod and fix the tightening screws, as Figure 9-26 shows.
4)
And then check if the fixture can go through the SRV assembly completely.
9-20
Figure 9-25 SRV adjusting fixture
Figure 9-26 Adjusting SRV position No.-
Name
No.-
Name
1
Lower locating block
4
SRV cylinder block adjusting fixture
2
Guide rod
5
Outer plate
3
Upper locating block
6
Cylinder piston rod
9-21
5)
Fix the bearer of the probe wipe without fastening it.
6)
Tap the "Initialize" button of the Probe Wipe Position Set, and then tap "Start setup", insert the probe wipe height gauge into the probe wipe from its bottom, when the fixture contacts the sample probe, fasten the screws of the bearer, as Figure 9-28 shows.
7)
Tap "Initialize-Start setup-End setup" to make the probe wipe reciprocate. Make sure the probe wipe does not get away from the sample probe and the sample probe tip is aligned with the tube above the probe wipe, and no harsh sound is produced when the probe wipe is moving.
8)
Tap "End setup" to exit from the screen.
Figure9-27 "Debug" screen
9-22
Figure 9-28 Adjusting position of the probe wipe bearer No.-
Name
No.-
Name
1
Light screen
5
Bearer of the probe wipe
2
M3X12 inner hexagon screws
6
Sample probe
3
Tightening block
7
Open vial aspiration probe wipe
4
Photocoupler
8
Height gauge
9.8 Sample Probe
Tools Inner hexagon spanner
Procedure
1)
Remove the outer plate of the SRV.
2)
Loose the 2 M2.5X4 inner hexagon screws that fix the sample probe with the 1.3mm inner hexagon spanner, and take the screws off, then take off the pad. Screw off the joint 9-23
sleeve, and then pull off the sample probe and sealing tube. 3)
Replace the sample probe and install the outer plate back.
Figure 9-29 Replacing the sample probe No.-
Name
FRU code
No.-
Name
FRU code
1
Sample Probe
801-3201-00073-00
4
Joint sleeve
/
2
M2.5X4 inner hexagon screw
/
5
Sealing tube (TEFLON)
/
3
Pad
/
6
Outer plate
/
Confirmation
1)
Check if the probe wipe position is proper, if not, reset the position of the probe wipe.
2)
Perform aging count several times to restore the status of the SRV tubing.
9.9 Pneumatic Unit
Tools 107 cross-head screwdriver, tweezers and monkey spanner
Procedure 9-24
Note: The pneumatic assembly can be different for different power specification, pay attention to the power specification when you are applying for servicing spare parts. 1)
The pneumatic assembly can be replaced separately.
2)
Remove the left and right doors and the top cover of the pneumatic unit with a cross-headed screwdriver.
3)
After removing the shielding cover of the pneumatic control board, the board can be replaced separately.
4)
Remove and replace the filter with the monkey spanner.
5)
After removing the pneumatic unit relief valve and unplug the gas pipe, the relief valve can be replaced.
6)
The fuss of the pneumatic unit is in its receptacle. You may open the receptacle with tweezers and replace the fuss.
The pneumatic unit has 3 types of FRU for its various specifications. No.1
2
Name
FRU code
Pneumatic assembly (220V)
801-3201-00051-00
Pneumatic unit (110V)
801-3201-00068-00
No.-
Name
FRU code
3
Pneumatic unit (220V, outlet)
801-3201-00069-00
① ②
③ ④
Figure 9-30 Replacing air pump
9-25
⑤
Figure 9-31 Replacing fuss of the pneumatic unit No.1
2
Name
FRU code
Pneumatic unit control board
051-000760-00
Relief valve of the pneumatic unit
No.4
5 801-3100-00027-00
3
6 Filter
801-3110-00217-00
Name THOMAS pump (220V)
FRU code air
801-3100-00238-00
Fuss of pneumatic (110V)
the unit
M07-00067F---
Fuss of pneumatic (220V)
the unit
M07-00046F---
Confirmation
1)
The pneumatic unit works properly after startup, and its output pressure is normal.
9.10 Barcode Scanner Assembly
Tools 107 cross-head screwdriver
Procedure
1)
Remove the lower right cover of the analyzer.
2)
Remove the autoloader assembly.
3)
Disconnect the lines connected to the barcode scanner assembly.
4)
Remove the screws that fix the barcode scanner assembly and replace the assembly.
9-26
① ②
③ ④
Figure 9-32 Replacing the barcode scanner assembly No.-
Name
FRU code
1
Barcode scanner assembly
801-3201-00052-00
2
M4 panhead screws
/
No.3 4
Name
FRU code
Stationary barcode scanner
023-000032-00
Rotary head
043-001082-00
Confirmation
1)You need to confirm if the rotating scanning function is working properly after starting up the analyzer. 2)The rotary head must be straight aligned with the tube, if not, be sure to adjust the position when you are fixing the barcode scanner assembly.
9.11 Radiator Fan
Tools
107 cross-head screwdriver
Procedure
1)
Screw off the screws that fix the radiator fan assembly to the back panel with the cross-headed screwdriver.
2)
Disconnect the lines connected to the fan, and replace the fan assembly.
3)
The dust screen can be taken out from the back panel directly for maintenance or replacement.
9-27
① ②
③ Figure 9-33 Replacing the radiator fan assembly No.-
Name
FRU code
1
Radiator assembly
fan
2
Bearer of the radiator fan and dust screen
No.-
801-3201-00014-00
3
Name
FRU code
Dust screen with frame
048-001670-00
/
Confirmation
1)
Connect the lines of the fan.
2)
Go to the radiator fan screen of the Debug module; tap the buttons to see if the fan works properly.
9.12 Power Supply Assembly
Tools
107 cross-head screwdriver
Procedure
Note: Power off the analyzer before replacing the power supply assembly and unplug the power cord.
1)
Open the left door of the analyzer and the gas valve assembly; rotate the gas valve assembly to a proper position to facilitate servicing of the power supply assembly.
2)
Disconnect the lines connecting the power supply assembly to the transformer and 9-28
motherboard. 3)
Screw off the 2 screws that fix the binding bearer of the power supply assembly, and separate the bearer from the assembly to avoid damaging the tubes fixed to the bearer when removing the power supply assembly.
4)
Loose the 2 M4 screws that fix the power supply assembly, move the assembly to the direction of the front cover so that the screws can go through the hardy holes, and the clip at the bottom of the assembly gets away from the slot in the bottom plate, then take the assembly out upwards (as Figure 9-34 shows).
5)
Replace the power supply assembly, re-connect all the lines and fix the binding bearer.
④ Figure 9-34 Removal of the power supply assembly No.-
Name
FRU code
1
Binding bearer
\
2
M4X8 screws
\
No.-
Name
FRU code
3
Bottom plate
\
4
Power supply assembly
801-3201-00012-00
Confirmation
1)
After replacing the power supply assembly, check if its connection with other parts, including the transformer and motherboard.
2)
Power on the analyzer, check if the startup and initialization process goes right.
3)
Enter the "Status" - "Voltage&Current" screen to check if the 24V, 12V and 5V voltages are in normal range; if yes, the power supply of the analyzer is OK.
4)
Or check the power indicators by the side of the power board, if the indicators of P24V, VCC and VDD are all on, the power supply of the analyzer is OK.
9-29
9.13 Diaphragm pump
Tools 107 cross-head screwdriver
Procedure
Note: There are 12 diaphragm pumps on the analyzer, DP9, DP10 and DP11 are fluorescent reagent diaphragm pumps, and they form an assembly with the valves. The other 9 pumps are separate pumps. 4 of these 9 diaphragm pumps (DP1,DP2, DP3, DP8) are fixed on the fluidic valve assembly on the right side of the analyzer, while the other 4 (DP4, DP5, DP6, DP7) are fixed on the valve assembly on the right of the back panel, DP12 is fixed on the bath integrating assembly (as Figure 9-35 shows).
1)
Open the right door.
2)
Remove the 2 M4X8 screws that fix the bath integrating assembly and the front cover, revolve and open the bath integrating assembly.
3)
Loosen the 2 panhead screws that fix the diaphragm pump without removal (as Figure 9-36 shows).
4)
Take out the diaphragm pump, use the diagonal pliers or scissors to take out the cables and lines of the diaphragm pump (as Figure 9-37 shows).
5)
Replace it with new diaphragm pump and install it, note that if the head of the tubing is distorted, the tubing needs to be changed.
9-30
Figure 9-35 Distribution of diaphragm pumps No.-
Name
FRU code
No.-
Name
FRU code
1
DP12
801-3201-00018-00
6
DP6
801-3100-00059-00
2
DP8
801-3100-00059-00
7
DP3
801-3201-00009-00
3
DP5
801-3100-00059-00
8
DP2
801-3100-00059-00
4
DP4
801-3100-00059-00
9
DP1
801-3100-00057-00
5
DP7
801-3100-00059-00
10
Figure 9-36 Removal of the diaphragm pump
Figure 9-37 Removal of tubes of diaphragm pump
1)The fluorescent reagent diaphragm pumps are in the front plate. Remove the diaphragm pump assembly with the cross-headed screwdriver. 2)Replace the diaphragm pump assembly and re-connect the Teflon tubes and tighten the joints.
9-31
①
② ③
Figure 9-38 Replacing the fluorescent reagent diaphragm pump
No.-
Name
FRU code
1
DP9
801-3201-00001-00
2
DP10
801-3201-00001-00
No.3
Name DP11
FRU code 801-3201-00001-00
Note: The 3 pumps form one assembly with the valves.
Confirmation
1)
After replacing the diaphragm pump, start up the analyzer and perform fluidics initialization.
2)
Observe whether the fluidic tubing is filled with fluid, if not, perform relevant operations. Perform relevant reagent replacing procedure for the DP4, DP5, DP6 and DP7, priming the FCM bath for DP12, and perform the aging procedure for the DP1, DP2, DP3 and DP8 for several times. Note: Check if there is air leakage after the replacement. Table 9-1 List of diaphragm pumps
No.-
ID
Specifi cation
Material of diaphragm
Color of diaphragm
Functions
1
DP1
0.52ml
EPDM
Black
LH lyse dispensing
2
DP2
1.0ml
EPDM
Black
HGB sample dispensing
and
diluent
3
DP3
1.5ml
EPDM
Black
RBC sample dispensing
and
diluent
4
DP4
1ml
EPDM
Black
LN lyse dispensing
9-32
5
DP5
1ml
EPDM
Black
LB lyse dispensing
6
DP6
1ml
EPDM
Black
LR lyse dispensing
7
DP7
1ml
EPDM
Black
LD lyse dispensing
8
DP8
1ml
EPDM
Black
Sample dosing for sample preparation
9
DP9
20uL
EPDM
Black
FD fluorescent dye dispensing
10
DP10
20uL
EPDM
Black
FR fluorescent dye dispensing
11
DP11
20uL
EPDM
Black
FN fluorescent dye dispensing
12
DP12
8ml
EPDM
Black
FCM bath filling
flow
cell
9.14 WBC Mixing Assembly
Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
Note: there is grease lubricant on the stirring bar of the mixing assembly. Remove the whole assembly during replacing rather than disassembling the stirring bar from the assembly, and prevent the lubricant from dropping into the bath.
1)
Open the front cover and secure it with the stop bar.
2)
Unplug all connecting wires to the motor and sensor of the mixing assembly.
3)
Remove the 4 M3X8 screws fixing the mixing assembly to the WBC bath with the cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the mixing assembly (see Figure 9-39).
4)
Install the new mixing assembly, and then fix it with the screws. The connecting wire to the motor is marked with M1-MIX, and that of the sensor is marked with SE1-MIX.
9-33
Figure 9-39 Removing the WBC mixing assembly No.
Name
FRU Code
No.
Name
FRU Code
1
WBC assembly
bath
801-3201-00032-00
4
Cross-recessed panhead screw M3X8
/
2
WBC bath mixing assembly
801-3201-00031-00
5
Sensor
/
3
Stirring motor
/
Confirmation
1) Start up the analyzer. Tap "Service" > "Debug", and then tap "Motor Debug" (as shown in Figure 9-40). 2) Set the "Speed_T" to 13, and "Time_T" to 8, select "No" for "Hold Moment", and then tap "Action" to get the "Speed of Rotation" which is supposed to be within 1400±200. Set the "Speed_T" to 5, and then tap "Action" to get the "Speed of Rotation" which is supposed to be within 600±200. Set the "Speed_T" to 15, and then tap "Action" to get the "Speed of Rotation" which is supposed to be within 1600±200.
9-34
Figure 9-40 Stirring Motor Debug Screen
9.15 WBC Bath Assembly
Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver, diagonal pliers, tweezers
Procedure
Note: make sure you drain the reaction bath before removal. 1) Open the front cover and secure it with the stop bar; or open and bring the front cover to the top and make it lie on the top of the analyzer securely; 2) Unplug all connecting wires and tubes (wires connecting the heating membrane, temperature sensor and protection switch, and pinched tubes, tubes used in fluorescent channels, as well as waste discharging tubes, etc.); remove or loosen the 4 M4 screws fixing the assembly, and then remove it (Figure 9-41). 3) Install the new bath, and then connect all wires and tubes.
Figure 9-41 Removing the WBC bath assembly 9-35
No. 1
Name
FRU Code
Composite screw M4x8
\
No. 2
Name WBC assembly
FRU Code bath
801-3201-00032-00
Confirmation
1) Start up the analyzer and check if the initialization completes. 2) Drain and prime the reaction baths and check if they are normal. 3) Run several blank counts and check if the fluidic system is in normal status.
9.16 Reagent Pre-Heating Bath Assembly
Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver, diagonal pliers, tweezers, tissues
Procedure
Note: as there may be reagent residues in the reagent pre-heating bath, put some tissues under the bath while replacing the bath. 1)
Open the right door.
2)
Remove the 2 M4X8 screws fixing the bath assembly to the front plate, and then unscrew the bath assembly.
3)
Remove the right bottom cover.
4)
Remove the tubes connecting to the reagent pre-heating bath with the diagonal pliers or tweezers, and remove the valve on the bracket of the pre-heating bath, and then unplug the wires from the bath.
5)
Remove the 4 M4X8 composite screws fixing the pre-heating bath to the front plate.
6)
Remove the reagent pre-heating bath assembly and install the new one. Install SV13-16 back, and then connect all tubes and wires according to the fluidic diagram.
9-36
Figure 9-42 Removing the reagent pre-heating bath assembly No.
Name
FRU Code
1
Front plate
/
2
Composite screw M4X8 (stainless steel)
/
No. 3
Name Reagent pre-heating bath assembly
FRU Code 801-3201-00045-00
Figure 9-43 Reagent pre-heating bath
Confirmation
1) Start up the analyzer and complete the fluidics initialization. 2) Run the reagent priming procedure for LB lyse, LN lyse, LD lyse, DR diluent and DS diluent, check if the outlet tubing on top of the reagent pre-heating bath is filled with reagent. 3) Check if the temperature of the reagent pre-heating bath is in normal state. 9-37
9.17 Sheath Fluid Pre-heating Bath Assembly
Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver, diagonal pliers, tweezers, tissues
Procedure
Note: Put some tissues under the sheath fluid pre-heating bath assembly to collect residue drops before replacing.
1)
Open the right door.
2)
Remove the 2 M4X8 screws fixing the bath assembly to the front plate, and then unscrew the bath assembly.
3)
Unplug all tubes and wires connecting to the sheath fluid pre-heating bath assembly.
4)
Loosen the composite screws fixing the sheath fluid pre-heating bath assembly and the optical system bracket (do not remove the screws).
5)
Move the sheath fluid pre-heating bath assembly horizontally backwards to the rear panel. Remove the bath assembly when the screws get to the larger end of the hole in the upper plate of the assembly. (Figure 9-43).
6)
Install the new sheath fluid pre-heating bath assembly and connect all tubes and wires properly.
Figure 9-44 Removing the sheath fluid pre-heating bath assembly 9-38
No.
Name
1
Optical bracket
2
Composite M4x8
FRU Code system
/
screw
/
No. 3
Name
FRU Code
Sheath fluid pre-heating bath assembly
801-3201-00046-00
Confirmation
1) Start up the analyzer and complete the fluidics initialization. 2) Run several aging counts, and then check if the exit tube of the sheath fluid pre-heating bath is filled with fluid.
9.18 Diluent Heating Bath Assembly
Tools 107cross-headed screwdriver, inner hexagon spanner
Procedure
1) Open the right door with cisterns and baths; 2) Remove the screw fixing the diluent heating bath with a M2.5 inner hexagon spanner; 3) Unplug all wires and tubes from the bath;
①
②
Figure 9-45 Removing the diluent heating bath 9-39
No.
Name
1
Sheath filter
FRU Code fluid
No.
Name
2 Diluent preheating assembly
801-3201-00065-00
FRU Code 801-3201-00066-00
Confirmation
1) Run the diluent prime program; 2) Check if the diluent heating bath is filled with diluent and there is no bubble in it; 3) Check if the temperature of the diluent is normal which means the temperature control system works properly.
9.19 Sheath Fluid Filter
Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
1) Open the right door, and the panel of chambers; 2) Loosen the screw(s) fixing the sheath fluid filter with the screwdriver, as shown in Figure 9-45; 3) Disconnect the tubes to the sheath fluid filter; 4) Remove the old filter and install a new one.
Confirmation
1) Check if the connecting tubes to the sheath fluid filter are fully filled with diluent without bubble; 2) Run several aging counts, and then check if the blank count results are normal.
9.20 Waste Filter
Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
1) Open the left door; 2) Remove all connecting tubes to the waste filter; 9-40
3) Remove the filter assembly with the screwdriver and install a new one.
①
Figure 9-46 Waste Filter No. 1
Name
FRU Code
Filter assembly (for liquid waste in 3201 pneumatic parts)
801-3201-00064-00
No.
Name
FRU Code
Confirmation
1) Check if the connection to the waste filter is correct without leakage.
9.21 START Switch Assembly
Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver and #2.5 inner hexagon spanner
Procedure
1)
Open the right door.
2)
Remove the 2 M4X8 screws that fix the bath integrating assembly and the front cover, revolve and open the bath integrating assembly.
3)
Open the front cover assembly; fix the cover firmly with the stop bar.
4)
Remove the right lower cover.
5)
Remove the connector of the switch cables, remove the 3 M4 screws that fix the assembly and the front board with cross-head screwdriver, and then take off the Start switch assembly and the aspirate key. 9-41
6)
Remove the 2 M3 inner hexagon screws that fix the aspirate key with #2.5 inner hexagon spanner, the key can be replaced individually.
Figure 9-47 Removal of the START switch assembly No.
Name
FRU code
1
M3x8 inner hexagon screw
/
2
START assembly
switch
801-3201-00049-00
3
Open vial aspirate key
801-3100-00194-00
No.-
Name
FRU code
4
M4X8 screws
/
5
Front board
/
Confirmation
1) Check whether the aspirate key is elastic, the key works normally after pressing.
9.22 Pressure Regulator
Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
1)
Note: There are 3 pressure regulators on the analyzer and they are fixed on the valve assemblies on the left of the analyzer.
2)
Open the left door of the analyzer. 9-42
3)
Remove the 2 M4X8 screws that fix the valve assemblies and the front cover, revolve and open the valve assemblies to a proper position.
4)
Remove the pressure lines that connecting to the pressure regulator to be removed, screw the pressing rings anticlockwise and remove the pressing rings, take off the main body of the pressure regulator from the back.
5)
Install a new pressure regulator assembly and screw the pressing rings tightly, connect the pressure lines.
Figure 9-48 Removal of the pressure regulator No.1
Name
FRU code
Pressing rings of the pressure regulator
/
No.2
Name
FRU code
Pressure Regulator
801-3201-00007-00
Confirmation
1)
After the replacement, start up the analyzer and go to the "Temp & Pres" screen.
2)
Pull out the blue head of the pressure regulator manually; adjust the positive and negative pressure until the pressure is within normal range.
3)
Press the blue head heavily.
9.23 Vacuum Overflow Valve
Tools 9-43
107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
Note: The pneumatic unit shall be turned off. 1)
The vacuum overflow valve is fixed under the valve assembly on the left of the analyzer.
2)
Open the left door of the analyzer.
3)
Remove the 2 M4X8 screws that fix the valve assemblies and the front cover, revolve and open the valve assemblies to a proper position.
4)
Remove the lines that connecting the vacuum regulator, loosen the pressing rings on the vacuum overflow valve anticlockwise and take off the rings, move horizontally downwards to take off the main body of the vacuum overflow valve.
5)
Install a new vacuum overflow valve and screw the pressing rings tightly, connect the lines again.
Figure 9-49 Removal of the vacuum overflow valve No.-
Name
FRU code
No.-
1
Vacuum overflow valve
801-3201-00008-00
2
Regulator bracket
/
9-44
Name
FRU code
3
Directional pin
/
4
Pressing rings of the vacuum
/
overflow valve
Confirmation
1)
After the replacement, start up the analyzer and go to the "Temp & Pres" screen.
2)
Loosen the retaining nut of the vacuum overflow valve, revolve the regulating bar, and screw the nut until the pressure is within the required range.
9.24 Screen Assembly
Tools NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver
Removal
1)
Open the right door; remove all the cable connectors of the screen assembly.
2)
Open the front cover assembly; use the stop bar to support the cover assembly.
3)
Remove the 4 M4 screws that fix the screen assembly with NO.107 cross-head screwdriver, then loosen the other 2 M4 screws with hands without removing them, and then take off the screen assembly.
Figure 9-50 Removal of the screen assembly 1 No.-
Name
FRU code
1
Front cover
/
4
2
Screw
/
5
loosened
No.-
9-45
Name M4X8 screws Stop bar
FRU code / /
with hands 3
Screen assembly
801-3201-00050-00
③
① ②
④
Figure 9-51 Removal of the screen assembly 2 No.-
Name
FRU code
No.-
1
LCD display
801-3110-00180-00
2
Inverter
801-1805-00027-00
Name
FRU code
3
Touch screen
801-3100-00229-00
4
Touchscreen frame
/
Confirmation
1)
Start up the analyzer and check whether the screen status is normal.
2)
Check if the touchscreen responds to pressing rapidly and stably.
9.25 Tube Clamp for Mixing
Tools M2.5 inner hexagon spanner
Procedure
1)
Open the front cover assembly; fix the cover firmly with the stop bar.
2)
Remove the protective cover of the autoloader.
3)
Use the short side of the inner hexagon spanner to loosen the M3 screws on the left of the mixing tube clamp, pull the tube clamp forward and take the tube clamp off.
4)
Replace and install a new tube clamp.
9-46
Figure 9-52 Removal of the mixing tube clamp No.1
Name
FRU code
Tube clamp for mixing
801-3201-00042-00
No.2
Name
FRU code
M3x8 inner hexagon screw
/
Confirmation
1)
Replace the tube clamp for mixing and then perform autoloading to check if the clamp works properly.
9.26 Autoloading Assembly
Tools NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver
Removal
1)
Open the front cover assembly, and fix the cover firmly with the stop bar; or lift the front cover with the angle of 180°, and then place the cover on the top cover stably.
2)
Remove the protective cover of the autoloader;
3)
Remove the autoloader;
4)
Take off the tray and remove the left lower cover and the right lower cover;
5)
Remove the 4 M4 screws that fixing the assembly, move the assembly horizontally 9-47
forward a little, remove all the tubes and cables that connecting the assembly, and then take off the assembly.
Figure 9-53 Removal of the autoloading assembly No.-
Name
1
M4X8 screws (top)
2
Autoloading Assembly
No.3
Name M4X8 screws (bottom)
9.27 Piercing Unit
Tools M2.5 inner hexagon spanner, NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
1)
Open the front cover assembly, and fix the cover firmly with the stop bar; Or lift the front cover with the angle of 180°, and then place the cover on the top cover stably.
2)
Loosen the screws that fix the protective cover of the autoloading piercing unit, and 9-48
then remove the protective cover from the analyzer.
Figure 9-54 Removal of the piercing unit-1 No.1
Name Protective cover of the piercing unit
3)
No.2
Name M4 screws loosened with hands
Remove all the tubes connected to the piercing unit, and remove the 2 M3 screws that fix the piercing probe wipe and piercing unit with the #2.5 inner hexagon spanner, then remove the 2 M4 screws at the bottom of the piercing probe to take off the entire piercing unit.
9-49
⑤ ④
Figure 9-55 Removal of the piercing unit-2 No.-
Name
FRU code
1
Protective cover of the piercing unit
/
2
M3x20 inner hexagon screw
/
3
M4X10 cross-headed panhead screw
/
No.-
Name
FRU code
4
Piercing Unit
801-3201-00043-00
5
Piercing wipe
/
probe
Confirmation
1)
After replacing the piercing probe, take an empty tube and stick with adhesive tape and perform autoloading counting;
2)
Check if the piercing action is normal; after the piercing, check if the pin hole on the tube cap is in the middle.
3)
Check the piercing depth of the probe into the tube, and fine tune the adjusting screw of the cylinder to ensure proper piercing depth for effective sample aspiration.
9.28 Autoloader
Tools NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver 9-50
Procedure
1)
Open the front cover assembly, and fix the cover firmly with the stop bar; Or lift the front cover with the angle of 180°, and then place the cover on the top cover stably.
2)
Remove the protective cover.
3)
Remove the screws that fix the autoloader at the front and pull the autoloader out a little, remove the cable connectors and lines on the left of the autoloader that connected to the analyzer, and then pull the autoloader forward a little horizontally to take it off.
⑤
Figure 9-56 Removal of the autoloader No.-
Name
FRU code
1
M4X8 screws
2
Cover of autoloader
3
Bridging beam of the autoloader
the
No.-
Name
/
4
Connecting part between the autoloader and the analyzer
043-000661-00
5
Autoloader assembly
FRU code /
801-3201-00035-00
/
Confirmation
1)
There is pin hole at the left bottom of the analyzer, note that when installing the autoloader, the relevant pins on the autoloader shall align to the hole, ensure that the position is right.
2)
The cables and pipes shall be connected properly, there are 2 pipes, including those of the back supporting board and the pusher dog.
3)
Start up the analyzer, go to "Maintenance" -"Debug" screen, select "Autoloader" , 9-51
perform initialization and one-step operation, check if the autoloader works normally.
Figure 9-57 Cables and pipes installation of the autoloader
9.29 Tube Sensor Assembly
Tools NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
1)
Open the front cover assembly, and fix the cover firmly with the stop bar.
2)
Open the right door, and pull out the autoloader a little and then take off the lower right cover.
3)
Disconnect the lines connected to the tube sensor assembly, and remove the 2 M3 screws that fix the assembly with the NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver to take the assembly off.
Figure 9-58 Removal of the tube sensor assembly 9-52
No.-
Name
FRU code
1
Correlation photocoupler installation board
/
2
M3X8 screws
/
No.3
Name
FRU code
Tube sensor assembly
801-3201-00036-00
Confirmation
1)
After replacing the tube sensor assembly, start up the analyzer, then put some tube racks with occasional empty tubes into the loading tray.
2)
Go to "Maintenance" -"Debug" screen, and select the autoloading and tube sensor screen; tap "Start", the analyzer will run autoloading and detect tube status.
3)
Check if the detection results displayed on the screen match with the actual situation. The software displays green color for valid tube position.
Figure 9-59 Tube sensor screen
9.30 Cistern and Waste Bath
Tools NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure 9-53
Note: The cistern and waste baths are fixed on the bath integrating assembly on the right of the analyzer, such as DIL cistern, FCM cistern, SCI cistern, WC1 cistern and WC2 cistern, identify the cistern with the printing; the removal procedure of the 5 cisterns is the same. Before replacing the cisterns, perform the draining procedure with the software; replace the cisterns after the fluid in each cistern is drained. Note: Do not take off the fluid pipes when the pneumatic unit is on or the fluid has not been drained to avoid fluid blowout, and human injury or equipment damage occurred thereupon.
1)
Open the right door.
2)
Open the bath integrating assembly.
3)
Remove all the tube and line connectors connecting the cistern, loosen the M4 screws that fix the cistern with NO.107 cross-head screwdriver, and then take off the cistern.
①
② ④ ③ ⑤
⑥
Figure 9-60 Removal of the cistern/waste bath
No.-
Name
FRU code
No.9-54
Name
FRU code
1
M4X8 panhead screw with pad
/
4
WC2 cistern
115-015168-00
2
DIL cistern
801-3110-00105-00
5
WC2 cistern
801-3201-00016-00
3
FCM cistern
801-3110-00105-00
6
SCI cistern
801-3201-00017-00
Confirmation
1)
Perform the priming procedure on the relevant cisterns after replacing the cistern, ensure that the DIL cistern, FCM cistern and the SCI cistern are filled with fluids;
2)
After replacing the waste cistern, perform counting to ensure the fluid dispensing is normal.
Notes: Before replace, must choose the right type of Cistern Bath, the wire of new floater is white, the wire of old floater is black. Configuration of floater: setup-advanced -select floater
图 9-61 floater configuration Notice: 1)Drain the cistern, and the turn off pneumatic unit, and then select right floater, replace the cistern. After this, prime the cistern. 2)When replace CF card, must select the right floater configuration,or will make diluent flow backwards. 3)The wire of new floater is white, the wire of old floater is black.
9-55
图 9-62 old and new floater
9.31 Syringe Assembly
Tools
NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver, inner hexagon spanner, and slotted head screwdriver
Procedure
Note: There are 3 types of syringe: 250ul syringe (pump syringe), 2.5 ml syringe (sheath syringe) and 100ul syringe (RBC syringe). The 250ul syringe and 2.5 ml syringe are fixed on the valve assembly while the 100ul syringe is fixed on the right side of the front board.
The removal procedure of the 250ul syringe and 2.5 ml syringe that fixed on the valve assembly is as follows: 1)
Open the right door.
2)
Remove the 2 M4 screws that fixed the bath integrating assembly with NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver, revolve and open the bath integrating assembly rightward.
3)
Disconnect all tubes connected to the syringe, remove the earthing screws (M3) and pinching screws of the syringe with NO.107 cross-head screwdriver, pull the syringe outward a little and disconnect the photocoupler motor lines at the back of the syringe, and the syringe can be removed from the analyzer.
9-56
Figure 9-63 Removal of the syringe assembly-1 No.-
Name
No.-
Name
1
2.5ml syringe assembly
3
M3X12 panhead screw with pad
2
250ul syringe assembly
4
Stainless-steel carrier ring (big)
The removal procedure for the 100ul syringe that fixed on the front board is as follows: 1)
Open the left door.
2)
Remove the left lower cover.
3)
Disconnect all tubes connected to the syringe, remove the earthing screws (M3) and pinching screws (M3) of the syringe with NO.107 cross-head screwdriver, pull the syringe outward a little and disconnect the photocoupler motor lines at the back of the syringe, then the syringe can be removed from the analyzer.
9-57
Figure 9-64 Removal of the syringe assembly-2 No.-
Name
No.-
Name
1
100ul syringe assembly
3
M3X12 panhead screw with pad
2
Stainless-steel carrier ring (big)
4
Front board
⑤
①
②
⑥
③ ④
Figure 9-65 Breakdown drawing of the syringe assembly 9-58
No.-
Name
No.-
Name
1
Syringe (100uL\250UL\2.5mL)
4
Syringe drive assembly
2
Syringe motor
5
Syringe fixing plate
3
Motor position sensor
6
Tailor-made screw 2
Procedure 1)
Disconnect all tubes connected to the syringe (unscrew the connectors that connected to the 100ul/250ul Mindray syringe);
2)
It is not necessary to remove the whole syringe assembly, remove the 10ml syringe fixing plate and 2 tailor-made screws, remove the Mindray syringe unit with 107 cross-head screwdriver, slot-headed screwdriver, as shown in Figure 9-65:
3)
Components of the syringe drive assembly can be replaced separately, including the motor and sensor.
FRU of 2.5mL syringe No.-
Name
FRU code
No.-
Name
FRU code
1
2.5mL syringe
801-3900-00007-00
3
Motor sensor
position
801-2800-00020-00
2
Syringe motor
801-2002-00001-00
4
Single syringe drive assembly (FRU)
801-3102-00004-00
No.-
Name
FRU code
FRU of 250ul syringe No.-
Name
FRU code
1
250ul syringe
801-3201-00010-00
3
Motor sensor
position
801-2800-00020-00
2
Syringe motor
801-3100-00108-00
4
Syringe drive assembly (43F4K)
801-3110-00197-00
FRU of 100ul syringe No.-
Name
FRU code
No.-
Name
1
100ul syringe
2
Syringe motor
FRU code
801-3201-00047-00
3
Motor sensor
position
801-2800-00020-00
801-3100-00108-00
4
Syringe drive assembly (43F4K)
801-3110-00197-00
Confirmation
1)
After replacing the syringe, connect the cables and lines properly.
2)
Start up the analyzer, go to "Maintenance"-"Debug" screen, select "Syringe Debug" 9-59
in the "Fluidics", perform self-test of the syringes and see whether the syringes work properly.
Figure 9-66 Self-test screen of the syringe
9.32 Filter and Drying Assembly
Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver and #3 inner hexagon spanner
Procedure
1)
Open the left door.
2)
Unscrew the valve assemblies
3)
Disconnect the tubes connected the filter and drying assembly, take off the assembly after removing the screws.
4)
The filter or dryer can be replaced separately if necessary.
9-60
③ Figure 9-67 Removal of filter and drying assembly No.-
Name
FRU code
1
M4X8 screws
/
2
Dryer assembly
801-3201-00023-00
No.3
Name
FRU code
Filter assembly
801-3201-00024-00
Confirmation
1)
Connect the tubes after the installation;
2)
Start up the analyzer and check whether the pressure of the pressure system is within the required range, make sure there is no air leakage of the filter and drying assembly.
9.33 Replacing the Backwater Bath Assembly
Tools NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
1)
Take off the left door.
2)
Disconnect all tubes connected the backwater bath assembly, use the NO.107 cross-head screwdriver to remove or unscrew the 2 M4 screws that fix the backwater bath assembly, then the backwater bath assembly can be removed. 9-61
Figure 9-68 Removal of backwater bath assembly No.-
Name
1
M4X8 screws
FRU code
No.-
/
2
Name Waterback assembly
Confirmation
1)
Check if the pressure of the pressure system is normal.
FRU code bath
801-3201-00005-00
9.34 USB Assembly
Tools NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
1)
Open the right door.
2)
Open the bath integrating assembly.
3)
Disconnect the USB connectors, and remove the 2 M4 screws that fix the USB assembly with the NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver to take off the USB assembly.
9-62
Figure 9-69 Removal of the USB assembly No.1
Name
FRU code
M4X8 screws
/
No.2
Name
FRU code
USB assembly
801-3201-00022-00
Confirmation
1)
After starting up the analyzer, connect the mouse to the USB port to see if it works properly.
9.35 Mindray Valve
Tools NO.107 cross-head screwdriver
Procedure
Note: There are 3 types of Mindray valve on the analyzer, namely 2-way Mindray valve, 3-way Mindray valve and pressure proof 2-way Mindray valve. The distribution of the valves is broad. They are fixed on the valve assembly on the left of the analyzer, bath integrating assembly on the right, fluid valve assembly, reagent preheating assembly, valve assembly on the back panel, sheath valve assembly in the optical system and RBC fluid valve assembly at the front board. The removal of the valve is quite simple, remove the 2 screws that fixed the valve and pull it outward a little, disconnect the cables at the back and then remove the valve. For magnetic valve on the valve assembly, open the left door and start removing; For magnetic valve on the 9-63
RBC fluidic valve assembly, open the front cover——>open the left door——>remove the left lower cover——>take off the fluorescent reagent package——>remove the RBC module cover——>remove the valve; For valve fix on the right of the analyzer, open the right door——>unscrew the bath integrating assembly——>remove the valve. The removal difficulty is the various tubes connected the connectors, the tubes shall be disconnected strictly based on the removal procedure, or the connectors may be damaged, or the deteriorated sealing performance after reconnecting the tubes may cause higher risks of leakage.
1)
Disconnect the lines connected the valve with diagonal pliers or tweezers with even force. The tubes at the mouth of the valve can be cut by the blade.
2)
Remove the 2 screws fixed the valve with cross-head screwdriver and pull the valve out slowly.
3)
After the valve is pulled out a little, remove the connector of the valve tube and the valve can be removed.
4)
Replace a new valve and connect the tube connector and fix the valve onto the bracket, since the tubing connecting the valve is distorted, replace new tubes to ensure there is no leakage of air and fluid.
Figure 9-70 Removal of the tubes
Figure 9-71 Removal of the Mindray valve No.-
Name
FRU code
No.-
9-64
Name
FRU code
1
2-way Mindray valve
801-3201-00002-00
2
3-way Mindray valve.
801-3201-00003-00
3
Pressure-resistant 2-way Mindray valve.
801-3201-00004-00
Confirmation
1)
Install the new valve and connect the valve lines, connect the tubes after the valve is fixed;
2)
Start up the analyzer, go to "Maintenance"-"Debug" screen, and go to "Valves Test" in the "Fluidics".
3)
Turn off the pneumatic unit (with button) based on the tips;
4)
Select the "Multi-Tests" item;
5)
Select the position of the valve, tap the valve number to be replaced, perceive whether there is action of the valve carrier rod, check if there is sound of "tuck" and if the valves work normally.
Figure 9-72 Valve debug screen
9-65
9.36 Burkert Valve
Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver and #2.5 inner hexagon spanner
Procedure
1)
Open the right door.
2)
Open the bath integrating assembly.
3)
Remove all the tube and line connectors that are connected to the Burkert valve, and remove the 2 M3 screws that fix the Burkert valve with #2.5 inner hexagon spanner, then the Burkert valve can be removed.
① ② ③ ④
Figure 9-73 Removal of the Burkert valve No.-
Name
FRU code
1
3-way Burkert valve
801-3201-00020-00
2
2-way Burkert valve
801-3201-00019-00
No.-
Name
FRU code
3
Bracket of Burkert valve
\
4
M3x12 inner hexagon screw
\
Confirmation
1)
After replacing the Burkert valve, connect the cables and tubes.
2)
The confirmation action of the Burkert valve is the same as that of the Mindray valve, 9-66
which is detecting the status and observing the sound of the blue protrusion.
9.37 Waste Valve
Tools NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
1)
Open the right door.
2)
Disconnect the tubes connected to the waste valve, remove the 2 M3 screws that fixed the waste valve bracket with NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver, and pull the waste valve with the bracket out a little, and then disconnect the cable connector at the end of the waste valve to remove the waste valve and the bracket.
3)
Remove the 2 screws that fix the waste valve to the bracket with NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver, and then the waste valve can be removed.
Figure 974 Removal of the waste valve No.-
Name
FRU code
1
Waste valve
801-3201-00011-00
3
M3X8 screws (fixing the waste valve)
2
Bracket
/
4
M3X8 screws (fixing the bracket)
of
the
No.-
9-67
Name
waste valve
Confirmation
1) The confirmation action of the waste valve is the same as that of the Mindray valve. After starting up the analyzer, tap the No. of the waste valve in the valve debug screen to check if the valve works properly.
9.38 Gas Valve
Tools M1.5 cross-headed screwdriver, 107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
Note: The valves on the analyzer include the Mindray valve, 3 way pressure normally closed gas valve, 3 way pressure normally open (-11) gas valve, and two-position 5-way gas valve. They are mainly located on the left of the gas valve assembly. 1)
Use the cross-headed screwdriver to unscrew the screws that fix the gas valves.
2)
Disconnect the cables and lines on the valves.
3)
Remove the 2 screws that fix the 2-way valve with 107 cross-headed screwdriver, disconnect the cables and lines and the valves can be removed.
4)
Pay attention of the model of the valves, one is GA0101E1 while the other is GA010E1-11, which cannot be mistaken. The sealing rubber washer can not be dropped, or it may cause air leakage on the confluence board.
Figure 9-75 Gas valve and two-position 5-way gas valve
Figure 9-76 Sealing rubber washer at the bottom of the gas valve 9-68
No.1
Name
FRU code
Gas valve GA010E1
M6Q-020002---
2
No.3 4
Name
FRU code
Gas valve GA010E1-11
801-3100-00010-00
Gas valve 0104E1-21 (two-position 5-way)
801-3201-00071-00
Confirmation
1)
Start up the analyzer.
2)
The confirmation action is the same as that of the Mindray valve debug. Go to the "Valve Test" screen in the software, and tap relevant valve No., if the indicator is on, the power of the valve is normal.
9.39 SMC 2-way Fluidic Valves
Tools Cross-head screwdriver and tweezers
Procedure
Note: There SMC 2-way fluidic valves are only used in 2 valves, which are SV08 and SV09. 1)
Power off the analyzer.
2)
Open the front cover assembly add take off the left lower cover.
3)
Open the left door of the analyzer.
4)
Disconnect the tubes and lines connected to SV8 and SV9 with tweezers.
5)
Remove the SMC fluidic valve with the cross-headed screwdriver and disconnect the lines.
6)
Replace the fluidic valve and connect the lines.
① Figure 9-77 Removal of SMC valve 9-69
No.1
Name
FRU code
No.-
SMC 2-way Fluidic valve assembly
801-3201-00063-00
Name
FRU code
Confirmation
1)
After starting up the analyzer, complete fluidics initialization and overall priming of the analyzer.
2)
Run several fresh blood samples to make sure RBC measurement works normally.
9.40 Probe Wipe of the Open-Vial Module
Tools Tweezers
Procedure
1)
Pull the probe wipe assembly of the open-vial module down to the lowest position, and then remove it from the sample probe.
2)
Separate the probe wipe from the probe wipe assembly along the shedding direction, pull it out from the bracket along the direction of the arrow.
3)
Disconnect the tubing from the probe wipe with tweezers.
4)
Replace the probe wipe; connect the tubing of the waste and the diluent, put in onto the bracket.
Figure 9-78 Removal of the probe wipe of the open-vial module No.1
Name
FRU code
No.-
Probe wipe of the open-vial module
041-005497-00
Confirmation 9-70
2
Name Bearer of probe wipe
FRU code the
/
1)
After starting up the analyzer, run open-vial sample analysis, and check if the probe wipe moves normally along the sample probe.
2)
Check and make sure there is no liquid leakage around the probe wipe of open-vial module during the washing process of the probe wipe and exterior wall of sample probe.
9.41 Optical System Tools NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure Note: After replacing the optical system, you need to re-calibrate the optical gain and check if the scattergrams of fresh blood sample analysis are normal. No.
Name
FRU Code
No.
1
Optical system
801-3201-00034-00
Name
FRU Code
1)
Check and make sure the analyzer is shut down and the power cord is unplugged;
2)
Wear a pair of clean rubber gloves (disposable) and take proper electrostatic prevention measures;
3)
Remove the top cover and right door of the analyzer, as shown in Figure 9-79;
Figure 9-79 Removing the top cover and right door 4)
Remove the screw fixing the panel of chamber assemblies to open the panel and get 9-71
to the right side of the optical system, as shown in Figure 9-80.
Figure 9-80 Open the panel of chamber assemblies 5)
Remove the 2 M3x8 cross-recessed panhead composite screws (with washer) fixing the flow cell tray with a cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the tray, as shown in Figure 9-81;
Flo Sample preparation tubing of WBC bath
SV18, SV19 SV26 Flow
SV20
SV45
Figure 9-81 Fluidic structure of the optical system 6)
Disconnect the tubes shown in Figure 9-81. If the reagent comes out, wipe it up with tissues or wet cloth to prevent from corrosion.
7)
Remove the 4 M4x8 cross-recessed panhead composite screws (with washer) shown in Figure 9-82 with the cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the heating wire of the detection assembly (HEAT-Flux / red) and the temperature control connector (T4-Flux / white), as shown in Figure 9-82 and Figure 9-83; 9-72
Figure 9-82 Optical system fixing screws
T4-Flu HEAT-F
Figure 9-83 Temperature control connector of the detection assembly 8)
Unplug D-J2, D-J17 and E-J4 from the mother board of the analyzer one by one, and then remove the heating control board, as shown in Figure 9-84.
9-73
Figure 9-84 Optical system fixing screws 9)
Remove the 4 M4x8 cross-recessed panhead composite screws (with washer) shown in Figure 9-84 with the cross-headed screwdriver;
10) Hold the optical system with both hands and move it upwards vertically; 11) Install the new optical system in the reverse order of the steps above.
Confirmation 1)After replacing the optical system, you need to prime the fluidic system, confirm the proper functioning of the optical system and re-calibrate the optical gain. 2)Follow the steps below to check the optical system and re-calibrate the optical gain:
This chapter describes how to test the optical system by using standard particles to verify the status of the optical system. 7um standard particles are used for the check and calibration. There are two standard particle test modes, which are Latex(CAL) mode and Latex(Debug) mode. The CAL (calibration) mode use the same sequence as normal whole blood analysis, while the Debug mode use a dedicated sequence for the optical system. Test must be done in the two modes. Note: the standard particle mixture ratios of the two modes are different, please pay attention to the ratios.
1.Confirmation in Latex(Debug) mode Prepare standard particle 9-74
7um standard particle: 5ml purified water + +1 drops of standard particle
Tap "Calibration" - "Optical Gain" in the system menu. Select "Latex(Debug)" in the "Mode" area. Present the prepared 7um standard particles to the open vial sample probe, press the aspirate key to start analysis. When the analysis finished, check if the standard particle results are in required range. Record the data of which the "Total" is more than 2000. The scattergrams are supposed to be with well congregated particles, and without tiering or tailing. The requirements for the 7um standard particle are as follows: Table 9-27um standard particle index of debug mode Module
Standard
Position of FS gravity center
34.00~46.00
FS CV
≤2.3%
Position of SS gravity center
51.00~71.00
SS CV
≤17.2%
Total number of particles
2000~6000
Measured value
Result (Pass/Fail)
Figure 9-85 Optical gain calibration (standard particle debug) screen
2.Standard particle (calibration) mode confirmation 9-75
Prepare standard particle 7um standard particle: 1ml purified water + +4 drops of standard particle
Select "Latex (CAL)" in the "Mode" area of the optical gain calibration screen. Present the prepared 7um standard particles to the open vial sample probe, press the aspirate key to start analysis. When the analysis finished, check if the standard particle results are in required range. Record the data in the total number of particles cell.
Table 9-37um standard particle index of calibration mode Module
Standard
FS CV
≤3.9%
Total number of particles
2000~6000
Figure 9-4
Measured value
Result (Pass/Fail)
Optical gain calibration (standard particle calibration) screen
If the standard particles tested in the Latex(CAL) mode and Latex(Debug) mode both meet requirements, the optical system is working properly. Note: if the CV of the particle is out of expected range, there may be contamination in the optical system. You can perform probe cleanser soaking or wash the flow cell manually to clean.
Note: After the confirmation procedures above are completed, you need to re-calibrate the optical gain. 9-76
Preparations: z
The analyzer is working properly, and its background, optical gain, performance stability and carryover all meet the requirements.
z
The refrigerated RD calibrator must be warmed up in room temperature for at least 15 minutes and then mixed for about 3 minutes (the bottom of the tube is clear and without buildup). Remember to put the calibrator back into refrigerator after it is in room temperature for 1 hour.
1)
Log in the system with R&D password, click "Calibration" - "Optical Gain Calibration" in the system menu. Note: select working material on the mode screen. If calibrators are tested under the standard particle mode, the flow cell may be clogged or get dirty, see the following figure. Under such case, run probe cleanser under open vial mode for 1-2 times and exit the screen, then run blank counting at the analysis screen and the background results meet requirement.
Figure 9-86 Testing calibrator under standard particle mode 2)
Select mode as working material, test the mixed calibrator under open vial mode for 3 consecutive times (the analysis can go on normally only when the screen is not grayed out).
3)
Select the DIFF, BASO, RET and NRBC channel respectively to perform the verification.
4)
The mean of the 3 analysis results will be calculated automatically, including FS, SS and FL.
5)
Enter the calibrator targets of FS, SS and FL channels into the CG Target cell, the relative deviations of the 3 means and the targets will be calculated automatically. The deviations must be smaller than 2%.
Note: Run analysis for 3 times with different channels selected, the optical data of each channel will be displayed. If recommended that you test calibrators first and then enter the targets to avoid making mistake.
9-77
6)
If the deviations of the calibrator means and the targets of all channels are smaller than 2%, the optical channel of the analyzer meets requirements, recalibration is not needed.
7)
If the deviations exceed 2%, click " ", a new gain will be calculated automatically (displayed in the Gain cell). When the FS, SS and FL gains of a channel (e.g. DIFF channel) are calculated, click "Save", the current gains will replaced by the preset gains. When the calibration of DIFF channel finishes, select BASO, RET and NRBC channels to perform the gain calibration operations above. There is no FL direction for the BASO channel. Remember to click "Save" at the screen of each channel. Note: you can only set up the preset gain once. Do not go back the previous screen to set up the gain again after the switching.
8)
When the gain calibration operations are done, switch mode to "Standard Particle", the software will prompt you to clear data, click "OK" and select mode as "Working Material", then run calibrators for 3 times to see if the deviations of the means of DIFF, BASO, RET and NRBC channels and the target are smaller than 2%, if not, perform calibration again until the requirement can be met.
Figure 9-87 Analysis results of calibrator Note: when the calibration requirement is met, take a picture for the verification screen of DIFF, BASO, RET and NRBC channel, or tapping F11 on the USB keyboard to capture the screens, and then save the pictures to a USB.
9-78
9.42 Units in the Autoloader 9.42.1 Loading Unit Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure 1)
Shut down the analyzer, and then remove the autoloader;
2)
Remove the autoloader shell;
3)
Remove the deck plate of the autoloader;
4)
Remove the 4 M3X8 small panhead composite screws with the 107 cross-headed screwdriver as shown in the figure below, disconnect the connecting wire for auto-sampler&PHC2, and then remove the assembly.
Figure 9-88 Removing the loading unit No. 1
Name
FRU Code
Small panhead composite screw M3X8
/
No. 2
Name
FRU Code
Loading unit
801-3201-00038-00
Confirmation 1)
Check if all parts are properly installed and secured;
2)
Check if all communication wires are properly connected;
3)
Start up the analyzer, and check if the autoloader works properly.
9-79
9.42.2 Feeding Unit Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure 1)
Shut down the analyzer, and then remove the autoloader ;
2)
Remove the autoloader shell;
3)
Remove the deck plate of the autoloader;
4)
Remove the 6 M3X8 small panhead composite screws with the 107 cross-headed screwdriver as shown in the figure below, and then disconnect the connecting wire for auto-sampler&PHC2, as well as the gas tubes. Then remove the assembly.
Figure 9-89 Removing the feeding unit No. 1
Name
FRU Code
Small panhead composite screw M3X8
/
No. 2
Name
FRU Code
Feeding unit
801-3201-00039-00
Confirmation 1)
Check if all parts are properly installed and secured;
2)
Check if all communication wires are properly connected;
3)
Start up the analyzer, and check if the autoloader works properly.
9.42.3 Air Cylinder Claw Unit Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver 9-80
Procedure 1)
Shut down the analyzer, and then remove the autoloader;
2)
Remove the autoloader shell;
3)
Remove the deck plate of the autoloader;
4)
Remove the feeding unit;
5)
Remove the 2 small panhead composite screws with the 107 cross-headed screwdriver as shown in the figure below, and then remove the shielding cover;
6)
Loosen the M3X8 small panhead composite screw on the pressing block of the synchronous belt, and then the air cylinder claw is apart from the synchronous belt;
7)
Loosen the 2 screws fixing the towline of the feeding PHC barrier, and then the air cylinder claw is apart from the towline;
8)
Loosen the 4 M3X5 inner hexagon screws with an inner hexagon spanner, and remove them from the slider;
9)
Pull out the gas tube from the towline, and then remove the air cylinder claw unit.
Figure 9-90 Removing the air cylinder claw unit No.
Name
FRU Code
1
Autoloader Cover
\
2
Small composite M3X8
\
3
Cylinder pusher unit
panhead screw
No.
801-3201-00040-00 9-81
Name
FRU Code
4
Pressing block of the synchronous belt 1
\
5
M3X5 inner hexagon screw
\
Confirmation 1)
Check if all parts are properly installed and secured;
2)
Check if all communication wires and gas tube are properly connected;
3)
Start up the analyzer, and check if the autoloader works properly.
9.42.4 Unloading Unit Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure 1)
Shut down the analyzer, and then remove the autoloader;
2)
Remove the autoloader shell;
3)
Remove the deck plate of the autoloader;
4)
Remove the 5 M3X8 small panhead composite screws with the 107 cross-headed screwdriver as shown in the figure below, disconnect the connecting wire for auto-sampler&PHC2, and then remove the assembly.
Figure 9-91 Removing the unloading unit No. 1
Name Small composite M3X8
FRU Code panhead screw
/
No.
Name
FRU Code
Unloading unit
801-3201-00041-00
2
Confirmation 9-82
1)Check if all parts are properly installed and secured; 2)Check if all communication wires are properly connected; 3)Start up the analyzer, and check if the autoloader works properly.
9.42.5 Tube Rack Side Pressing Unit Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure No. 1
Name
FRU Code
No.
Tube rack lateral compressing unit
801-3201-00037-00
Name
FRU Code
1)Shut down the analyzer, and then remove the autoloader; 2)Remove the autoloader shell; 3)Remove the tube rack side pressing unit 4)Remove the circlip with circlip pliers as shown in the figure below, and then remove the tube rack side pressing board; 5)Remove the M5X10 inner hexagon screw and 4 M6X12 inner hexagon screws with the inner hexagon spanner, pull out the gas tube, and then remove the cylinder.
Figure 9-92 Removing the tube rack side pressing unit 9-83
No. 1 2 3 4
Name
No. 8
Inner hexagon bolt, stainless steel, M5X10, passivated
9
Cylinder, thin, single-action, pressed back by spring
10
Small panhead composite screw M3X8, stainless steel
11
Inner hexagon bolt, stainless steel, M6X12, passivated
Cylinder holder Lifting decelerating tube Connector, Ф4X2.5mm rubber tube, M5 Joint block
Name
5
Pressing board shaft
12
Rubber tube. PU, 4mmX2.5mm, transparent
6
Tube rack pressing board
13
Connector, straight coupling, Φ40D,Φ40D
7
Elastic collar for the shaft
Confirmation 1)Check if all parts are properly installed and secured; 2)Check if all communication wires and gas tube are properly connected; 3)Start up the analyzer, and check if the autoloader works properly.
9.42.6 Tube Counter Unit Tools Cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure 1)Shut down the analyzer, and then remove the autoloader; 2)Remove the autoloader shell; 3)Remove the screws fixing the counter unit (next to the back plate of the autoloader) with a cross-recessed screwdriver; 4)Unplug all connecting wires of the counter PHC; 5)Install a new counter unit.
9-84
Figure 9-93 Removing the counter unit No.
Name
FRU Code
No.
7
Guide plate
/
8
Tube counter unit
801-3201-00087-00
9
Name Small composite M4X8
FRU Code panhead screw
/
Confirmation 1)Check if the counter unit is installed correctly. 2)Start up the analyzer, and check if the autoloader works properly.
9.43 Power Board and Power Conversion Board Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure Note: 1. Make sure the analyzer is powered off before replacing for safety reasons; 2. Take proper electrostatic prevention measures.
1) Remove the power supply assembly from the analyzer (see the section of replacing the power supply assembly). 2) Remove the 6 screws fixing the outer shielding cover of the power supply manually, and then remove the outer shielding cover. 3) Remove the 4 screws fixing the inner shielding cover, and then pull out the inner 9-85
shielding cover (do not remove it by pulling the wire). 4) Unplug all wires, remove the M3 screws fixing the power board/power conversion board manually, and then remove the board. 5) Install a new board, and fix it properly. Make sure all wires and components are properly connected, and then install the inner and outer shielding cover. Note: there are 2 protective tubes on the main power board and power conversion board respectively.
Outer shielding
Inner shielding
⑥
④
③
②
①
⑤
Figure 9-94 Components of the power supply board
Figure 9-95 Power supply specification
9-86
No.
Name
FRU Code
1
Main power board
051-000616-00
2
Power conversion board
3
Protective tube
No.
Name
FRU Code
4
Mains filter
006-000155-00
051-000406-00
5
Power switch
801-BA40-00254-00
010-000006-00
6
Power fan and connecting wire
801-3101-00022-00
Confirmation 1)Check the power specification indicated on the side of the power supply assembly while installing, and make sure it meets the requirement; 2)After installation, start up the analyzer, and then check the power related data in the corresponding screens are correct. 3)Run autoloading and open-vial cycles. Check if the analyzer works properly without error report.
9.44 Pressure Detection Board Tools Cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure Note: 1. Power off the analyzer while replacing; 2. The Pressure detection board is above the pressure regulator of the gas valve assembly on the left of the analyzer. 1)Open the left door of the analyzer; 2)Remove the 2 M4X8 screws fixing the gas valve assembly to the front plate, and then open the panel of the gas valve assembly to the right position. 3)Unplug the 6 tubes connecting to the sensor under the pressure detection board using tweezers or diagonal pliers. 4)Remove the 6 M3 screws fixing the pressure detection board and the protection plate to the metal sheet with the cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the pressure detection board. 5)Install a new pressure detection board, and then connect the tubes to the pressure sensors.
9-87
Figure 9-96 Removing the pressure detection board No.
Name
FRU Code
1
Panhead screw with washer, M3X6
/
4
Gap in the valve bracket
2
Protection plate of the detection board
047-003995-00
5
Gas valve bracket
3
Pressure detection board
801-3201-00080-00
No.
Name
FRU Code gas
/
/
Confirmation 1)Start up the analyzer, and check the pressure data in the status screen, making sure there is no error report; 2)Run autoloading and open-vial counts, and check if the analyzer works properly without error report.
9.45 Indicator Board
Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver 9-88
Procedure
Note: the indicator board is on the back of the front cover. 1)Open the front cover and secure it with the stop bar. 2)Unplug the connecting wires of the indicator board, remove the 2 M3 screws fixing the shielding cover of the indicator board with the cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the shielding cover. 3)Remove the 2 M3 screws fixing the indicator board with the cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the indicator board. 4)Install a new indicator board, and then plug all connecting wires to it.
Figure 9-97 Removing the indicator board No.
Name
FRU Code
No.
1
Front cover
/
2
Indicator Board
801-3101-00031-00
3
Composite screw M3x8
/
9.46 Valve Control Board
Tools Cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure 9-89
Name
FRU Code
4
Shielding cover of the indicator
/
5
Composite screw M3x8
/
There are 2 valve control board in the analyzer, one on the back of the gas valve assembly, and one on the middle plate. 1)Open the left door; 2)Open the panel of the gas valve assembly; 3)Unplug all wires connecting to the valve control board; remove the 4 M3 screws fixing the valve control board with the NO. 107 cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the control board.
Figure 9-98 Removing the valve control board No.
Name
FRU Code
1
Gas valve bracket
/
2
Valve control board (on the gas valve assembly)
051-000329-00
No.
Name
FRU Code
3
Panhead screw with washer, M3X6
/
4
Valve control board (on the middle plate)
051-000329-00
Confirmation
1) Startup the analyzer, and check if all valves work properly.
9-90
9.47 Heating Control Board
Tools Cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure 1)Open the front cover; 2)Unplug all wires connecting to the heating control board; remove the 6 M3 screws fixing the heating control board with the NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the heating control board.
Figure 9-99 Removing the heating control board No.
Name
FRU Code
1
Panhead screw with washer, M3X6
/
2
Heating control board
051-000328-00
No. 3
Name
FRU Code
Heating control board bracket
/
Confirmation
1) Start up the analyzer and check if the heating of all baths are proper.
9-91
9.48 Data Board and Power Drive Board
Tools NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
Note: the integrated PCBA includes the data PCBA and driver board PCBA, the removing procedure of which are the same. 1) Open the left door and the front cover; 2) Unplug all wires needed for removing the board (for data board PCBA, you need to the top cover of the shielding box before unplugging the wires inside the shielded area); remove the 2 M4 screws fixing the assembly with the NO. 107 cross-headed screwdrivers, pull the 2 PCBA holders outwards and make the PCBA apart from the mother board to remove it.
Figure 9-100 Removing the integrated PCBA No.
Name
1
Drive PCBA
2 3
FRU Code board
No.
Name
FRU Code
051-000326-00
5
Top cover of shielding box
Composite screw M4x8
\
6
Panhead screw with washer, M3X6
\
PCBA holder
\
7
Mother board PCBA
\
9-92
the
042-001893-00
4
Data PCBA
board
051-000596-00
① ② ③ ④
Figure 9-101 Service parts on the data board No.
Name
FRU Code
1
COME module
023-000230-00
2
Button cell
M05-100R29-02
No.
Name
FRU Code
3
CF card
801-3201-00072-00
4
Data board bottom shielding cover
042-001894-00
Confirmation 1) Start up the analyzer and check if it can run samples properly without error.
9.49 Mother Board
Tools NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure 1)Open the left door and the top cover; 2)Remove the data board assembly and drive board assembly; 3)Remove the M4 screws fixing the tray holders with the cross-headed screwdriver, and remove the tray holders (2 pieces).
9-93
Figure 9-102 Removing the mother board -1 No.
Name
No.
Name
1
Tray holder -1
3
Tray holder -2
2
Circuit bracket
4
Composite screw M4x8
4)Open the front cover; remove the 4 M4 screws (2 fixing the bracket to the back plate, 2 fix it to the front plate) fixing the circuit board bracket with the NO.107 screwdriver, and then remove the circuit board bracket.
Figure 9-103 Removing the mother board -2 9-94
No.
Name
No.
Name
1
Front plate
3
Composite screw M4x8
2
Circuit bracket
4
Back plate
5)Open the panel of the gas valve assembly; 6)Unplug all wires connecting to the mother board; remove the 15 M3 screws fixing the mother board using the NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the mother board.
Figure 9-104 Removing the mother board -3 No. 1
Name
FRU Code
Mother Board
051-000327-00
No. 2
Name
FRU Code
Panhead screw with washer, M3X6
/
9.50 Liquid Level Detection Board
Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
The liquid level detection board is on the right back of the analyzer. Remove it following the steps below: 1) Open the right door; 2) Open the panel of chamber assemblies; 9-95
3) Unplug all tubes and wires connecting to the liquid level detection board, raise the protective shield of the board, remove the 4 M3 fixing screws with the NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the liquid level detection board.
④ Figure 9-105 Removing the liquid level detection board No.
Name
FRU Code
1
Liquid level detection board
051-000565-00
2
Panhead screw with washer, M3X6
\
No.
Name
FRU Code
3
Protective shield of liquid level detection board
047-003942-00
4
Reagent detecting tube
043-000829-00
Confirmation 1)Start up the analyzer and check the reagent detection function works properly.
9.51 Network Port Patching Board
Tools NO.107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
1)
Open the Left Door
2)
Rotate and open the gas valve assembly to make room for removing the network port 9-96
patching board. 3)
Take off the filter and drying assembly.
4)
Disconnect all lines connected to the network port patching board, and remove the 4 M3 screws that fix the board with the NO. 107 cross-headed screwdriver to take it off.
Figure 9-106 Removal of the network port patching board No.1
Name
FRU code
Small network board
051-000595-00
No.2
Name
FRU code
M3x6 cross-headed screw with pad
\
Confirmation
1) After starting up the analyzer, check if the network connection of the analyzer and the PC is normal.
9.52 Diluent Heating Control Board
Tools
Cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
1)
Open the left door of the analyzer and open the valve integrating assembly.
2)
The diluent heating board is in the partition. Disconnect the lines connected to the board and remove the screws that fix the board with the cross-headed screwdriver. 9-97
3)
Replace the diluent heating board.
①
Figure 9-107 Replacing the diluent heating board No.1
Name
FRU code
Diluent heating control board
051-000919-00
No.-
Name
FRU code
Confirmation
1)
After starting up the analyzer, check if the heating function of the diluent heating control board is normal.
9.53 Touchscreen Control Board
Tools Cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
1)
Open the front cover of the analyzer and fix it with the stop bar. 9-98
2)
Take off the shielding cover of the touchscreen control board (on the back of the touchscreen assembly) with the cross-headed screwdriver.
3)
Remove off the screws that fix the touchscreen control board and replace the board.
① Figure 9-108 Replacing the touchscreen control board No.1
Name Touchscreen control board
FRU code
No.-
Name
FRU code
801-3100-00230-00
Confirmation
1)
After starting up the analyzer, check if the touchscreen works properly.
9.54 Pneumatic Unit Control Board
Tools Cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
1)
Shut down the analyzer and disconnect the power cord of the pneumatic unit.
2)
Open the left and right doors of the pneumatic unit with the cross-headed screwdriver.
3)
Open the top cover of the pneumatic unit with a cross-headed screwdriver. 9-99
4)
Remove the protection shielding cover of the pneumatic control board.
5)
Remove the pneumatic control board and replace with a new one.
6)
Install the top cover and side doors of the pneumatic unit.
①
Figure 9-109 Replacing the pneumatic control board No.-
Name
1
Pneumatic unit control board
FRU code
No.-
Name
FRU code
051-000760-00
Confirmation
1) After starting up the analyzer, check if the pneumatic unit works properly.
9.55 Boards inside the Optical System
Tools Cross-headed screwdriver and inner hexagon spanner
Procedure
Note: Be sure to power off the analyzer with replacing the boards inside the optical system. 1)
Power off the analyzer.
2)
Open the top cover of the analyzer.
3)
Remove the shielding cover of the optical system.
4)
Replace the laser drive board. 9-100
5)
Replace the FS preamplification board.
6)
Replace the SS preamplification board.
7)
Replace the fluorescence signal assembly.
④ ① ③ ②
Figure 9-110 Replacing the boards inside the optical system No.-
Name
FRU code
No.-
1
3 Laser Drive Board
2
PCBA of FS scatter preamplification board
051-000318-00
4 051-000319-00
FRU code
PCBA of SS scatter preamplification board
051-000320-00
Fluorescence signal assembly
801-3201-00079-00
Confirmation
1)
After starting up the analyzer, check if the optical system works properly.
2)
After replacing the board, the optical gain must be re-calibrated; for more details, see Chapter 6 Optical System.
9.56 Cap Assembly
Tools /
1)
Name
Procedure Shut down the analyzer. 9-101
No.-
2)
Wear a pair of gloves and then screw off the reagent cap assembly.
3)
Install a new cap assembly.
Name
FRU code
No.-
1
M-68LN NRBC lyse cap assembly
801-3201-00058-00
2
M-68D diluent assembly
801-3201-00053-00
3
M-68DR RET diluent cap assembly
801-3201-00054-00
4
M-68LB BASO lyse cap assembly
801-3201-00055-00
5
M-68LH LH assembly
801-3201-00056-00
6
M-68LD DIFF lyse cap assembly
lyse
cap
cap
Name
FRU code
7
Fluorescent reagent cap assembly (FN)
801-3201-00084-00
8
Fluorescent reagent cap assembly (FD)
801-3201-00085-00
9
Fluorescent reagent cap assembly (FR)
801-3201-00086-00
10
Waste cap assembly (6800 direct discharge)
801-3201-00060-00
11
Waste cap assembly (waste container)
801-3110-00070-00
801-3201-00057-00
9.57 Transformer
Tools Cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
1)
Power off the analyzer.
2)
Open the left door of the analyzer.
3)
The transformer is beside the power supply assembly.
4)
Disconnect the lines that are connected to the transformer.
5)
Screw off the M4 screws that fix the transformer with the cross-headed screwdriver.
6)
Take out the transformer and replace it with a new one.
7)
And then connect all the wires.
9-102
①
Figure 9-111 Removal of the transformer No.1
Name Transformer
FRU code
No.-
Name
FRU code
006-000121-00
Confirmation
1)
After starting up the analyzer, check if the preheating baths are functioning properly, as the transformer provides heating AC power.
9.58 Replacing the Wires
Tools Cross-headed screwdriver, cutting pliers
Procedure
1)
Open the side door or top cover of the analyzer.
2)
Disconnect the damaged wires and replace them with new ones.
Description of the wire markers: The wire marker in Figure 9-112 is D-J19/C00948-0.1, in which D suggests board type (motherboard), J19 suggests port No. in the board, C000948 is the numbers in the middle of the wire code (the FRU code of the wire is 009-000948-00, and you can apply the wire needed using the code); and 0.1 is the version No.. 9-103
Figure 9-112 Wire marker
Confirmation
1)
Make sure the wires are correctly connected.
2)
Make sure the analyzer works properly after being started up.
9.59 Replacing the Connectors
Tools
107 cross-head screwdriver, nipper pliers, cutting pliers and monkey spanner
Procedure
Note: The connectors that need to be replaced include 5-way waste connector, the BNC socket of waste sensor, the helical connector connected to the gas pipe, and the manually screwed Teflon connector. 1)The 5-way waste connector is on the back panel; screw off the 2 cross-headed screws, and then take off the liquid tube to replace the connector. 2)The BNC socket of waste sensor is on the back panel inside the analyzer. Remove the screws that fix the socket with the nipper pliers, and take off the wires connected to it, then replace the socket and re-connect the wires. 3)Remove the screws that fix the helical connector with the monkey spanner, and replace with a new one. 4)The Teflon connect can be taken off by hand. Be sure not to drop the white tapered fastener inside the Teflon connector when replacing it.
9-104
①
② ③
Figure 9-113 Connectors on the back panel
④
⑤
Figure 9-114 Connectors 9-105
No.-
Name
FRU code
No.-
1
HEADER RF BNC socket 50ohm
509B-10-05973
2
Waste connector(5-way) (FRU)
801-3110-00112-00
3
Connector, helical connector, Φ6OD,M14
M6Q-030001---
4 5
Name
FRU code
Connector, CNS, 1/4-28
082-000525-00
Pipe hoop, 0.16"x0.19"
082-000526-00
Note: When installing the CNS connector, be sure to install the white pipe hoop together to ensure the leak tightness.
9.60 Components inside the Assemblies
Tools Cross-head screwdriver, inner hexagon spanner, nipper pliers, and cutting pliers.
Procedure
1)
Take out the assembly from the analyzer.
2)
Replace the components inside the assembly, like motors and belt.
3)
And then connected the wires.
4)
Make sure the analyzer works properly after being started up.
⑥ Figure 9-115 Longitudinal feeding pusher No.1
Name
FRU code
Linear guide rail
032-000134-00
No.4 9-106
Name
FRU code
Synchronous
M6C-010002---
belt wheel 2 3
Stepper motor
0000-10-10985
Synchronous belt wheel
M6C-010001---
5
Synchronous belt
M6C-020006---
6
Photocoupler
011-000021-00
⑦
Figure 9-116 Latitudinal feeding pusher No.-
Name
FRU code
1
Synchronous belt wheel
M6C-010002--
2
Linear guide rail
032-000134-00
3
Stepper motor
3100-21-49048
4
Synchronous belt wheel
M6C-010001---
No.-
9-107
Name
FRU code
5
Synchronous belt
M6C-020006---
6
Drag chain
BA33-10-35085
7
Photocoupler
011-000021-00
②
③
④
①
Figure 9-117 Unload unit 1
⑤
⑥
Figure 9-118 Unload unit 2 No.-
Name
FRU code
Stepper motor
0000-10-10985
2
Synchronous belt wheel
M6C-010001---
3
Synchronous belt
801-3110-00155-00
1
No.-
9-108
Name
FRU code
4
Synchronous belt wheel
M6C-010002--
5
Photocoupler
011-000021-00
6
Linear guide rail
M6H-010003---
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
Figure 9-119 Manual loading assembly
No.-
Name
FRU code
Stepper motor
801-3005-00004-00
2
Synchronous belt wheel
M6C-010001---
3
Synchronous belt
801-3110-00084-00
1
No.-
9-109
Name
FRU code
4
Linear guide rail
M6H-010001---
5
Synchronous belt wheel
M6C-010002---
6
Photocoupler
011-000021-00
②
③ ④
①
⑤ ⑥
Figure 9-120 Auto mixing assembly No.-
Name
FRU code
1
Lifting cylinder
M6Q-010002---
2
Linear guide rail
M6H-010004---
3
Oil buffer
082-000620-00
No.-
Name
FRU code
4
Linear guide rail
M6H-010003---
5
Stepper motor
0000-10-10985
6
Telescoping cylinder
M6Q-010003---
③ ② ①
Figure 9-121 Piercing unit No.1
Name
FRU code
No.-
Linear guide rail
M6H-010009---
9-110
3
Name
FRU code
Photocoupler
011-000021-00
2
Piercing cylinder
082-000143-00
9.61 Replacing the Photocoupler (PHC/Sensor) 9.61.1 Open-vial Probe Wipe PHC
Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
1) Open the front cover and secure it with the stop bar; 2) Pull the wipe carriage to separate the PHC barrier from the wipe PHC, and then unplug the connecting wire. 3) Remove the M4 screw fixing the PHC using the cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the wipe PHC. 4) Install a new PHC or the old one after it is repaired.
Figure 9-122 Removing the open-vial probe wipe PHC No.
Name
FRU Code
No.
1
Open-vial probe wipe PHC barrier
\
2
Open-vial probe wipe PHC
011-000021-00
3
9-111
Name
FRU Code
Cross-recessed panhead screw M4X10
\
9.61.2 Front Cover PHC
Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
1) Open the front cover and secure it with the stop bar; 2) Unplug all wires to the PHC; 3) Remove the M4 screw fixing the PHC using the cross-headed screwdriver, and then remove the PHC. 4) Install a new PHC or the old one after it is repaired.
Figure 9-123 Removing the front cover PHC No.
Name
FRU Code
1
Front plate
\
2
Front cover PHC
011-000021-00
No. 3
9.61.3 Syringe PHC
Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver
9-112
Name
FRU Code
Panhead screw M4X10
\
Procedure
1) Open the left door, and then the panel of gas valve assembly; 2) Then you can see the PHC mounting plate on the back of the 2.5ml syringe and 250ul syringe assembly on the middle plate, and the PHC mounting plate on the back of the 100ul syringe assembly on the front plate. Remove the mounting plates with the screwdriver. 3) Install a new PHC. 4) See the section of syringe replacing for reference.
9.61.4 PHCs in the Autoloader Note: the layout of the PHCs and connected parts in the autoloader are shown in the figure below.
Figure 9-124 PHCs in the autoloader
Type
Name
Interruptible
Unloading pusher home position sensor
photoelectric sensor
Feeding motor position sensor
Function
home
Unloading motor initialization Feeding motor initialization
Last tube rack unloading position sensor
Determine the initial position of unloading for the last tube rack
Loading
Loading motor initialization
motor
home
9-113
ID of connecting wire SE2 SE3 SE4
SE5
position sensor Loading motor position sensor
Micro-switch
end
Determine the end position of the loading motor
SE6
Tube rack home position counter
Detect the position of the tube racks on the right tray
SE7
Tube rack end position counter
Detect the position of the tube racks on the left tray
SE8
Unloading tray detection sensor
state
Detect whether the unloading tray is full
SE29
detection
Detect whether there is any tube rack on the loading tray
S2
Tube Rack micro-switch
Tub Rack Detection Micro-Switch
Tools M1.5 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
1) Remove the micro-switch with the cross-headed screwdriver; 2) Unplug the connecting wire of the micro-switch. Install a new micro-switch and plug the connecting wire.
No. 1
Name
FRU Code
Micro-switch
M07-00143S---
No.
Name
FRU Code
PHC of Tube Counter Unit
Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
1) Shut down the analyzer, and then remove the autoloader; 2) Remove the autoloader shell; 3) Remove the whole counter unit; 4) Remove the M4X10 cross-recessed panhead screw with the 107 cross-headed screw driver, and then remove the PHC in the counter, and replace with a new one.
9-114
Figure 9-125 Removing the PHC of Tube Counter Unit No.
Name
FRU Code
1
Sensor
011-000022-00
No. 3
Name
FRU Code
Cross-recessed panhead screw M4X10
\
PHC of Loading Unit See 9.60.
PHC of Feeding Unit See 9.60.
PHC of Unloading Unit See 9.60.
Unloading Tray State Detection PHC (Transmissive)
Tools Cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
Note: this PHC is the same with the tube detection PHC. 1) Remove the autoloader assembly; 2) Remove the autoloader shell; 9-115
3) Remove the transmissive PHC with the screwdriver, and unplug the wires; 4) Install a new PHC.
Figure 9-126 Removing the unloading tray state detection PHC No.
Name
FRU Code
1
Transmissive PHC
2
Mounting plate of the transmissive PHC
No.
Name
FRU Code
801-3201-00036-00
Small panhead composite screw M3X8
\
\
Deck plate of the autoloader (A)
\
9.61.5 PHC of the Auto Mixing Assembly
Tools 107 cross-headed screwdriver
Procedure
1) Open the front cover and the left door of the analyzer; 2) Find the PHC of the mixing assembly, and the remove the fixing screw with the cross-headed screwdriver. Install a new PHC.
9-116
Figure 9-127 Location of the PHC and stepping motor No.
Name
No.
Name
1
Piercing cylinder PHC
5
Pincher rotation home position PHC
2
Pincher lifting end position PHC
6
Pincher rotation stepping motor
3
Pincher lifting home position PHC
7
Pincher telescoping end position PHC
4
Pincher rotation end position PHC
8
Pincher telescoping home position PHC
All PHCs in the mixing assembly shares one material code. Their FRU codes are as follows: No.
Name
FRU Code
1
Sensor
011-000021-00
No.
Name
FRU Code
9.61.6 Blood sensor
Tools A set of inner hexagon spanners
Procedure
1) Open the front cover and secure it with the stop bar; 2) There are 2 blood sensors, both on the left of the SRV. Remove the inner hexagon screws fixing the sensors using the inner hexagon spanner. Unplug the connecting 9-117
wires, and then remove the sensors; 3) Install new sensors.
① ②
Figure 9-128 Removing blood sensors No. 1
Name
FRU Code
Blood sensor
011-000041-00
No. 2
Name
FRU Code
M3 inner hexagon screw
/
9.61.7 Fluorescent Reagent Sensor
Tools A set of inner hexagon spanners
Procedure
1) Open the front cover of the analyzer; remove the inner hexagon screw fixing the sensor with the spanner;
①
②
Figure 9-129 Removing fluorescent sensor 9-118
No. 1
Name
FRU Code
Fluorescent reagent sensor
011-000047-00
No. 2
Name
FRU Code
M3 inner hexagon screw
/
9.61.8 Tube Maintenance
Tools Blade, tweezers, cross-headed screwdriver
Note: ¾
Since Tube 9 is a hard gas tube, use tweezers or diagonal pliers while plugging and unplugging. Do not use violence in service which may damage the parts that the tube is connected to (e.g. valve port);
¾
The tube connecting the piercing probe and the SRV is of fixed capacity. When this tube is damaged, make a FRU application for a new one to replace.
¾
In SRV maintenance, after the TEFLON tube is unplugged, it shall be replaced by a new one, since loose connection may cause the formation of too may crystals, and the performance of the analyzer may compromise.
¾
Double tube can not be replugged since the TEFLON tube inside may get damaged and lead to liquid leakage. Therefore, replace any double tube if it is unplugged in maintenance.
Note: the tube from the piercing probe to the SRV is a independent unit in FRU, and is calibrated separately. If you want to replace this tube, unscrew the connector to the bottom of the piercing probe, remove the blood sensor, and then remove the tube and install a new one.
①
Figure 9-130 Autoloading sampling tube 9-119
No. 1
Name
FRU Code
No.
Autoloading sampling tube
801-3201-00044-00
Name
FRU Code
9.61.9 Other Parts
Tools /
Procedure
1) Put on gloves and replace manually.
①
② Figure 9-131 Service parts 1
④
③ Figure 9-132 Service parts 2 No. 1
2
Name Waste collecting tray (SRV) Waste collecting tray (autoloading)
FRU Code
No. 3
801-3100-00205-00 4 801-3110-00156-00
9-120
Name
FRU Code
Waste collecting tray (open-vial)
043-000672-00
Tube rack (rotating scanning supported)
801-3201-00062-00
No. 1
2
Name
FRU Code
No.
Hand-held barcode scanner, with USB connector
3 023-000056-00
Supporting board of diluent container (FRU)
801-3110-00167-00
9-121
Name
FRU Code
Tube rack (syringe tube)
801-3110-00194-00
10 Error Code 10.1 Overview There are 2 areas for error information in count screen. One is “message area” which is on the right side and the other one is at the bottom which is called “error area”. Please refer to Figure10-1 for details. The reason why we divide it into 2 parts is to separate errors of analyzer itself from errors which come from samples.
Message Area
Error Area M-68DR expired Figure 10-1 Error Information Areas
In message area, there are mainly 3 kinds of messages, insufficient aspiration, clogging and HGB analysis abnormal. Normally, insufficient aspiration is displayed in WBC Message area, while clog and HGB channel abnormal are displayed in RBC Message area. Information of Message Area is resulted by 2 possibilities. 1: If algorithm detects abnormal result, it will display message in message area. This kind of message does not have error code and we don’t need to pay too much attention to it. 2: Abnormal is detected from signals. For example, blood sensor detects aspiration abnormal. It also may be caused by clumped blood, so it is not recognized as analyzer error thus it is displayed in Message Area. Normally, if there is information in Message Area, user doesn’t need to do other operation but to re-test or re-collect blood sample. 10-1
Information in Error Area mainly indicates errors of analyzer itself, such as pressure or temperature abnormal, reagent insufficient, etc. When this kind of error happens, it needs user to do some certain operation to remove the error, or it needs engineer to solve the problem. For errors in Error Area, you can find the error code and description when you click it, very easy and clear to understand. As long as we know the possible causes, we can repair it accordingly. Figure 10-2 shows the screen after clicking the Error Area.
Figure 10-2 Error Code and Description in Error Area
In DMU log, Error of Message Area is classified as Error Event, while Error of Error Area is in both Error Event and Report Error, referring to Figure10-3. So to find Error Area errors we only need to check Report Error item. For errors in Message Area, we can only separate them by error codes. Error code is like this: 0X3201XXXX-XXXX-XXXX, in which the first 8 bits are error codes while the rest 2 segments respectively indicate the current software and the sequence which analyzer is running when error happens. Error code of Message Area starts with 0X3201, while Error Area error code starts with 0X0000.
Figure 10-3 Error Code in Log
10-2
10.2 Message Area Error 10.2.1 Insufficient Aspiration
Principle In autoloader mode, analyzer detects if aspiration is sufficient by analyzing signals from blood sensors. As shown in Figure 10-4, there are 2 sensors, the first one is before SRV and the second is after SRV. The first sensor detects sample before it goes into SRV while the second sensor detects sample after it goes out of SRV. Analyzer judges aspiration status according to the signals of these two sensors and notifies user if it is abnormal.
Figure 10-4 Principle of Blood Aspiration
Error Code Table 10-1 Error Code for Insufficient Aspiration
Error ID
Error Name
Principle
Possible Reasons
0x32010001
Insufficient aspiration
Blood sensor 1 detects tiny bubbles inside sample.
Can only be seen in error Log. It will not affect test result and no need for troubleshooting.
0x32010002
Insufficient aspiration
Blood sensor 1 does not detect sample during the second time aspiration.
Sample not enough;
0x32010003
Insufficient aspiration
Blood sensor 1 detects bubbles in the 20ul sample area during the second time aspiration.
1)Sample not enough;
0x32010004
Insufficient aspiration
Blood sensor 1 does not detect blood signal after the isolation air.
1)Analyzer does not
10-3
2)Blood is viscous;
aspirate sample;
2)Sample tube is empty;
The tube from piecing needle to SRV is not standardized;
0x32010005
Insufficient aspiration
Blood sensor 1 detects sample but blood sensor 2 does not
0x32010014
Insufficient aspiration
Blood sensor 1 detects bubbles in the end of 4ul sample area during the second time aspiration.
1)Sample not enough;
0x32010015
Insufficient aspiration
Blood sensor 1 does not detect isolation air signal.
Blood clots block piercing needle;
0x32010016
Insufficient aspiration
Blood sensor 1 detects signal which seems like diluent after isolation air.
High light transmittance sample, such as diluents, WBC linear QC and PLT QC;
0x00000006
Insufficient aspiration
Blood sensor 1 detects many bubbles in the diluent before aspiration.
There are many bubbles in the tube;
0x00000007
Insufficient aspiration
Blood sensor 2 detects many bubbles in the diluent before aspiration.
There are many bubbles in the tube;
2)Blood is viscous;
Possible cause
If “Insufficient Aspiration” error happens very frequently, it may be caused by the following reasons: 1.Anticoagulation is not good which causes blood clotting; 2.Special sample, such as too viscous blood sample(low possibility to happen continuously) or high light transmittance sample; 3.Note: If hospital usually tests this kind of blood sample, it is recommended to disable blood sensor or use open vial model. 4.Piercing needle is blocked; 5.The tube from piercing needle to SRV is not standardized; 6.Tube abnormal, with many bubbles.
10.2.2 Clog
Principle
Software analyzes aperture voltage and pulse signal systematically to decide if there is clog error. If there is clog error, result will not be displayed and system will give error message. 10-4
Error Code Table 10-2 Clog Error Code
Error ID
0x32018002
Error Name
Clogging
Principle Aperture voltage exceeds expected range. Expected range is determined by the following formula, in which T is diluent temperature: 16 * (1 + (29 - T) *1.8%) − 2.0 < Vhole < 16 * (1 + (29 - T) *1.8%) + 2.0
0x32018003
Clogging
In the period from the 5 to 11.8s after constant current starts up analyzer will detect aperture voltage every 0.1s. If there are 3 continuous dots whose total variance exceeds 5AD, analyzer will report clogging error
0x32018004
Clogging
Impedance signal is interfered. In this case, algorithm will analyze statistic information of pulse signal’s morphologic status to determine if it is abnormal
Clogging
Caused by aspiration problem. Blood sensor1 detects bubbles in the 4ul sample area of the tube. 4ul area is mainly used for HGB and RBC channel. If lots of tiny bubbles are detected, error will be given out
0x32010013
NOTE: Principle of error code 0013 is different from others. This error is given out by checking aspiration status. In order to prevent RBC and HGB parameter from fluctuating, analyzer will give clog error if blood sensor1 detects lots of tiny bubbles in the sample area which is used for RBC and HGB channel. Normally user only needs to retest if this error happens and problem will be removed.
Possible Reasons:
Normally clog error does not happen continuously and frequently. If it happens just by chance, we just need to click Remove Error to remove it. If it happens continuously, it might be caused by the following reasons: 1.Sample probe blocked; 2.Aperture blocked; 3.Signal interfered; 4.Bubbles exist in the end of aspirated sample.
10-5
10.2.3 HGB Analysis Abnormal
Principle
Software detects HGB channel signal and result. If there is anything abnormal, it will give error.
Error Code Table 10-3 HGB Channel Error Code
Error ID
Error Name
0x00008028
HGB analysis abn
Principle 1)Sensor detects that sample for HGB channel is abnormal, such as bubbles; 2)There are no bubbles for mixing in HGB channel.
NOTE: It is different from HGB background abnormal.
Possible Reasons:
If it happens continuously, it might be caused by the following reasons: 1.No bubble is generated for mixing. Please check if tube T206 and T208 are blocked or if there is liquid left in these tubes, which may result no bubbles for mixing; 2.SV 71 problem, broken or dirty;
10.3 Error Area Error 10.3.1 For Reagents
Principle
Detection principle is the same for lyses and diluent. When there is reagent, signal from the sensor will be different from that when there is no reagent. When reagents go through the detection tube, analyzer will detect the signal from sensor and give out error message if abnormal. Please refer to Figure10-5. Sensors for fluorescence reagents are the same to blood sensor, so is the principle.
10-6
Sensor
Detection tube
Reagent container
Figure 10-5 Reagent Detection Principle Errors for reagents consist of no reagent error, reagent insufficient error, reagents need to be replaced or primed after being reloaded, reagents expired and reagent sensor error.
Error Code
1)No Reagent Error Error is given out when detection sensor detects that there is no reagent or there are bubbles in the detection tube. It may be caused by broken connector, tubing leaking or empty reagent container. The difference between no reagent error and reagent insufficient is that: When there is no reagent error, registered reagent volume has not run out and normally user can remove it by clicking Remove Error. If there is really no reagent, user needs to reload new reagent barcode and replace reagent. Table 10-4 No Reagent Error Code Error ID
Error Name
Principle
0x00001001
No M-68DS DILUENT
Reagent detection board detects bubbles or no reagent in DS diluent detection tube.
0x00001002
No M-68LH LYSE
Reagent detection board detects bubbles or no reagent in LH lyse detection tube
0x00001003
No M-68LD LYSE
Reagent detection board detects bubbles or no reagent in LD lyse detection tube
0x00001004
No M-68LB LYSE
Reagent detection board detects bubbles or no reagent in LB lyse detection tube
0x00001005
No M-68DR DILUENT
Reagent detection board detects bubbles or no reagent in DR diluent detection tube
0x00001006
No M-68LN LYSE
Reagent detection board detects bubbles or no reagent in LN lyse detection tube
10-7
0x00001053
0x00001054
No M-68FD DYE
No M-68FR DYE
Fluorescent reagent detection sensor detects bubbles or no fluorescent reagent for Diff channel Fluorescent reagent detection sensor detects bubbles or no fluorescent reagent for RET channel
0x00001055
No M-68FN DYE
Fluorescent reagent detection sensor detects bubbles or no fluorescent reagent for NRBC channel
0x00001080
No M-68 NRBC Kit
Analyzer detects bubbles or no reagent in either LN channel or FN channel
0x00001081
No M-68 RET Kit
Analyzer detects bubbles or no reagent in either DR channel or FR channel
2)Reagent Insufficient Error is given out when registered reagent volume runs out. In this case, you need to reload new reagent barcode and replace reagent. Table 10-5 Reagent Insufficient Error Code Error ID
Error Name
Principle
0x00001041
Insufficient M-68DS diluent
Registered volume of M-68DS diluent runs out
0x00001042
Insufficient M-68DR diluent
Registered volume of M-68DR diluent runs out
0x00001043
Insufficient M-68LD LYSE
Registered volume of M-68LD lyse runs out
0x00001044
Insufficient M-68LN LYSE
Registered volume of M-68LN lyse runs out
0x00001045
Insufficient M-68LB LYSE
Registered volume of M-68LB lyse runs out
0x00001046
Insufficient M-68LH LYSE
Registered volume of M-68LH lyse runs out
0x00001047
Insufficient M-68FN DYE
Registered volume of M-68FN runs out
0x00001048
Insufficient M-68FR DYE
Registered volume of M-68FR runs out
0x00001049
Insufficient M-68FD DYE
Registered volume of M-68FD runs out
0x00001082
Insufficient M-68 NRBC Kit
Registered volume of M-68 NRBC kit runs out
0x00001083
Insufficient M-68 RET Kit
Registered volume of M-68 RET kit runs out
10-8
3)After reloading analyzer will prime or replace reagent. After loading new barcode, software will give error. Please click Remove Error and analyzer will replace or prime reagent automatically. If the former reagent is expired, analyzer will execute priming after loading new barcode. If it is not expired, analyzer will execute replacing. Table 10-6 Error Code for Priming or Replacing Reagent after Loading Error ID
Error Name
Principle
Prime after loading M-68DS diluent
If M-68DS is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent.
Prime after loading M-68DR diluent
If M-68DR is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent
0x00001063
Prime after loading M-68LD LYSE
If M-68LD is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent
0x00001064
Prime after loading M-68LN LYSE
If M-68LN is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent
0x00001065
Prime after loading M-68LB LYSE
If M-68LB is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent
0x00001066
Prime after loading M-68LH LYSE
If M-68LH is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent
0x00001067
Prime after loading M-68FN DYE
If M-68FN is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent
0x00001068
Prime after loading M-68FR DYE
If M-68FR is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent
0x00001069
Prime after loading M-68FD DYE
If M-68FD is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent
0x00001071
Replace after loading M-68DS diluent
If M-68DS is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing reagent;
0x00001072
Replace after loading M-68DR diluent
If M-68DR is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing
0x00001061
0x00001062
10-9
reagent;
Replace after loading M-68LD LYSE
If M-68LD is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing reagent;
Replace after loading M-68LN LYSE
If M-68LN is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing reagent;
Replace after loading M-68LB LYSE
If M-68LB is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing reagent;
Replace after loading M-68LH LYSE
If M-68LH is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing reagent;
Replace after loading M-68FN DYE
If M-68FN is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing reagent;
Replace after loading M-68FR DYE
If M-68FR is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing reagent;
Replace after loading M-68FD DYE
If M-68FD is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing reagent;
0x00001084
Prime after loading M-68 NRBC Kit
If M-68 NRBC kit is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent;
0x00001085
Prime after loading M-68 RET Kit
If M-68 RET kit is expired, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to prime reagent;
Replace after loading M-68 NRBC Kit
If M-68 NRBC kit is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing reagent;
Replace after loading M-68 RET Kit
If M-68 RET kit is used up, after loading new barcode, software will request customer to execute replacing reagent;
0x00001073
0x00001074
0x00001075
0x00001076
0x00001077
0x00001078
0x00001079
0x00001086
0x00001087
10-10
4)Reagent Expired Reagent exceeds expiration period. Please load new barcode and execute priming. Table 10-7 Reagent Expired Error Code Error ID
Error Name
Principle
0x00001011
M-68DS DILUENT expiredM-68DS DILUENT exceeds expiration period
0x00001012
M-68LH LYSE expired
M-68LH LYSE exceeds expiration period
0x00001013
M-68LB LYSE expired
M-68LB LYSE exceeds expiration period
0x00001014
M-68LD LYSE expired
M-68LD LYSE exceeds expiration period
0x00001015
M-68DR DILUENT expiredM-68DR DILUENT exceeds expiration period
0x00001016
M-68LN LYSE expired
M-68LN LYSE exceeds expiration period
0x00001017
M-68FD DYE expired
M-68FD DYE exceeds expiration period
0x00001018
M-68FR DYE expired
M-68FR DYE exceeds expiration period
0x00001019
M-68FN DYE expired
M-68FN DYE exceeds expiration period
5)Reagent Sensor Error It includes waste floater and fluorescent reagent sensor error. Table 10-8 Error Code for Reagent Sensor Error ID
Error Name
Principle
0x00001056
DIFF fluorochrome sensor error
Self-test voltage of diff channel fluorescent reagent sensor exceeds normal range
0x00001057
RET fluorochrome sensor error
Self-test voltage of RET channel fluorescent reagent sensor exceeds normal range
NRBC fluorochrome sensor error
Self-test voltage of NRBC channel fluorescent reagent sensor exceeds normal range
Waste container full
Waste floater flows up. When analyzer detects open circuit signal it will report error (When floater does not flow up, the circuit is closed).
0x00001058
0x00001010
10.3.2 Temperature Error
Principle 10-11
Temperature controlling system includes pre-heating bath, reaction bath and analyzer temperature. Analyzer uses a sensor to detect temperature inside the analyzer. For pre-heating bath and reaction bath, heating system consists of 3 parts, heater, temperature sensor and overheat protector. Heater is used for heating, temperature sensor for detecting while protector is used for protecting. Temperature error is divided into two kinds, working temperature error and running temperature error. Running temperature error means analyzer detects that temperature is abnormal while testing sample or executing some sequence and gives error. Working temperature error means analyzer detects that temperature is abnormal when it is not running sample test. Temperature error also can be divided into 4 kinds: low, high, extremely low and extremely high. Extremely low or extremely high means temperature exceeds the required working temperature, and test is not allowed. Low or high means temperature exceeds running temperature and user can also run test but result may become inaccurate.
Error Code
1)Startup Temperature Error Table 10-9 Temperature Error Code for during Startup Error ID
Error Name
Principle
0x00002011
Reaction bath temperature initialization process abnormal
During startup, after long time’s waiting, temperature in reaction bath is still low than 39ºC
0x00002012
Flow cell temperature initialization process abnormal
During startup, after long time’s waiting, temperature in flow cell is still lower than 29ºC
0x00002013
Sheath fluid bath temperature initialization process abnormal
During startup, after long time’s waiting, temperature in sheath fluid bath is still 3ºC lower than target
0x00002014
Optical system temperature initialization process abnormal
During startup, after long time’s waiting, temperature of optical system is still lower than 30ºC
0x00002015
Preheating bath temperature initialization process abnormal
During startup, after long time’s waiting, temperature in pre-heating bath is still 3ºC lower than target
0x00002016
Diluent temperature initialization process abnormal
During startup, after long time’s waiting, temperature of diluent is still lower than12ºC
2)Analyzer Temperature Error Table 10-10 Error Code for Analyzer Temperature 10-12
Error ID
Error Name
Principle
0x00002101
Analyzer temperature high
Analyzer working temperature is in the range of(36ºC ~45ºC)
0x00002102
Analyzer temperature low
Analyzer working temperature is in the range of(3ºC ~12ºC)
0x00002103
Analyzer high
temperature
extremely
Analyzer working temperature is higher than 45ºC
0x00002104
Analyzer low
temperature
extremely
Analyzer working temperature is lower than 3ºC
0x00002111
Analyzer temperature high
Analyzer running temperature is in the range of( 36ºC ~45ºC)
0x00002112
Analyzer temperature low
Analyzer running temperature is in the range of( 3ºC ~12ºC)
0x00002113
Analyzer high
temperature
extremely
Analyzer running temperature is higher than 45ºC
0x00002114
Analyzer low
temperature
extremely
Analyzer running temperature is lower than 3ºC
3)Working Temperature of Reaction Bath and Heating Bath Table 10-11 Error Code for Working Temperature of Reaction Bath and Heating Bath Error ID
Error Name
Principle
0x00002021
Reaction bath temperature high
Reaction bath working temperature is in the range of (45 ºC ~ 46 ºC)
0x00002022
Flow cell temperature high
Flow Cell working temperature is in the range of (38ºC ~ 45ºC)
0x00002023
Sheath fluid bath temperature high
Sheath chamber working temperature is 3ºC higher than target but lower than 45ºC
0x00002024
Optical system temperature high
Optical system working temperature is in the range of (38ºC ~ 45ºC)
0x00002025
Preheating bath temperature high
Pre-heating bath working temperature is 3ºC higher than target but lower than 59ºC
0x00002026
Diluent temperature high
Diluent working temperature is in the range of (42ºC ~ 45ºC)
0x00002031
Reaction bath temperature low
Reaction bath working temperature is in the range of (38ºC ~ 39ºC)
10-13
0x00002032
Flow cell temperature low
Flow cell working temperature is in the range of (28ºC ~ 29ºC)
0x00002033
Sheath fluid bath temperature low
Sheath fluid bath working temperature is 3ºC lower than target but higher than 28ºC
0x00002034
Optical system temperature low
Optical system working temperature is in the range of (28ºC ~ 30ºC)
0x00002035
Preheating bath temperature low
Preheating bath working temperature is 3ºC lower than target but higher than 38ºC
0x00002036
Diluent temperature low
Diluent working temperature is in the range of (3ºC ~ 12ºC)
0x00002041
Reaction bath extremely high
temperature
Reaction bath working temperature is higher than 46ºC
0x00002042
Flow cell temperature extremely high
Flow cell working temperature is higher than 45ºC
0x00002043
Sheath fluid bath extremely high
temperature
Sheath chamber working temperature is higher than 45ºC
0x00002044
Optical system extremely high
temperature
Optical system working temperature is higher than 45ºC
0x00002045
Preheating bath extremely high
temperature
Pre-heating bath working temperature is
0x00002046
Diluent temperature extremely high
Diluent working temperature is higher than 45ºC
0x00002081
Reaction bath extremely low
temperature
Reaction bath working temperature is lower than 38ºC
0x00002082
Flow cell temperature extremely low
Flow cell working temperature is lower than 28ºC
0x00002083
Sheath fluid extremely low
temperature
Sheath fluid bath working temperature is lower than 28ºC
0x00002084
Optical system extremely low
temperature
Optical system working temperature is lower than 28ºC
0x00002085
Preheating bath extremely low
temperature
Preheating bath working temperature is lower than 38ºC
0x00002086
Diluent temperature extremely low
bath
higher than 59ºC。
Diluent working temperature is lower than 3ºC
4)Running Temperature Error of Reaction Bath and Heating Bath 10-14
Table 10-12 Error Code for Reaction Bath and Heating Bath Error ID
Error Name
Principle
0x00002051
Reaction bath temperature high
Reaction bath running temperature is in the range of (45ºC ~ 46ºC)
0x00002052
Flow cell temperature high
Flow cell running temperature is in the range of (38ºC ~ 45ºC)
0x00002053
Sheath fluid bath temperature high
Sheath chamber running temperature is 3ºC higher than target but lower than 45ºC
0x00002054
Optical system temperature high
Optical system running temperature is in the range of (38ºC ~ 45ºC)
0x00002055
Preheating bath temperature high
Preheating bath running temperature is 3ºC higher than target but lower than 59ºC
0x00002056
Diluent temperature high
Diluent running temperature is in the range of (42ºC ~ 45ºC
0x00002061
Reaction bath temperature low
Reaction bath running temperature is in the range of (38ºC ~ 39ºC)
0x00002062
Flow cell temperature low
Flow cell running temperature is in the range of (28ºC ~ 29ºC)
0x00002063
Sheath fluid bath temperature low
Sheath fluid bath running temperature is 3ºC lower than target but higher than 28ºC
0x00002064
Optical system temperature low
Optical system running temperature is in the range of (28ºC ~ 30ºC)
0x00002065
Preheating bath temperature low
Preheating bath running temperature is 3ºC lower than target but higher than 38ºC
0x00002066
Diluent temperature low
Diluent running temperature is in the range of (3ºC ~ 12ºC)
0x00002071
Reaction bath extremely high
temperature
Reaction bath running temperature is higher than 46ºC
0x00002072
Flow cell temperature extremely high
Flow cell running temperature is higher than 45ºC
0x00002073
Sheath fluid bath extremely high
temperature
Sheath chamber running temperature is higher than 45ºC
0x00002074
Optical system extremely high
temperature
Optical system running temperature is higher than 45ºC
0x00002075
Preheating
temperature
Preheating bath running temperature is
bath
10-15
extremely high
higher than 59ºC
0x00002076
Diluent temperature extremely high
Diluent running temperature is higher than 45ºC
0x00002091
Reaction bath extremely low
temperature
Reaction bath running temperature is lower than 38ºC
0x00002092
Flow cell temperature extremely low
Flow cell running temperature is lower than 28ºC
0x00002093
Sheath fluid extremely low
temperature
Sheath fluid bath running temperature is lower than 28ºC
0x00002094
Optical system extremely low
temperature
Optical system running temperature is lower than 28ºC
0x00002095
Preheating bath extremely low
temperature
Preheating bath running temperature is lower than 38ºC
0x00002096
Diluent temperature extremely low
bath
Diluent running temperature is lower than 3ºC
Possible Reasons This kind of error is mainly caused by: Power source for heating is broken, such as transformer; Heater damaged; Temperature sensor broken
10.3.3 Pressure Error
Principle
Analyzer has 6 pressure sensors which are PS1—PS6, detecting 250KP, 160KPA, 40KPA, 70KPA, -40KPA and -70KPA respectively. Analyzer will detect pressure regularly. If there is any pressure out of normal range, it will give error. Pressure error is divided into two situations. The first situation is when analyzer is running test which we call running status and the other situation is when analyzer is not running test which we call static status.
Error Code
1)Static Pressure Errors Table 10-13 Error Code for Static Pressure Error ID
Error Name
Principle
0x00003011
250kPa pressure out of range
250KPa static pressure exceeds normal range (210,290)KPA
0x00003012
160kPa pressure out of range
160KPa static pressure exceeds normal
10-16
range(150,170)KPA 0x00003013
70kPa pressure out of range
70KPa static pressure exceeds normal range(60,80)KPA
0x00003014
40kPa pressure out of range
40KPa static pressure exceeds normal range(30,50)KPA
0x00003015
-40kPa vacuum out of range
-40KPa static pressure exceeds normal range(-35,45)KPA
0x00003016
-70kPa vacuum out of range
-70KPa static pressure exceeds normal range(-50,-75)KPA
250kPa pressure out of range
System detects 250KPA pressure all the time. If it exceeds the range(150,300)KPA, analyzer will give error
0x00003031
2)Pressure in Running Status Table 10-14 Error Code for Running Status Pressure Error ID
Error Name
Principle
0x00003021
250kPa pressure out of range
250KPa running pressure(during counting) exceeds normal range(150,170)KPA
0x00003022
160kPa pressure out of range
160KPa running pressure(during counting) exceeds normal range
0x00003023
70kPa pressure out of range
70KPa running pressure(during counting) exceeds normal range(60,80)KPA
0x00003024
40kPa pressure out of range
40KPa running pressure(during counting) exceeds normal range(30,50)KPA
0x00003025
-40kPa vacuum out of range
-40KPa running pressure(during counting) exceeds normal
0x00003026
-70kPa vacuum out of range
-70KPa running pressure(during counting) exceeds normal range(-50,-75)KPA
range(-35,-45)KPA
Possible Reasons
Pressure error is caused mainly by the following reasons: Pressure sensor damaged; Pneumatic unit damaged; Components of air system damaged, such as filter and air drier; Tubing leaking; Liquid is primed back into air system
10-17
10.3.4 Floater Error
Principle
When floater is at top position output signal of the floater is different from that when it is at lower position. System detects the signal of floater to determine liquid status in the chamber. If abnormal, error will be given out. Chambers which use floater are DIL chamber, FCM chamber, SCI chamber, WC1 chamber and WC2 chamber.
Error Code Table 10-15 Error Code for Floater
Error ID
Error Name
Principle
DIL cistern floater error
After finishing DIL chamber priming, analyzer will check floater status. Normally it should be FULL now. If EMPTY, it will give error
0x00004302
FCM cistern floater error
After finishing FCM chamber priming, analyzer will check floater status. Normally it should be FULL now. If EMPTY, it will give error
0x00004303
SCI cistern floater error
After finishing SCI chamber priming, analyzer will check floater status. Normally it should be FULL now. If EMPTY, it will give error
WC1 floater error
After finishing WC1 chamber draining, analyzer will check floater status. Normally it should be EMPTY now. If FULL, it will give error
WC2 floater error
After finishing WC2 chamber draining, analyzer will check floater status. Normally it should be EMPTY now. If FULL, it will give error
0x00004301
0x00004304
0x00004305
Possible Reasons
Floater error may be caused by broken floater, liquid priming or draining problem.
10.3.5 Analyzer Status Error
Principle
System detects analyzer status by sensors, including front cover and optical system. There are 2 kinds of errors for front cover error. The first one happens when it is running test, whose error removing does not cost long time. The other kind happens when analyzer is running test or executing other liquid sequence. Analyzer will reset the system 10-18
during removing error, so it will cost longer time.
Error Code Table 10-16 Analyzer Status Error Code
Error ID
Error Name
Principle
Front cover open
Analyzer detects that front cover sensor is not blocked when it is running test or executing other sequence
0x00006002
Optical system cover open
There is a micro switch on the cover of optical system. When it is covered, the switch is pressed. If the cover is opened, analyzer will give error
0x00006003
Front cover open
Analyzer detects that front cover sensor is not blocked when it is not running any sequence
0x00006001
10.3.6 Syringe Error
Principle
Analyzer has one RBC syringe(100ul), one WBC syringe(250ul) and one whole blood syringe(2.5ml). Each syringe has one motor and one home sensor. System detects sensor signal to check if syringe is working normally. If abnormal, error will be given out.
Error Code Table 10-17 Error Code for Syringe
Error Code
Error Name
0x00004402
RBC error
syringe
0x00004403
RBC error
syringe
0x00004404
RBC error
syringe
0x00004405
RBC error
syringe
0x00004406
RBC
syringe
Principle Analyzer does not detect correct moving signal of RBC syringe RBC syringe motor position is different from expected(It should be at the home position but actually home position sensor is not blocked ) RBC syringe motor position is different from expected(It should not be at the home position but actually home position sensor is blocked ) RBC syringe motor position is different from expected (It should be at the home position but actually home position sensor is not blocked). It is detected when analyzer gives aspiration or priming command, while 0x00004403 detects at the beginning of movement RBC syringe motor position is different from expected (It should not be at the home position but actually home 10-19
error
position sensor is blocked). It is detected when analyzer gives aspiration or priming command, while 0x00004404 detects at the beginning of movement
0x00004411
WBC error
syringe
0x00004412
WBC error
syringe
0x00004413
WBC error
syringe
0x00004414
WBC error
syringe
WBC syringe motor position is different from expected(It should be at the home position but actually home position sensor is not blocked ) WBC syringe motor position is different from expected(It should not be at the home position but actually home position sensor is blocked ) WBC syringe motor position is different from expected (It should be at the home position but actually home position sensor is not blocked). It is detected when analyzer gives aspiration or priming command, while 0x00004412 detects at the beginning of movement WBC syringe motor position is different from expected (It should not be at the home position but actually home position sensor is blocked). It is detected when analyzer gives aspiration or priming command, while 0x00004413 detects at the beginning of movement
0x00004415
WBC error
0x00004420
Whole blood aspiration syringe error
Analyzer does not detect correct moving signal of Whole blood aspiration syringe
0x00004421
Whole blood aspiration syringe error
Whole blood aspiration syringe motor position is different from expected(It should be at the home position but actually home position sensor is not blocked )
0x00004422
Whole blood aspiration syringe error
Whole blood aspiration syringe motor position is different from expected(It should not be at the home position but actually home position sensor is blocked )
0x00004423
Whole blood aspiration syringe error
Whole blood aspiration syringe motor position is different from expected (It should be at the home position but actually home position sensor is not blocked). It is detected when analyzer gives aspiration or priming command, while 0x00004421 detects at the beginning of movement
0x00004424
Whole blood aspiration syringe error
WBC syringe motor position is different from expected (It should not be at the home position but actually home position sensor is blocked). It is detected when analyzer gives aspiration or priming command, while 0x00004422 detects at the beginning of movement
syringe
Analyzer does not detect correct moving signal of WBC syringe
Possible Reasons
Syringe error is mainly caused by broken motors, broken sensors or hardware problem. 10-20
10.3.7 Error for Mixing Unit and Autoloader
Principle
Both of Mixing unit and autoloader determine position status by checking sensor signal. If abnormal, analyzer gives error.
Error Code Table 10-18 Error Code for Mixing unit and Autoloader
Error ID
Error Name
Principle
0x00004502
Probe wipe error
In open vial mode, the sensor of sampling unit does not detect correct action of probe wipe
0x00004601
Stirring motor error
Sensor detects that mixing motor is not rotating or rotation speed is not enough
Pincher abnormal
Sensor does not detect correct movement for the cylinder of pincher (horizontal) or the cylinder does not arrive at the expected position in specified time
0x00005007
Pincher abnormal
Sensor does not detect correct movement for the cylinder of pincher (vertical) or the cylinder does not arrive at the expected position in specified time
0x00005013
Mixing module abnormal
Sensor does not detect correct action for mixing module
0x00005020
Piercing module abnormal
It is expected that there is tube at the piercing position but it is detected that sensor is not blocked
0x00005021
Piercing module abnormal
It is expected that there is no tube at the piercing position but it is detected that sensor is blocked
0x00005025
Autoloader not properly initialized
If any component of autoloader, mixing module and scanning unit(optional) failed in self test, analyzer will give error
Feeding module error
Tube rack is moved manually during testing, then counter sensor will detect abnormal signal and give error
0x00005029
Feeding module error
When feeding, start position and end position sensor will detect together. If the signal is abnormal, error will be given out
0x00005030
Cannot unload since the unloading end position
Unloading module end position sensor is blocked
0x00005001
0x00005028
10-21
photo coupler is blocked
0x00005031
Feeding module blocked
Tube rack is not unloaded because of abnormal action. When executing autoloader initialization and resetting, tube rack is detected in the feeding area
0x00005032
Unloading module error
Unloading module sensor does not detect correct unloading action
0x00005034
Tube rack not properly accommodated
When autoloader is loading tube rack, micro switch does not detect tube rack
0x00005038
Feeding module error
Sensor does not detect normal vertical movement of feeding assisting pin
0x00005041
Feeding module error
Feeding module sensor does not detect correct feeding action
0x00005045
Rotary scanning module action unidentified
Rotary scanning module sensor does not detect correct vertical movement for rotation head or it is not in the expected status
0x00005051
Barcode reading error
Barcode length out of limit or barcode reading overtime
0x00005052
Internal barcode scanner error
Internal barcode scanner self test failed. If scanner is damaged or not connected you will get this error
0x00005070
Unloading tray full
Unloading tray end sensor is detected to be blocked
Possible Cause
This kind of error is mainly caused by: 1. Motor broken 2. Sensor broken 3. Position is not adjusted 4. User operation problem
10.3.8 Power Supply Error
Principle Analyzer detects the power output to check if power module is normal or not.
Error Code Table 10-19 Error Code for Power Supply 10-22
Error ID
Error Name
Principle
0x00006013
Power supply error
+12v of drive control board exceeds normal range (10.8,13.2)V
0x00006014
Power supply error
+24v of drive control board exceeds normal range(22.0,29.0)V
0x00006015
Power supply error
A12V exceeds normal range
0x00006016
Power supply error
A-12V exceeds normal range(-12.6,-11.4)V
Possible Reasons
Error can be caused by boards, power input or fuse problem.
10.3.9 System Error
Principle
Analyzer determines if it is abnormal by detecting signal or test result.
Error Code Table 10-20 Error Code for System
Error ID
Error Name
Principle
0x00006021
Background abnormal
Background exceeds specified range
0x00006022
Not initialized startup
Analyzer does not finish the whole startup process
0x00008001
HGB abnormal
HGB blank voltage exceeds the range of (3.2, 4.8)V
0x00008005
Laser emitter needs to be replaced
Before the analyzer is shipped from our factory or when replacing optical system, system will record the initial PD current. If the actual value is 5% higher or lower than this recorded value, analyzer will report Laser PD current abnormal error
0x00008007
Fluorescent abnormal
RBC count in RET channel is more than 5000 and CG position of Fluorescent channel is lower than 320
in
signal
10-23
11 Preventive Maintenance 11.1 Tools and Consumables 11.1.1 Instruction This manual introduces maintenance for BC-6800/6600, including maintenance contents, maintenance frequency and parts that need to be replaced regularly.
11.1.2 Tools Num
Name
Quantity
1
Cross-headed screw driver
1 pc
2
Flat tip screw driver
1 pc
3
M2.5 Allen wrench
1 pc
4
diagonal cutting pliers
1 pc
5
Nippers
1 pc
6
Blade
1 pc
Remark
11.1.3 Consumables Num
Name
Quantity
1
Gloves
2-3 pairs
2
Paper
1 Roll
3
Middle-sized Cable Tie
8 pcs
4
Cotton Swab
1 bag
11-1
Remark
5
Cleaning tissue
3 pcs
6
Probe Cleanser
1 bottle
7
5ml Syringe
1 pc
8
7um Standard Particle
9
Middle level Quality Control
2 bottles
To Check Repeatability
10
High level Quality Control
1 bottle
To Check Carry-over
To Check Optical System Status
11.2 Service Plan 11.2.1 Maintenance Frequency It contains quarterly, half yearly and yearly maintenance.
11.2.2 Maintenance Contents
11.2.2.1
Flow chart
11-2
1) Wear gloves when performing maintenance. After maintenance, clean your hands with cleanser or disinfectant. 2) Probe cleanser is one kind of cleanser with strong causticity. Be careful not to let it spill to your skin or clothes. If it spills to your skin or clothes, clean with plenty of water immediately or it may hurt your skin or damage your clothes.
11-3
11.2.2.2
Maintenance Checking List
Hospital name:
Department:
Person in charge:
Model:
Serial number:
Telephone:
Frequency
Contents
Jan
Feb
Clean open vial sample probe and probe wipe Clean piercing needle and probe wipe Check piercing needle attrite status Quarterly Clean open-vial waste tray (By User) Clean piercing waste tray Probe cleanser maintenance Check device state Half-Yearly (By Engineer)
Clean share valve and waste tray for SRV Clear crystal in syringe(Just in case) Check waste chamber floater Check buffer bath
11-4
Mar
Apr
May
June
July
Aug
Sept
Oct
Nov
Dec
Check air filter Check tube pincher for autoloading mode Check mixer of WBC bath Maintain the tube for pinch valve Check the tube for HGB bubble mixing Check reagent cap assembly Replace piercing needle Replace sheath fluid filter and NRBC pump Yearly (By Engineer)
Clean the nets for whole device heat-dissipating and filtering Clean crystal of solenoid valves(Just in case) Replace rotation pressing head
11-5
11.2.2.3
Steps
Quarterly maintenance
Item Clean open vial sample probe and probe wipe
Maintenance contents y
y
Clear the bloodstain at the bottom of probe wipe Clean exterior surface of sample probe
Steps
Tools and Consumables
(1)
Remove diluent tube and waste tube from the probe wipe;
Nippers
(2)
Take out probe wipe;
Cleaning tissue
(3)
Add some drops of probe cleanser onto the bloodstain which is on the bottom of probe wipe and keep soaking for 3 minutes;
Probe cleanser
(4)
Clean probe wipe with water;
(5)
Clean exterior surface of sample probe by cleaning tissue with probe cleanser. Leave probe cleanser to the sample probe for soaking. Clean it with water after 3 minutes;
(6)
Reassemble the probe wipe and connect relevant tubes;
(7)
Run background test for 3~5 times to make sure there is no water remaining at sample probe and probe wipe;
11-6
Remark
Item Clean piercing needle and probe wipe
Maintenance contents y
y
Check piercing needle attrite status
y
Steps
Clean bloodstain on the top of probe wipe Clean bloodstain the end piercing needle
(1)
(2)
at of
Check piercing needle attrite status
Tools and Consumables
Clean the bloodstain with probe cleanser and leave probe cleanser to the sample probe for soaking. Clean it with water after 3 minutes;
Cleaning tissue
Caution:
Probe cleanser
1)Bloodstain in the piercing hole must be cleared. If you cannot clear it, please drip some drops of probe cleanser into it and soak until the piercing hole becomes clean.
Wipe the bloodstain at the end of piercing needle via cleaning tissue with probe cleanser. Leave probe cleanser to sample probe for soaking. Clean it with water after 3 minutes;;
(3)
Run background test for 3~5 times to make sure there is no water remaining at piercing needle and probe wipe.
(1)
Remove the air tubes for piercing cylinder;
(2)
Push the piercing needle to let it pass through the probe wipe manually. Check the attrite status of piercing needle tip. If it is seriously attrite, please replace it.
11-7
Remark
/
Item
Maintenance contents
Clean open vial waste tray
y
Clean waste tray for piercing
y
Clear the bloodstain
Steps
Tools and Consumables
(1)Take out the waste tray and add some drops of probe
Probe cleanser
cleanser into it; (2)Soak for 3~5 minutes, clean it with water and then put it back;
Clear the bloodstain
(1)
Take out the waste tray and add some drops of probe cleanser into it;
(2)
Soak for 3~5 minutes, clean it with water and then put it back;
11-8
Probe cleanser
Remark
Item Probe cleanser maintenanc e
Maintenance contents y
Maintain the machine with probe cleanser
Steps
Tools and Consumables
1.
Click Menu-Service-Maintenance to enter this screen;
2.
Execute probe cleanser maintenance for flow cell;
3.
Execute probe cleanser maintenance for SRV;
4.
Execute probe cleanser maintenance for BASO channel and NRBC channel;
5.
Execute probe cleanser maintenance for HGB bath and aperture;
6.
Execute probe cleanser maintenance for fluidic(This is for the whole device)s;
11-9
Probe cleanser
Remark Note: 1) Probe cleanser maintenance for fluidics will take 91 minutes, consuming 35ml probe cleanser and 1L diluent; 2) Flow cell, SRV, BASO bath, NRBC bath must be selected when you execute probe cleanser maintenance. Others are optional, according to your actual situation;
Half yearly maintenance
Item
Maintenance contents
Steps
Tools and Consumables
Clea n SRV and wast e tray
y
Clean SRV
1.
Turn off the analyzer and pneumatic unit. Wait for 3 minutes until the pressure is released, then start to disassemble SRV;
y
Clean waste tray
2.
Open the front cover and support it with the supporting bar;
3.
Take out the waste tray and wash it with water;
Remark
M2.5 Allen wrench Cleaning tissue Probe cleanser Syringe
SRV
Waste tray
4.
Move the probe wipe to the bottom position manually until it leaves the sample probe completely;
Caution: If probe wipe does not leave sample probe completely, sample probe may get bent when taking out the outer plate of SRV; 11-10
Sample Probe
Probe Wipe
5.
Cut the cable tie of SRV, loosen the fixing screw of tighten screw, anticlockwise rotate it and take out the tightening screw;
Tightening screw
6.
Take out SRV assembly slowly, making middle plate leave the fixing rod of cylinder. Rotate and take out outer plate. Note that there is diluent in SRV, so please underlay paper to the SRV. When operating, please be careful not to damage the tubing;
11-11
Outer plate of SRV
7.
8.
After moving middle plate out of guide rod, rotate middle plate to reduce the attraction from inner plate. Slide the middle plate to take it out. Note that there is diluent inside, please underlay paper to the SRV. When servicing, don’t pull out SRV by force in case of any damage of inner plate tubing.
Inner plate
Middle plate Caution:
3 Guide rod
1.
11-12
Don’t pull out SRV by force or add too much force on the tubes of inner plate.
9.
Use distilled water or 1:5 diluted probe cleanser to clean the surface of inner and middle plates. Add the diluted probe cleanser to the surface by syringe. Then use cleaning tissue to clear crystal. After cleaning with probe cleanser, use distilled water to wash it again. The cleaning for all the 3 plates are the same.
2.
Reagent may leak from SRV when taking out it. Please prepare some paper or dry tissue to save or clean it.
3.
When taking out the SRV, be careful not to bend the sample probe.
4.
The three plates of SRV are stuck together tightly, please pull and rotate them slowly to reduce liquid attraction. Then slide relatively to take out the plates.
10. During the cleaning make sure there is not any dirt or dust. Be careful not to scratch the surface. If there is dirt on the surface, it may lead blood leakage and get incorrect result. 11. After cleaning, assemble SRV and waste tray in the reverse order, then insert sample probe to probe wipe and move probe wipe to the top of probe. When assembling middle plate, the flat end should be faced up and please put the metal rod between the two stop pieces of cylinder;
11-13
Caution: Please use probe cleanser to do this cleaning but not other kinds of cleanser. SRV has the function of anticorrosion, but we still need to wash all the cleanser off in case of problems caused by other main parts.
Caution:
Flat end
1.
Make sure that the metal rod of middle plate is placed between the two stop pieces of the cylinder, or it may cause error.
2.
Make sure to move the probe wipe to the top position after inserting the sample probe. If the probe wipe stays at the lower position, the analyzer will give error ”Probe wipe movement error” after startup and test will not be allowed;
3.
After SRV is assembled, connect and fix the tubes around as what it was before.
Stop piece
Metal rod 12. Turn on the analyzer and pneumatic unit, and perform complete initialization to make sure the SRV is filled with diluent. Execute background test and make sure that all the parameters are in the normal range. If initialization fails, please execute whole device priming in order to fill SRV with diluent; 13. Run QC test to check if the analyzer is in control. Make sure background, carryover, repeatability are normal and scatter gram is in normal condition;
11-14
Item Clear crystal on syringe
Maintenance contents Clear crystal syringe
Steps on
Tools and Consumables
1.
Open right door and chamber assembly panel;
2.
Check the end point of plunger for 2.5ml syringe and 250ul syringe. If there is leakage from the inside, please replace the syringe assembly. If there is crystal, please use cleaning tissue to clean it;
3.
Open the front cover and check the 100ul syringe plunger’s end point. If there is crystal, please remove it and clean;
4.
After the cleaning, execute several times of test. Check the syringes, make sure there is no leakage;
11-15
Cleaning tissue
Remark Caution: 1)Cleaning is only for a little crystal. If there is much, you need to replace the syringe;
Item Check floater for waste chamber
Maintenance contents y
y
Check floaters WC1 WC2
Steps 1.
of and
Check the floater of waste tank outside of the machine
2.
3.
Tools and Consumables
Open right side door and chamber assembly panel; Check floaters for WC1 and WC2. If the floater is dirty, remove one tube which is on the top cover of the chamber and use syringe to add probe cleanser (concentration more than 40%) into the chamber. Soak for 10 minutes until it is clean; If the customer uses waste container, please take out the cap assembly and check if there is any dirt stuck to the floater. Soak with probe cleanser for 10 minutes until it is cleaned;
11-16
Remark
Probe cleanser
Caution:
syringe
1)When performing probe cleanser cleaning for WC1 and WC2, liquid surface should be higher than floater; 2)Before cleaning waste container floater, please turn off the analyzer in case analyzer enters sleeping mode and waste inside is poured out;
Item Check buffer bath
Maintenance contents yCheck if there is any crystal or liquid inside
Steps 1.
Open the right door and left door;
2.
Open chamber assembly panel (right side), check buffer bath TC1 which is beside WC1 and SCI chamber. If there is much crystal or liquid inside, check if there is reverse pouring;
3.
Open left panel and check TC3 which is under vacuum release valve. If there is much crystal or liquid inside, please find out if any part has problem, troubleshooting;
11-17
Tools and Consumables Cross-headed screwdriver
Remark
Item
Maintenance contents
Check air filter
y
Check if the air filter is full of liquid
Item Check pincher
Steps 1.
Open left door and gas valve assembly panel;
2.
Check air filter which is above power supply unit. There should not be much liquid inside. If there is a lot of liquid inside, the air drier or the drain valve for waste may be defective;
Maintenance contents tube
y
Check pincher
tube
Steps 1.
Open the front panel;
2.
Check if the shape is changed or bent or cannot pinch sample tube tightly. If there is any problem, please replace the pincher;
11-18
Tools and Consumables
Remark
Cross-headed screwdriver
Tools and Consumables Cross-headed screwdriver
Remark
Item Check WBC mixer
Maintenance contents y
Check mixer noise yCheck if there is any crystal at the mixer
Steps 1.
Open the front panel;
2.
Check if there is abnormal sound or big noise when the mixer is working. If yes, please add some lubricating grease. Be careful not to drop the grease into WBC reaction bath;
3.
Check if there is any crystal or impurity on the metal panel which is above mixing unit. If yes, clean it with cleaning tissue and probe cleanser;
11-19
Tools and Consumables Cross-headed screwdriver Probe cleanser Cleansing tissue
Remark
Item
Maintenance contents
Check silica gel tube of pinch valve
Check silica gel tube of pinch valve
Steps
Tools and Consumables
1.
Open the right door and chamber assembly panel;
2.
Turn off the pneumatic unit;
3.
Check the silica tube of PV11~PV13 if there is anything wrong at the pinching position, such as leakage, breakage and so on. If it is OK, please change the pinching position;
11-20
Cross-headed screwdriver
Remark
Item Check tubing for HGB bubble mixing
Maintenance contents y y
Check tubing for HGB bubble mixing; Check the function of HGB bubble mixing and waste draining;
Item
Maintenance contents
Check tube of reagent cap assembly
Check the tube of reagent cap assembly
Steps 1.
Open the front cover;
2.
Take out shielding cover of HGB bath;
3.
Check the bubble mixing tube below HGB bath. It is connected with a T connector. Make sure the inner Teflon tube is 4mm out of the connector;
4.
Run sample test, make sure HGB bubble mixing is normal and waste can be drained smoothly;
Steps 1.
Check the tube at the back of the analyzer and make sure the tubes for all the lyses, diluents are not sharply bent and no leakage;
2.
Tidy up the tubes to make sure they will not be pressed and bent;
3.
Check tubes for fluorescence reagent to make sure they are well connected;
11-21
Tools and Consumables
Remark
Cross-headed screwdriver
Tools and Consumables /
Remark
Yearly Maintenance
Item
Maintenance contents
Clean heat dissipation and filtering net for whole device
Clean the heat dissipation(for rear panel fan) and filtering net for whole device
Steps 1.
Take out the heat dissipation net from the back panel of analyzer;
2.
Clean it with water;
3.
Re-assemble it after it is dry;
Item
Maintenance contents
Check crystal for solenoid valve
Check if there is crystal for solenoid valve
Steps 1.
Open the front cover and chamber assembly panel at the right side;
2.
Check if there is any crystal on the valves. If yes, remove it and clean relevant part;
11-22
Tools and Consumables
Remark
/
Tools and Consumables Cross-headed screwdriver Cleaning tissue
Remark
11.3 Status Check During PM visit, please kindly check working status according to the following table:
NO.
Description
Reference
250KPa
250±20 KPa
□Pass
□Fail
3 months
2
-70KPa
NO Error Message
□Pass
□Fail
3 months
3
160KPa
160±5 KPa
□Pass
□Fail
3 months
4
70KPa
70±1 KPa
□Pass
□Fail
3 months
5
40kPa
40±1 KPa
□Pass
□Fail
3 months
6
-40KPa
-40±0.5 KPa
□Pass
□Fail
3 months
1
Inspection Item Pressure/Vacuum
Result
Remark
7
HGB Blank voltage
HGB Blank Voltage
4.5±0.1 V
□Pass
□Fail
3 months
8
Sensor voltage setting
Blood sensor
2.30~2.40V
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
Fluorescence reagent sensor
2.30~2.40V
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
Result
Remark
9
NO.
Inspection Item
Description
Reference
10
Background
WBC
≤ 0.1 × 109 / L
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
11
Open vial-Whole
DIFF-WBC
≤ 0.2 × 109 / L
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
11-23
Value
12
blood
NRBC-WBC
≤ 0.2 × 109 / L
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
13
Autoloader-Whole blood
RBC
≤ 0.02× 1012/ L
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
RBC-o
≤ 0.02× 1012/ L
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
HGB
≤1g/L
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
16
PLT
≤ 5 × 109 / L
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
17
PLT-o
≤ 5 × 109 / L
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
18
Particle Quantity
2000~6000
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
FS CG position
34.00~46.00
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
FS CV
≤2.3%
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
21
SS CG position
51.00~71.00
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
22
SS CV
≤17.2%
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
14 15
Open vial-Prediluted
19 20
Standard particle (Latex Debug)
23
Standard particle
Particle Quantity
2000~6000
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
24
(Latex CAL)
FS CV
≤3.9%
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
25
Diff channel
Shape and position normal
/
□Pass
□Fail
3 months
26
Baso channel
Shape and position normal
/
□Pass
□Fail
3 months
27
NRBC channel
Shape and position normal
/
□Pass
□Fail
3 months
28
Ret channel
Shape and position
/
□Pass
□Fail
3 months
Fresh blood scatter gram
11-24
normal 29
WBC
≤1.0%
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
30
RBC
≤1.0%
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
31
Carry over
HGB
≤1.0%
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
32
Open vial-Whole blood
HCT
≤1.0%
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
PLT
≤1.0%
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
RBC-O
≤1.5%
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
35
WBC-D
≤1.0%
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
36
WBC-N
≤1.5%
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
Group CG position
Meet requirement
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
WBC
≤2.5%
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
RBC
≤1.5%
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
HGB
≤1.0%
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
MCV
≤1.0%
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
HCT
≤1.5%
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
PLT
≤4.0%
□Pass
□Fail
Half yearly
33 34
37
(Autoloader-Whole blood)
Scatter gram verification
38 39 40 41 42 43
Repeatability Autoloader-Whole blood (Open vial-Whole blood)
11-25
/
11.4 Regular Replacement 11.4.1 Wearing parts list No.
Description
FRU Code
Position in the analyzer
Life time
Remark
1
Piercing probe assembly
801-3201-00043-00
Beside the piercing cylinder
30000 times
2
Air filter
801-3201-00024-00
On the left side of rear panel
2 years
\
3
Drier assembly
801-3201-00023-00
On the left side of rear panel
4 years
\
4
Vacuum relief valve
801-3201-00008-00
On the left panel
4 years
\
5
Sheath fluid filter LF3
801-3201-00065-00
Beside the diluents heating bath
6 months
\
6
cylinder sleeve(Thomas pump FRU)
801-3110-00215-00
Inside the THOMAS pump
4 years
11800 hours
7
Piston cup(Thomas pump FRU)
801-3110-00216-00
Inside the THOMAS pump
4 years
11800 hours
9
Rotation pressing head(Scanner)
043-001082-00
Inside the assembly
801-3100-00059-00
On the right side of rear panel
801-3201-00081-00
\
10 11
NRBC metering pump (DP4) Wearing Parts Kit
barcode
scanner
20 weeks
1 year
6 months \
\
PS: 1、Check if the plastic rotation head of barcode scanner presses at the correct position of sample tube(Needs to be maintained every 6 months)
2、Lubricate synchronous pulley rotor and straight track of autoloader assembly, piercing assembly and open vial assembly every year. 3、Lubricate the lead screw of syringe motor every year.
11-26
11-27
12 FRU LIST 12.1 Board list No.
FRU Code
Sub-Component Description
1
051-000326-00
driving controlling board PCBA
2
051-000327-00
base board PCBA
3
051-000919-00
Diluent heating board PCBA
4
051-000760-00
Pneumatic Unit Control Board PCBA
5
023-000230-00
COM EXPRESS module
6
801-3201-00079-00
Fluorescent Signal Assembly
7
051-000596-00
3201data&COME carrier board PCBA
8
051-000565-00
Liquid Position Detect Board
9
801-3201-00080-00
Pneumatic Pressure Detection Board
10
051-000319-00
FS dispersion light forward amplifying board PCBA
11
051-000320-00
SS dispersion light forward amplifying board PCBA
12
051-000318-00
laser driving board PCBA
13
801-3201-00072-00
CF Card
14
051-000329-00
Valve Driving Board PCBA
15
051-000595-00
Little Network Board
16
801-3101-00031-00
Indicator Board
17
051-000328-00
heating controlling board PCBA
18
051-000406-00
Power Commutator Board PCBA
19
051-000616-00
3201 powerboard
12-1
1G DDR2
radiator
12.2 Valve list No.
FRU Code
Sub-Component Description
1
801-3100-00010-00
Gas valve.
2
M6Q-020002---
Gas valve.
3
801-3201-00063-00
SMC-LVM valve of two-way(3201)
4
801-3201-00019-00
Two-way burcket valve
5
801-3201-00020-00
Three-way burcket valve with
6
801-3201-00071-00
5-Way Gas Valve
7
801-3201-00002-00
2-way Valve (Mindray)
8
801-3201-00003-00
3-way Valve (Mindray)
9
801-3100-00099-00
5mm Pinch Valve Assembly
10
801-3201-00004-00
2-way Valve (Mindray)
11
801-3201-00011-00
SMC valve with tie-in
12
801-3100-00100-00
8mm Pinch Valve Assembly
13
BA40-10-62038
Pneulinesupply
duckbill check valve
12.3 Tube and Connector list No.
FRU Code
Sub-Component Description
1
082-000109-00
Tube.FEP,0.5mmX1.5mm
2
M6G-020008---
Tubing.
3
M90-000026---
Tube.PTFE,1/32"X1/16",3000074,100ft/coil
4
082-000422-00
TUBE.FEP 714-016100,0.040"ID×0.066"OD
5
0040-10-32301
Tube PTFE 0.040"IDX0.066"OD,250FT
6
M90-100031---
tube.PTFE,1.7mmIDX2.55mmOD
7
082-000108-00
Tube.M-87-D3,2mmX3.5mm,AV31X2103
8
082-000432-00
tube.2mmX3.5mm PVDF(inner) TPU(outer)
9
M6G-020054---
Tube TPU,ID:3/32",OD:3/16",clear
12-2
10
M6G-020055---
Tube.TPU,1/8"IDX1/4"OD
11
M6G-020002---
Tubing. PU tube 4mmX2.5mm transparent
12
082-000531-00
tube.TPU,1/4"ID×3/8"OD
13
M6G-020003---
Tubing. PU tube 6mmX4mm transparent
14
A21-000002---
Tubing,Silicone,1/8"ID,100'
15
M90-000025---
Tygon Tube 1/8"×1/16"(10ft)
16
M90-100071---
TUBING(ID 3/32",OD 5/32") 20FT
17
082-000614-00
tube.PharMed,5/32"ODX1/32"ID
18
082-000055-00
Tube.1/16"X3/16",F-5500-A,Fluran
19
0030-20-13339
Transit tube
20
M6G-020034---
3-way valve tubing(1.6*3.2)
21
082-000416-00
tube.4mmX6mm,PSPTFE-0236-039-328
22
3001-10-07069
TUBING(ID 1/16",OD 1/8") 20FT
23
M6G-020011---
Tubing.PharMed, 1/16"ODX1/8"ID(1feet)
24
801-3201-00044-00
sampling hose
25
043-000750-00
Fittings
26
043-000751-00
Fittings
27
043-000880-00
8.5mm three way connector
28
043-000892-00
straight tube tie-in
29
M6Q-030003---
Connection,Y-type,Φ6 OD,SQY6
30
M90-100009---
FemaleLuer,1/4-28UNF,1/8"ID
31
M90-100025---
Male Luer,1/8"Barb,White Nylon
32
M90-100027---
StraightReduction,1/8"&3/32"ID
33
M90-100028---
Tee,400Barb,3/32"ID,White Nylon
34
M90-100028-03
Y,400Barb,3/32"ID,White Nylon
35
M90-100030---
Y,200Barb,1/8"ID,White Nylon
36
M90-100065---
Tee Reduction,1/8"&3/32"ID,White
37
M90-100100---
Elbow,400Barb,3/32"ID,White
38
082-000525-00
connector. CNS, 1/4-28
12-3
39
M6Q-030001---
Connection,Φ6OD,M14,SQMH-C6-6
40
509B-10-05973
BNC Skt,PM7,8,8E,9E,9v,MEC12v
41
043-000829-00
reagent detection tube
42
801-3110-00112-00
5 way connector for waste
43
801-3201-00026-00
Brass base with steel pipe
44
801-3100-00208-00
Pneumatic Unit connector package
45
801-3110-00114-00
LYSE reagent connector (six color)(FRU)
12.4 Part list No.
FRU Code
Sub-Component Description
1
801-3201-00030-00
HGB module
2
041-005497-00
open-vial wipe
3
801-3201-00073-00
Sample Probe
4
801-3201-00043-00
sampling probe assembly
5
801-3100-00065-00
Waste Chamber 2 Assembly
6
801-3201-00016-00
WC1 Unit
7
801-3201-00017-00
sheath chamber for impedance(SCI)
8
801-3201-00005-00
OverFlow Bath
9
801-3110-00105-00
reagent Chamber assm
10
801-3100-00108-00
Motor for Syringe Assembly(100\250uL syringe)
11
801-2002-00001-00
Syringe Motor(2.5ml syringe)
12
801-3005-00004-00
Motor for Open vial sampling Assembly
13
0000-10-10985
stepping motor SST42D2120 single shaft
14
801-3201-00012-00
power assembly
15
M07-00067F---
FUSE SLOW-BLOW 250V 2.5AGLS D5*20
16
M07-00046F---
FUSE SLOW-BLOW 250V 3AGLS D5X20
17
801-3101-00022-00
Fan of Power Supply Assembly
18
006-000121-00
TRANSFORMER INSULATE 24V 200VA 12-4
19
006-000155-00
Filter power 120/250VAC6A panel mount
20
801-BA40-00254-00
SWITCH Power switch 250VAC 16A (FRU)
21
010-000006-00
Fuse Time-lag 250V 6.3A CER D5X20
22
801-3100-00057-00
0.5ml Metering Pump(DP1)
23
801-3201-00018-00
8ml Diaphragm pump(DP12)
24
801-3100-00059-00
Metering Pump 1ml(DP2\DP4\DP5\DP6\DP7\DP8)
25
801-3201-00009-00
1.5ml Diaphragm Pump(DP3)
26
801-3201-00001-00
20ul Diaphragm pump(DP9\DP10\DP11)
27
801-3201-00033-00
RBC reaction chamber
28
801-3201-00032-00
Temperature Control Unit
29
801-3201-00031-00
Mixing Unit
30
801-3201-00048-00
BLOOD SAMPLINGINJECTING VALVE
31
M07-00143S---
SWITCH
32
801-3201-00049-00
start switch subassembly
33
011-000021-00
Optical Sensor
34
011-000022-00
Optical Sensor
35
801-3201-00036-00
Tube detecting assembly
36
011-000041-00
PHOTOELEC Optical Sensor 940nm 88cm(blood detect)
37
011-000047-00
PHOTOELEC Optical Sensor 940nm 45cm(reagent detect)
38
801-2800-00020-00
Syringe Motor Pos Sensor Assy
39
801-3201-00034-00
Optical System
40
801-3201-00065-00
sheath filter assembly(LF3)
41
082-000156-00
Inline Filter 65um 1/8”I.D.Tubing
42
801-3201-00023-00
air drier
43
801-3201-00024-00
Air
44
801-3201-00064-00
filter(3201)
45
801-3201-00006-00
11-position 'Junction Board
46
801-3201-00070-00
Junction Board 1(R)
47
M6C-020006---
Belt
Filter assembly
12-5
48
BA33-10-35085
Drag chain
49
M6H-010003---
Linear guide MGN9-C1-R75-Z0CM
50
082-000620-00
Hydraulic Buffers.SAC0806C
51
M6H-010004---
Linear guide MGN9-C1-R175-Z0CM
52
M6H-010001---
Linear guide MGN9C1R135ZFCM
53
M6C-010002---
Synchronous pulley,P16MXL6.4
54
M6C-010001---
Synchronous pulley,P16MXL6.4DF,Φ5H7
55
801-3110-00155-00
Transmission belt(TBN160MXL025)
56
801-3110-00084-00
Transmission belt(TBN142MXL025)
57
043-001082-00
pressure plate
58
032-000134-00
slide guide.MGN9-C1-R295-Z0CM
59
801-3201-00045-00
pre-heating pool
60
801-3201-00046-00
Sheath Fluid heating pool
61
801-3201-00066-00
subassembly of HSH
62
042-001893-00
Shielding Upper Cover for Data Board
63
042-001894-00
Shielding Lower Cover for Data Board
64
042-002226-00
Right Side Door(white)
65
042-002227-00
Top Cover(white)
66
043-000661-00
autoloader shell
67
801-3201-00061-00
left door asm
68
042-001508-00
Shielding Box
69
801-3201-00014-00
radiator for mainframe
70
043-000813-00
small door
71
043-000670-00
right panel
72
043-000669-00
left panel
73
043-001294-00
upside panel assembled(BC-6800)
74
042-001676-00
RBC Shielding Cover
75
042-001677-00
RBC Exterior shielding Cover
76
042-002229-00
Regulator Cover(White)
12-6
77
801-3110-00180-00
10.4TFT screen assembly
78
801-1805-00027-00
Inverter(TPI-01-0207-M19)
79
801-3201-00050-00
LCD Module
80
801-3100-00229-00
Touch screen(For new version)
81
801-3100-00230-00
Touch Screen Control Board
82
801-3201-00053-00
M-68D CAP Component for Diluent
83
801-3201-00054-00
M-68DR RET CAP Component for Diluent
84
801-3201-00055-00
M-68LB CAP Component for Lyse
85
801-3201-00056-00
M-68LH CAP Component for Lyse
86
801-3201-00057-00
M-68LD CAP Component for Lyse
87
801-3201-00058-00
M-68LN CAP Component for Lyse
88
801-3201-00060-00
Waste Tube assm (6800 without sensor)
89
801-3201-00084-00
fluorescence reagent assembly(FN)
90
801-3201-00085-00
fluorescence reagent assembly(FD)
91
801-3201-00086-00
fluorescence reagent assembly(FR)
92
M05-100R29-02
Button Battery,PM8
93
082-000526-00
clamp.0.16"x0.19"
94
801-3110-00156-00
Leaking container(pierce)
95
048-001670-00
dustproof net within frame
96
043-000672-00
salver
97
043-001978-00
Flow limited tube
98
047-003942-00
poncho for reagent detecting asm
99
801-3201-00067-00
cylinder for pierece
100
801-3201-00074-00
Lifting Cylinder
101
801-3201-00075-00
Telescoping Cylinder
102
M6Q-010001---
Cylinder for SRV Assembly
103
801-3201-00076-00
Rotary Scanning Cylinder
104
801-3100-00238-00
Compressor with connector(Thomas,220V)
105
801-3201-00051-00
Pneumatic System
12-7
106
801-3201-00068-00
Pneumatic System
107
801-3201-00069-00
Pneumatic System(220v,export)
108
801-3201-00028-00
particle detector and analyzer
109
801-3201-00027-00
air isolation chamber(ISW)
110
045-000023-00
Ruby Red Cell Counter
111
801-3201-00029-00
particle detector and analyzer
112
801-3201-00025-00
cover for the particle detector
113
801-3201-00008-00
Negative relief valve(-40Kpa)
114
801-3201-00007-00
Pressure regulator(160Kap,40Kpa,70Kap)
115
801-3100-00027-00
Pressure Relief Valve AP100-01'SMC'
116
023-000056-00
Barcode Scanner hand held
117
023-000032-00
fixed bar code scanner
118
801-3201-00022-00
USB assembly
119
801-3110-00197-00
2.5ml Syringe transmission unit(43F4K)(without syringe)
120
801-3102-00004-00
100uL\250uL Syringe Drive Assembly( without syringe)
121
801-3201-00010-00
250uL Syringe
122
801-3201-00047-00
250 injector
123
801-3900-00007-00
2.5ml syringe (FRU)
124
801-3201-00035-00
autoloader
125
801-3201-00037-00
tube bracket side pressing unit
126
801-3201-00038-00
lengthwise loader unit
127
801-3201-00039-00
broadwise loader unit
128
801-3201-00040-00
air cylinder thumb unit
129
801-3201-00041-00
Unloading unit
130
801-3201-00062-00
tube container
131
801-3201-00052-00
Code Scanning assembly
132
801-3201-00042-00
clamp
133
801-3110-00070-00
Waste Cap Assembly
134
801-3110-00077-00
Washer
12-8
135
801-3110-00076-00
Front bath washer
136
801-3110-00194-00
Tube rack unit for Sarstedt tube(FRU)
137
801-3201-00087-00
counter unit
138
043-000671-00
shield
139
801-3100-00205-00
waste container for SRV
140
801-3110-00167-00
Support panel for diluent bottle
141
3100-21-49048
Motor for autoloader assembly
12.5 Cable list No.
FRU Code
Sub-Component Description
1
009-001185-00
conneting wire for pneumatic unit
2
009-001182-00
conneting wire for aspirate key
3
009-000731-00
connecting cable for heating cup
4
009-000937-00
connecting cable for valve1
5
009-000939-00
connecting cable for valve3
6
009-000948-00
connecting cable for indication board
7
009-000949-00
connecting cable for air pressure PCB
8
009-001195-00
earthing wire for syringe
9
009-001210-00
connecting wire for liquid level detect
10
009-001211-00
connecting wire for buoy detect
11
009-001213-00
connecting wire for heating CTRL board
12
009-001214-00
connecting wire for pre-heating pool
13
009-001219-00
connecting wire for Temp. detect&absorb
14
009-001221-00
connecting wire for mixer&PHC
15
009-001223-00
connecting wire for auto-sampler&PHC2
16
009-001226-00
connecting wire for WBC injector&PHC
17
009-001227-00
connecting wire for RBC injector&PHC
18
009-001228-00
input wire for valve driver P12V source1 12-9
19
009-001229-00
input wire for valve driver P12V source2
20
009-001230-00
connecting wire for valve CTRL signal 1
21
009-001231-00
connecting wire for valve CTRL signal 2
22
009-001239-00
connecting wire for ANA±12V source2
23
009-001241-00
connecting wire for AC120V source2
24
009-001242-00
connecting wire for AC24V source
25
801-3100-00220-00
temparature sensor with cable
26
009-001421-00
wire for entironment temperature
27
009-000254-00
Temperature Sensor and Wires
28
009-001402-00
extension cable for network
29
009-00122-00
Motor for Autoloader Assembly
12.6 Wearing parts list No.
Description
FRU Code
Life time
1
Piercing probe assembly
801-3201-00043-00
30000 times
2
Air filter
801-3201-00024-00
2 years
3
Drier assembly
801-3201-00023-00
4 years
4
Vacuum relief valve
801-3201-00008-00
4 years
5
Sheath fluid filter LF3
801-3201-00065-00
6 months
6
cylinder sleeve(Thomas pump FRU)
801-3110-00215-00
4 years
7
Piston cup(Thomas pump FRU)
801-3110-00216-00
4 years
9
Rotation pressing head(Scanner)
043-001082-00
1 year
10
NRBC metering pump(DP4)
801-3100-00059-00
6 months
11
Wearing Parts Kit
801-3201-00081-00
/
12-10
Appendix A Fluid Chart
12-11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PS6
PS2
PS3
T317
VAC
PS4
PS5
T318
-40KPa
MRSZ/R05N01.291.01(1.0)
PS1
250KPa
C120 T306
C122 T308 T424
C112
T309
T422
T419
C111
T307
T301 C116 T297
GV57
T414
GV58 GV59 GV60 GV61 T417 T420 T425 T423 A-DP05
A-DP04
A-DP03
A-DP02
T409 T407
A-DP01
T292
T290
C121
T295 C108
T406 T404
T298
T403 T401
T398 RGV5
C115 T293
C107
C106
T397 T328
C114 T291
T289 T400
T294
C94
T296
C113
C96
T411
T454 GF2
T274 Open
B
T286
C110 T413
C119 T421
C109
Air Filter GF2
RGV1 GP1
T299
T412
C118 T304
T418
Drier
T376
Air Filter T326 GF1
C117 T302
T300 T415
T327
T322
T273 C75
T325
OPEN
T272
T276
T305
C97
T277 C95
T275
T416
T271
T270
Isolation Chamber1
T303
Back Plate connector
40KPa
Pneumatic Uint connector
160KPa
Isolation Chamber2
T310
70KPa T426
A
C105 GV64
GV65
T405
GV66
T408
C102 T390
T388
T370
T394
T283
C76 A-FCM
T360
C104
T384 C93
T367
T410
J95-T395-J96
T316 C92
C
T402
A-DP11
C82 TC2
GV63
T399
A-DP10
GV62
A-DP07
C85
A-DP06
T431
T320
T314 T278
T396
T321
A-DP09
T288
Vacuum Relief Valve C79
C90
A-HGB
GV71
A-拭子
A-DP08
A-SCI
T429
GV70
T319
RGV2
T428 C80
160KPa Pressure Regulator
Confluent Board2 T387
R
R
D
GV107 T369
C86
T357
GV104
GV103
T355 T354
T356
GV102
GV101
T353
GV100 GV99 T348 T344
T350
TP1
T347 T385 T284
C87
T349
TP3 T359 Rotation Scanning Cylinder
Telescoping Cylinder
Pneumatic Cylinder
T377(T374)
T281
T364
PV14
PV15
T351
PV16
C145
C172 T366 TP6
Pneumatic Back Plate Cylinder
T361
T333 C125
T330
T363 C126
C131 T358 GV108
GV97
T352
TP2
C157
C124
Confluent Board1 T346
R
R P
P GV89
GV88
GV87
GV86
GV85
GV84
GV83
GV82
GV81
GV80
GV79
GV44
GV48
GV56
GV98
T365
T375
T280(T313) T324
GV105
C123
C83
E
GV106
C99
T282
T329
P
T285
RGV6 40KPa Pressure Regulator
T362
P
C101
SRV Motion Cylinder
C81
T383
Lifting Cylinder
T380 70KPa Pressure Regulator
T381
T368
RGV3
Piercing Cylinder
T427
C77
T379
GV68 T389
GV73 T372
C84
T279
T378
C78
T345
T339
T338
T337
T336
T335
T334
PV07
PV06
PV05
PV04
PV03
PV02
PV01
T391 PV11
T392 PV10
A-DIL
C177 T343
T341
PV09
A-WC1
T342
PV12
T386
PV13
T382
A-DP12
T340 T332
TITLE
F 机密:此图及其全部知识产权(含著作权)归深圳迈瑞生物医疗电子股份有限公司所有。未经深圳迈瑞生物医疗电子股份有限公司预先书面许可,严禁出于任何目的,对此图的全部或部分内容(包括但不限于图中信息、数据、运算结果等)使用、拷贝或复制。 CONFIDENTIAL DISCLOSURE: This set of drawing(s) and all it's intellectual property rights (including copyright) subsisting herein are property of Shenzhen Mindray Bio-medical Electronics Co.,Ltd. No use, copies or reproductions should be made of this drawing or any part(s) thereof for whatever purpose nor shall any information, data, calculations, or other contents contained in this drawing be disseminated without prior written permission of Shenzhen Mindray Bio-medical Electronics Co.,Ltd.
DOC NO P.CODE SHEET 2
12-12
3201 Fluid Chart A1-115-004835-00 3201 OF24
REV.
2.0
SIZE
A3
A.1 Rubber Tubing Information No.
Material ID
Material Description
Feature
1
M90-100071--- Rubber tubing. 3/32"X5/32", S-50-HLAAX02004, Tygon Soft tube, wide, 50mm
2
3001-10-07069 Rubber tubing. 1/16"X1/8", S-50-HLAAX02002, Tygon
Soft tube, narrow, 50mm
4
M90-100031--- Rubber tube. PTFE, 0.066"IDX0.098"OD
1.5 TEFLON
5
A21-000002--- Rubber tube. Silicone, 1/8"X1/4"X100ft, 2800546-100
White, widest, silicone
6
M90-000025--- Rubber tube. 1/8"X1/4", R-3603 AAC02007, Tygon
3603 soft tube, wide
10
M6G-020006--- Rubber tube. Silicone, 1/16"X3/16", TYGON 3350
Middle-size, silicone, wide connecting tube
11
0040-10-32301 Rubber tube. PTFE, 0.040"IDX0.066"OD
1.0 TEFLON
13
M6G-020008--- Rubber tube. ChemfluorFEP, 0.062"ODX0.031"ID
FEP tube, inside diameter: 0.78
14
M6G-020011--- Rubber tube. PharMed, 1/16"ODX1/8"ID
Yellow, pinched tube
15
M6G-020002--- Rubber tube. PU, 4mmX2.5mm, transparent
PU gas tube, inside diameter: 2.5mm
16
M6G-020004--- Rubber tube. Soft nylon, 6mmX4mm, white, NB0640
Nylon tube, outside diameter: 6
17
M6G-020003--- Rubber tube. PU, 6mmX4mm, transparent
PU gas tube, inside diameter: 4mm
18
M90-000026--- Rubber tube. PTFE, 1/32"IDX1/16"OD
0.8 TEFLON
20
M6G-020034--- Rubber tube. Silicon, used with PS pinch valve, 1.6X3.2mm
White, pinched tube
21
082-000109-00 Rubber tube. 0.5mmX1.5mm, PSPTFE-0059-020-492
0.5 TEFLON
22
M6G-020055--- Rubber tube. TPU, ID:1/8", OD:1/4", clear
TPU tube, inside diameter: 3.2mm
23
M6G-020054--- Rubber tube. TPU, ID:3/32", OD:3/16", clear
TPU tube, inside diameter: 2.4mm
24
082-000055-00 Rubber tube. 1/16"X3/16", F-5500-A, Fluran
Black, connecting tube
25
A21-000010--- Rubber tube. 1/4"X3/8", R-3603AAC02017, Tygon
3603 waste tube, outside of the analyzer
26
082-000422-00 Rubber tube. FEP 714-016100, 0.040"ID×0.066"OD
FEP tube, inside diameter: 1.0
28
0030-20-13339 Connecting tube (1.5mm-3mm)(mold: MR13339)
Connecting tube
29
082-000432-00 Rubber tube. 2X3.5mm PVDF(interior) TPU(exterior)
Double tube, internal diameter: 2mm
30
082-000108-00 Rubber tube. M-87-D3, 2mmX3.5mm, AV31X2103
TPU tube, inside diameter: 2mm
32
082-000034-00 Rubber tube. 1/16"X1/8", SE-200 AJD00002, Tygon
Double tube, internal diameter: 1.56mm
33
082-000531-00 Rubber tube. TPU, 1/4"ID×3/8"OD
6.35mm waste tube
34
082-000614-00 Rubber tube. PharMed, 5/32"ODX1/32"ID
Wide Pharmed tube
12-13
35
082-000709-00 Rubber tube. Black double tube, PVC ID2.4mm, OD3.5mm
Black PVC double tube
36
082-000664-00 Narrow, black connecting tube 1.1X4mm
Narrow, black connecting tube
37
082-000710-00 Rubber tube. silicone, 0.031"X0.197"
Narrow 3350 silicone tube
A2. Connector Information No.
Material ID
Material Description
Feature
Remark
1
M90-100028--- 3/32 PE TEE FITTING-WHITE NYL T420-1
Tee connector (middle)
2
M90-100065--- Connector. Tee Reduction, 400Barb, 1/8"&3/32"ID
T connector, both ends large, middle part moderate
3
043-000880-00 8.5mm tee connector (PEI85)
PEI85
4
M90-100028-03 Connector. Y, 400Barb, 3/32"ID, White Nylon Y connector (middle)
5
M90-100009--- Connector. FemaleLuer, 1/4-28UNF, 1/8"ID
6
M90-100025--- Connector. Male Luer, 1/8"Barb, White Nylon MTL230-1
7
M90-100027--- Connector. Straight Through Reduction, 1/8"&3/32"ID
I connector, large-middle
8
M90-100100--- Connector. lbow, 400Barb, 3/32"ID, White
L connector (middle)
9
M90-100030--- Connector. Y, 200Barb, 1/8"ID, White Nylon
Y connector-large
10
043-000892-00 N420(PVDF)
Connector. Straight through PVDF, N420
11
043-000750-00 M420-PVDF
Male
12
043-000751-00 F420-PVDF
Female
13
M6Q-030002--- Y connector. Φ6OD,Φ4OD
Y connector, large-middle
Gas tube connector
14
M6Q-030003--- Y connector. Φ6OD
Y connector-large
Gas tube connector
15
M6Q-030005--- L connector. Φ6OD, PT1/4(R1/4)
L connector-thread-quick connect
Gas tube connector
16
082-000537-00 Pneumatic quick connect connector, straight I connector, large-middle through, Φ4OD, Φ6OD
Gas tube connector
17
082-000538-00 Pneumatic quick connect connector, tee connector, Φ4OD, Φ6OD
Gas tube connector
18
082-000529-00 Pneumatic quick connect connector, straight I connector-middle through, Φ4OD
12-14
FTLB230-1
Tee connector, large-middle
Gas tube connector
Name in Diagram
Material ID
Feature
Amount
C7, C13, C14, C15, C20, C21, C24, C32, C36, C43, C48, C49, C50, C51, C52, C53, C56, C62, C64, C85, C86, C92, C93, C94, C95, C96, C97, C99, C102, M90-100028--- Tee connector (middle) C104, C105, C109, C113, C114, C115, C116, C117, C118, C119, C120, C126, C131
42
T connector, both ends large, middle C6, C26, C27, C28, C29, C30, C70, C71, M90-100065--part moderate C72, C89
10
C8, C9, C10, C11, C22, C23, C33, C37, C39, C40, C41, C42, C54, C55, C60, M90-100028-03 Y connector (middle) C61, C63, C73, C106, C107, C108, C110, C111, C112
24
C132, C164
M90-100009---
Connector. FemaleLuer, 1/4-28UNF, 1/8"ID
2
C138, C158
M90-100025---
Connector. Male Luer, 1/8"Barb, White Nylon
2
C16, C17, C18, C19, C25, C31, C38, M90-100027--- I connector, large-middle C46, C47, C65, C66, C69, C127
13
C12, C121, C122
M90-100100--- L connector (middle)
3
C74
M90-100030--- Y connector-large
1
C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C44, C128, C129, 043-000880-00 8.5mm tee connector (PEI85) C130
9
C34, C45, C57, C58, C59, C67, C68, Connector. Straight through PVDF, C83, C87, C88, C123, C148, C149, C150, 043-000892-00 N420 C151, C152, C153, C154, C155, C156, C157, C170, C171
23
C139, C140, C141, C142, C143, C159, 043-000750-00 Male C160, C161, C162, C163
10
C133, C134, C135, C136, C137, C165, 043-000751-00 Female C166, C167, C168, C169
10
C79, C80, C82, C90, C101, C125
M6Q-030002--- Y connector, large-middle
6
C75, C76, C77, C78
M6Q-030003--- Y connector-large
4
C145, C172
082-000529-00
Pneumatic quick connect connector, straight through, Φ4OD
2
C84
082-000537-00
Pneumatic quick connect connector, straight through, Φ4OD, Φ6OD
1
C124, C81
082-000538-00
Pneumatic quick connect connector, tee connector, Φ4OD, Φ6OD
2
12-15
A3. Connecting Tubing Information ID
Length
1
20mm
2
\
3
Material ID
Material Description
Feature
082-000055-00 Rubber tube. 1/16"X3/16", F-5500-A, Fluran
Black, connecting tube
0030-20-13339 Connecting tube (1.5mm-3mm)(mold: MR13339)
wide-narrow connecting tube
20mm
082-000614-00 Rubber tube. PharMed, 5/32"ODX1/32"ID
Wide Pharmed tube
4
20mm
082-000710-00 Rubber tube. silicone, 0.031"X0.197"
Narrow 3350 silicone tube
5
20mm
082-000664-00 Narrow, black connecting tube 1.1X4mm
Narrow, black connecting tube
Name in Diagram
Material ID
Name
Unit
Amount
Remark
J6, J7, J15, J78, J79, J80
0030-20-13339
Transit tube
EA
6
Cut off 8mm from the wide end
J18, J19, J20, J22, J23, J24, J25, J26, J27, J28, J29, J30, J31, J33, J37, J46, J47, J62, J63, J68, J69, J72, J73, J86, J87, J88
082-000055-00
Black connecting tube
mm
25
20mm each
J4, J5, J8, J9, J14, J16, J17, J39, J40, J41, J48, J49, J50, J55, J56, J57, J64, J65, J66, J77, J82, J89, J96, J97, J100
082-000710-00
3350 silicone tube
mm
54
20mm each
082-000614-00
Wide Pharmed tube
mm
4
20mm each
082-000664-00
Narrow, black connecting tube
mm
3
20mm each
J10, J21, J42, J51, J58, J67, J90,
J11, J34, J43, J52, J59, J74, J93,
J12, J35, J44, J53, J60, J75, J94,
J1, J2, J3, J71
J83, J84, J85
J13, J36, J45, J54, J61, J76, J95,
A4. Other Material Information Name in Diagram
FRU Code
Name
Amount
GF1
801-3201-00024-00
Air filter. Rc1/8"AF150-00, custom
1
GF2
801-3201-00064-00
Waste filter (under air filter)
1
Drier
801-3201-00023-00
Drier
1
12-16
LF1, LF2
082-000156-00
Small liquid filter
2
LF3
801-3201-00065-00
Sheath fluid filter
1
TP1-TP6
043-001978-00
Decelerating tube
6
Telescoping cylinder
801-3201-00075-00
Telescoping cylinder
1
Lifting cylinder
801-3201-00074-00
Lifting cylinder
1
Claw cylinder
Same with air cylinder claw
Claw cylinder
1
Rotary scanning cylinder
801-3201-00076-00
Rotary scanning cylinder
1
Cylinder for SRV assembly
M6Q-010001---
Cylinder for SRV assembly
1
Pneumatic back plate cylinder
Same with tube rack pressing unit
Pneumatic back plate cylinder
1
Cylinder for pierce
801-3201-00067-00
Cylinder for pierce
1
Conflux board 1
801-3201-00070-00
Conflux board
1
Conflux board 2
801-3201-00006-00
Conflux board
1
A5. Valve Information The valve codes used in the diagrams and the corresponding valves are listed as follows: No.
Valve Code
FRU Code
1
CV1
BA40-10-62038
Pneulinesupply duckbillcheck valve
2
CV2
BA40-10-62038
Pneulinesupply duckbillcheck valve
3
CV3
BA40-10-62038
Pneulinesupply duckbillcheck valve
4
CV4
BA40-10-62038
Pneulinesupply duckbillcheck valve
5
PV01
801-3100-00099-00
Pinch valve 5mm
6
PV02
801-3100-00099-00
Pinch valve 5mm
7
PV03
801-3100-00099-00
Pinch valve 5mm
8
PV04
801-3100-00099-00
Pinch valve 5mm
9
PV05
801-3100-00099-00
Pinch valve 5mm
10
PV06
801-3100-00099-00
Pinch valve 5mm
11
PV07
801-3100-00100-00
Pinch valve 8mm
12
PV09
801-3100-00100-00
Pinch valve 8mm
Material Description
12-17
13
PV10
801-3100-00100-00
Pinch valve 8mm
14
PV11
801-3100-00100-00
Pinch valve 8mm
15
PV12
801-3100-00100-00
Pinch valve 8mm
16
PV13
801-3100-00100-00
Pinch valve 8mm
17
PV14
801-3100-00099-00
Pinch valve 5mm
18
PV15
801-3100-00099-00
Pinch valve 5mm
19
PV16
801-3100-00099-00
Pinch valve 5mm
20
SV01
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
21
SV02
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
22
SV03
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
23
SV04
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
24
SV05
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
25
SV07
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
26
SV08
801-3201-00063-00
Fluidic valve, 2-way, -75~250KPa DC12V
27
SV09
801-3201-00063-00
Fluidic valve, 2-way, -75~250KPa DC12V
28
SV10
801-3201-00001-00
Fluidic valve, LVM105R-6A-2-Q, 3-way, -75~250KPa DC12V
29
SV11
801-3201-00001-00
Fluidic valve, LVM105R-6A-2-Q, 3-way, -75~250KPa DC12V
30
SV12
801-3201-00001-00
Fluidic valve, LVM105R-6A-2-Q, 3-way, -75~250KPa DC12V
31
SV13
801-3201-00004-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (overpressure resistant)
32
SV14
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
33
SV15
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
34
SV16
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
35
SV17
801-3201-00004-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (overpressure resistant)
36
SV18
801-3201-00004-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (overpressure resistant)
37
SV19
801-3201-00004-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (overpressure resistant)
38
SV20
801-3201-00004-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (overpressure resistant)
39
SV21
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
40
SV22
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
41
SV23
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
42
SV24
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
43
SV25
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
44
SV26
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
45
SV27
801-3201-00004-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (overpressure resistant) 12-18
46
SV28
801-3201-00004-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (overpressure resistant)
47
SV29
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
48
SV30
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
49
SV31
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
50
SV32
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
51
SV33
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
52
SV34
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
53
SV35
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
54
SV36
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
55
SV37
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
56
SV38
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
57
SV39
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
58
SV40
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
59
SV41
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
60
SV42
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
61
GV44
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
62
SV45
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
63
SV46
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
64
SV47
801-3201-00004-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (overpressure resistant)
65
GV48
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
66
SV49
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
67
SV50
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
68
SV51
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
69
SV52
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
70
SV53
801-3201-00011-00
Fluidic valve, 2 positions, 5 ports, 12VDC, 0-0.4MPa
801-3201-00019-00
Fluidic valve, 2 positions, 2 ports, electromagnetic, 3mm orifice, 12VDC
71
SV54
72
SV55
801-3201-00019-00
Fluidic valve, 2 positions, 2 ports, electromagnetic, 3mm orifice, 12VDC
73
GV56
801-3201-00020-00
Fluidic valve, 2 positions, 3 ports, electromagnetic, vacuum-5bar 12VDC 2mm orifice
74
GV57
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
75
GV58
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
76
GV59
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector) 12-19
77
GV60
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
78
GV61
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
79
GV62
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
80
GV63
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
81
GV64
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
82
GV65
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
83
GV66
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
84
GV68
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
85
GV70
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
86
GV71
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
87
GV73
801-3201-00004-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (overpressure resistant)
88
GV74
801-3201-00002-00
2-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
89
GV75
801-3201-00003-00
3-way miniature electromagnetic valve (short cable, new connector)
801-3100-00010-00 90
GV79
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-11-MLX-DC12V (without connector and connecting cable)
801-3100-00010-00
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-11-MLX-DC12V (without connector and connecting cable)
801-3100-00010-00
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-11-MLX-DC12V (without connector and connecting cable)
801-3100-00010-00
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-11-MLX-DC12V (without connector and connecting cable)
801-3100-00010-00
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-11-MLX-DC12V (without connector and connecting cable)
801-3100-00010-00
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-11-MLX-DC12V (without connector and connecting cable)
801-3100-00010-00
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-11-MLX-DC12V (without connector and connecting cable)
801-3100-00010-00
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-11-MLX-DC12V (without connector and connecting cable)
801-3100-00010-00
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-11-MLX-DC12V (without connector and connecting cable)
801-3100-00010-00
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-11-MLX-DC12V (without connector and connecting cable)
801-3100-00010-00
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-11-MLX-DC12V (without connector and connecting cable)
91 92
GV80 GV81
93
GV82
94
GV83
95
GV84
96
GV85
97 98
GV86 GV87
99
GV88
100
GV89
101
GV97
M6Q-020002---
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-MLX-DC12V
12-20
102
GV98
M6Q-020002---
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-MLX-DC12V
103
GV99
M6Q-020002---
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-MLX-DC12V
104
GV100
M6Q-020002---
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-MLX-DC12V
105
GV101
M6Q-020002---
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-MLX-DC12V
106
GV102
M6Q-020002---
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-MLX-DC12V
107
GV103
M6Q-020002---
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-MLX-DC12V
108
GV104
M6Q-020002---
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-MLX-DC12V
109
GV105
M6Q-020002---
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-MLX-DC12V
110
GV106
M6Q-020002---
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-MLX-DC12V
111
GV107
M6Q-020002---
Gas valve, electromagnetic, GA010E1-MLX-DC12V
M6Q-020005---
Gas valve, electromagnetic, 0104E1-21-PLL-DC12V (without connector and connecting cable)
112
GV108
A6. Table of All Tubes The tubes are named as "connector No.-tube No.-connector No.". Tube No. is expressed as "Tube Model-Tube Length". E.g. in J93-T77-J94, J93 and J94 are sequential numbers for the two connectors, and T77 has a remark of 11-200 which means tubing No. 11 and length 200mm.
No.
Name in Diagram
Remark
Material ID
1
T1
29-1800
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
1800
2
T2
29-1800
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
1800
3
T3
29-1800
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
1800
4
T4
29-1800
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
1800
5
T5
29-1800
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
1800
6
T6
20-180
M6G-020034---
Silicone tube in reagent containers
180
7
T7
20-180
M6G-020034---
Silicone tube in reagent containers
180
8
T8
20-180
M6G-020034---
Silicone tube in reagent containers
180
9
T9
20-180
M6G-020034---
Silicone tube in reagent containers
180
10
T10
20-180
M6G-020034---
Silicone tube in reagent containers
180
11
T11
22-1800
M6G-020055---
3.2 TPU tube
1800
12
T12
6-315
M90-000025---
Wide 3603 tube
315
Name
12-21
Amount
13
T13
29-70
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
70
14
T14
29-70
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
70
15
T15
29-400
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
400
16
T16
24-22
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
22
17
T17
11-650
0040-10-32301
1.0 TEFLON tube
650
18
T18
29-100
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
100
19
T19
29-1100
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
1100
20
T20
24-18
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
18
21
T21
29-660
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
660
22
T22
11-280
0040-10-32301
1.0 TEFLON tube
280
23
T23
11-300
0040-10-32301
1.0 TEFLON tube
300
24
T24
26-260
082-000422-00
1.0 FEP tube
260
25
T25
34-15
082-000614-00
Wide Pharmed tube
15
26
T26
29-1100
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
27
T27
24-18
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
18
28
T28
29-760
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
760
29
T29
26-400
082-000422-00
1.0 FEP tube
400
30
T30
26-270
082-000422-00
1.0 FEP tube
270
31
T31
34-15
082-000614-00
Wide Pharmed tube
15
32
T32
29-1100
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
33
T33
24-18
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
18
34
T34
29-570
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
570
35
T35
11-380
0040-10-32301
1.0 TEFLON tube
380
36
T36
11-280
0040-10-32301
1.0 TEFLON tube
280
37
T37
26-300
082-000422-00
1.0 FEP tube
300
38
T38
34-15
082-000614-00
Wide Pharmed tube
15
39
T39
29-1100
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
40
T40
24-18
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
18
41
T41
29-660
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
660
42
T42
11-320
0040-10-32301
1.0 TEFLON tube
320
43
T43
11-130
0040-10-32301
1.0 TEFLON tube
130
44
T44
26-240
082-000422-00
1.0 FEP tube
240
45
T45
22-70
M6G-020055---
3.2 TPU tube
70
12-22
1100
1100
1100
46
T46
29-100
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
100
47
T47
22-1500
M6G-020055---
3.2 TPU tube
1500
48
T48
30-460
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
460
49
T49
29-70
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
70
50
T50
22-20
M6G-020055---
3.2 TPU tube
20
51
T51
14-50
M6G-020011---
Narrow Pharmed tube
50
52
T52
22-90
M6G-020055---
3.2 TPU tube
90
53
T53
22-150
M6G-020055---
3.2 TPU tube
150
54
T54
6-270
M90-000025---
Wide 3603 tube
270
55
T55
22-150
M6G-020055---
3.2 TPU tube
150
56
T56
6-240
M90-000025---
Wide 3603 tube
240
57
T57
6-100
M90-000025---
Wide 3603 tube
100
58
T58
22-50
M6G-020055---
3.2 TPU tube
50
59
T59
30-20
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
20
60
T60
30-670
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
670
61
T61
30-560
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
560
62
T62
30-590
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
590
63
T63
30-490
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
490
64
T64
11-65
0040-10-32301
1.0 TEFLON tube
65
65
T65
30-15
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
15
66
T66
30-30
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
30
67
T67
30-70
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
70
68
T68
2-410
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
410
69
T69
30-35
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
35
70
T70
30-35
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
35
71
T71
21-300
082-000109-00
0.5 TEFLON tube
300
72
T72
30-15
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
15
73
T73
11-110
0040-10-32301
1.0 TEFLON tube
110
74
T74
30-50
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
50
75
T75
11-420
0040-10-32301
1.0 TEFLON tube
420
76
T76
28-20
0030-20-13339
Transit tube
77
T77
11-200
0040-10-32301
1.0 TEFLON tube
200
78
T78
2-20
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
20
12-23
1
79
T79
29-100
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
100
80
T80
30-120
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
120
81
T81
6-120
M90-000025---
Wide 3603 rubber tube
120
82
T82
21-600
082-000109-00
0.5 TEFLON tube
600
83
T83
30-700
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
700
84
T84
4-420
M90-100031---
1.67 TEFLON tube
420
85
T85
30-1660
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
1660
86
T86
30-20
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
20
87
T87
11-110
0040-10-32301
1.0 TEFLON tube
110
88
T88
11-190
0040-10-32301
1.0 TEFLON tube
190
89
T89
30-30
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
30
90
T90
30-20
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
20
91
T91
30-120
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
120
92
T92
29-90
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
90
93
T93
30-30
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
30
94
T94
30-25
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
25
95
T95
30-30
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
30
96
T96
30-25
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
25
97
T97
30-25
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
25
98
T98
21-650
082-000109-00
0.5 TEFLON tube
650
99
T99
30-20
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
20
100
T100
30-140
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
140
101
T101
30-210
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
210
102
T102
2-65
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
65
103
T103
29-100
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
100
104
T104
29-20
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
20
105
T105
2-160
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
160
106
T106
2-90
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
90
107
T107
29-120
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
120
108
T108
29-120
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
120
109
T109
1-50
M90-100071---
Wide 50 tube
50
110
T110
2-220
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
220
111
T111
2-25
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
25
12-24
112
T112
2-20
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
20
113
T113
1-910
M90-100071---
Wide 50 tube
910
114
T114
22-250
M6G-020055---
3.2 TPU tube
250
115
T115
34-50
082-000614-00
Wide Pharmed tube
50
116
T116
13-150
M6G-020008---
0.78 FEP tube
150
117
T117
4-120
M90-100031---
1.67 TEFLON tube
120
118
T118
4-250
M90-100031---
1.67 TEFLON tube
250
119
T119
2-20
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
20
120
T120
1-1150
M90-100071---
Wide 50 tube
121
T121
2-20
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
20
122
T122
15-25
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
25
123
T123
6-90
M90-000025---
Wide 3603 tube
90
124
T124
6-170
M90-000025---
Wide 3603 tube
170
125
T125
30-490
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
490
126
T126
13-35
M6G-020008---
0.78 FEP tube
35
127
T127
18-750
M90-000026---
0.78 TEFLON tube
750
128
T128
1-700
M90-100071---
Wide 50 tube
700
129
T129
5-1010
A21-000002---
White, widest, silicone tube
1010
130
T130
15-1150
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1150
131
T131
30-480
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
480
132
T132
30-55
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
55
133
T133
2-60
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
60
134
T134
30-15
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
15
135
T135
30-20
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
20
136
T136
24-20
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
20
137
T137
15-1800
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
138
T138
24-20
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
20
139
T139
30-20
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
20
140
T140
4-100
M90-100031---
1.67 TEFLON tube
100
141
T141
18-50
M90-000026---
0.78 TEFLON tube
50
142
T142
18-110
M90-000026---
0.78 TEFLON tube
110
143
T143
5-670
A21-000002---
White, widest, silicone tube
670
144
T144
2-30
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
30
12-25
1150
1800
145
T145
30-55
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
55
146
T146
30-18
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
18
147
T147
30-65
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
65
148
T148
30-18
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
18
149
T149
30-40
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
40
150
T150
30-18
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
18
151
T151
4-620
M90-100031---
1.67 TEFLON tube
620
152
T152
4-720
M90-100031---
1.67 TEFLON tube
720
153
T153
2-30
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
30
154
T154
34-20
082-000614-00
Wide Pharmed tube
20
155
T155
34-20
082-000614-00
Wide Pharmed tube
20
156
T156
26-30
082-000422-00
1.0 FEP tube
30
157
T157
30-160
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
160
158
T158
18-100
M90-000026---
0.78 TEFLON tube
100
159
T159
30-15
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
15
160
T160
11-360
0040-10-32301
1.0 TEFLON tube
360
161
T161
29-20
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
20
162
T162
18-150
M90-000026---
0.78 TEFLON tube
150
163
T163
30-20
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
20
164
T164
30-30
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
30
165
T165
30-20
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
20
166
T166
30-55
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
55
167
T167
4-530
M90-100031---
1.67 TEFLON tube
530
168
T168
15-420
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
420
169
T169
15-350
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
350
170
T170
26-250
082-000422-00
1.0 FEP tube
250
171
T171
26-330
082-000422-00
1.0 FEP tube
330
172
T172
4-140
M90-100031---
1.67 TEFLON tube
140
173
T173
2-50
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
50
174
T174
2-40
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
40
175
T175
2-20
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
20
176
T176
2-45
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
45
177
T177
2-20
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
20
12-26
178
T178
29-700
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
700
179
T179
24-20
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
20
180
T180
2-65
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
65
181
T181
2-25
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
25
182
T182
24-22
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
22
183
T183
29-580
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
580
184
T184
26-60
082-000422-00
1.0 FEP tube
60
185
T185
1-220
M90-100071---
Wide 50 tube
220
186
T186
26-430
082-000422-00
1.0 FEP tube
430
187
T187
15-820
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
820
188
T188
1-590
M90-100071---
Wide 50 tube
590
189
T189
29-400
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
400
190
T190
2-20
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
20
191
T191
1-520
M90-100071---
Wide 50 tube
520
192
T192
29-30
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
30
193
T193
24-20
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
20
194
T194
2-60
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
60
195
T195
2-20
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
20
196
T196
24-22
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
22
197
T197
29-410
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
410
198
T198
26-100
082-000422-00
1.0 FEP tube
100
199
T199
26-390
082-000422-00
1.0 FEP tube
390
200
T200
15-600
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
600
201
T201
1-25
M90-100071---
Wide 50 tube
25
202
T202
1-660
M90-100071---
Wide 50 tube
660
203
T203
29-400
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
400
204
T204
2-20
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
20
205
T205
1-520
M90-100071---
Wide 50 tube
520
206
T206
21-1400
082-000109-00
0.5 TEFLON tube
1400
207
T207
28-20
0030-20-13339
Transit tube
20
208
T208
30-850
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
850
209
T209
24-25
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
25
210
T210
29-550
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
550
12-27
211
T211
34-20
082-000614-00
Wide Pharmed tube
20
212
T212
34-40
082-000614-00
Wide Pharmed tube
40
213
T213
4-540
M90-100031---
1.67 TEFLON tube
540
214
T214
2-20
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
20
215
T215
1-490
M90-100071---
Wide 50 tube
490
216
T216
34-26
082-000614-00
Wide Pharmed tube
26
217
T217
34-40
082-000614-00
Wide Pharmed tube
40
218
T218
4-540
M90-100031---
1.67 TEFLON tube
540
219
T219
2-20
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
20
220
T220
1-470
M90-100071---
Wide 50 tube
470
221
T221
34-26
082-000614-00
Wide Pharmed tube
26
222
T222
34-40
082-000614-00
Wide Pharmed tube
40
223
T223
4-540
M90-100031---
1.67 TEFLON tube
540
224
T224
2-20
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
20
225
T225
1-460
M90-100071---
Wide 50 tube
460
226
T226
34-26
082-000614-00
Wide Pharmed tube
26
227
T227
34-40
082-000614-00
Wide Pharmed tube
40
228
T228
4-440
M90-100031---
1.67 TEFLON tube
440
229
T229
2-20
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
20
230
T230
1-540
M90-100071---
Wide 50 tube
540
231
T231
34-70
082-000614-00
Wide Pharmed tube
70
232
T232
11-300
0040-10-32301
1.0 TEFLON tube
300
233
T233
13-500
M6G-020008---
0.78 FEP tube
500
234
T234
4-330
M90-100031---
1.67 TEFLON tube
330
235
T235
2-25
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
25
236
T236
29-30
082-000432-00
2.0 double tube
30
237
T237
14-40
M6G-020011---
Narrow Pharmed tube
40
238
T238
2-660
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
660
239
T239
1-420
M90-100071---
Wide 50 tube
420
240
T240
18-340
M90-000026---
0.78 TEFLON tube
340
241
T241
18-250
M90-000026---
0.78 TEFLON tube
250
242
T242
2-15
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
15
243
T243
18-340
M90-000026---
0.78 TEFLON tube
340
12-28
244
T244
18-250
M90-000026---
0.78 TEFLON tube
250
245
T245
2-15
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
15
246
T246
18-340
M90-000026---
0.78 TEFLON tube
340
247
T247
18-250
M90-000026---
0.78 TEFLON tube
250
248
T248
25-620
A21-000010---
Waste tube, outside of the analyzer
620
249
T249
14-85
M6G-020011---
Narrow Pharmed tube
85
250
T250
2-280
3001-10-07069
Narrow 50 tube
280
251
T251
1-220
M90-100071---
Wide 50 tube
220
252
T252
15-120
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
120
253
T253
6-490
M90-000025---
Wide 3603 rubber tube
490
254
T254
5-790
A21-000002---
White, widest, silicone tube
790
255
T255
23-220
M6G-020054---
2.4 TPU tube
220
256
T256
6-100
M90-000025---
Wide 3603 rubber tube
100
257
T257
5-170
A21-000002---
White, widest, silicone tube
170
258
T258
33-1800
082-000531-00
6.35mm waste tube
1800
259
T259
25-100
A21-000010---
Waste tube, outside of the analyzer
100
260
T260
25-100
A21-000010---
Waste tube, outside of the analyzer
100
261
T261
25-100
A21-000010---
Waste tube, outside of the analyzer
100
262
T262
25-100
A21-000010---
Waste tube, outside of the analyzer
100
263
T263
26-30
082-000422-00
1.0 FEP tube
30
264
T264
26-30
082-000422-00
1.0 FEP tube
30
265
T265
26-30
082-000422-00
1.0 FEP tube
30
266
T266
26-30
082-000422-00
1.0 FEP tube
30
267
T267
30-15
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
15
268
T268
30-15
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
15
269
T269
30-20
082-000108-00
2.0 TPU tube
20
270
T270
27-720
082-000416-00
External diameter 6mm, Teflon
720
271
T271
17-2500
M6G-020003---
6mm PU tube
2500
272
T272
27-50
082-000416-00
External diameter 6mm, Teflon
50
273
T273
27-840
082-000416-00
External diameter 6mm, Teflon
840
274
T274
27-200
082-000416-00
External diameter 6mm, Teflon
200
275
T275
27-170
082-000416-00
External diameter 6mm, Teflon
170
276
T276
17-2500
M6G-020003---
6mm PU tube
2500
12-29
277
T277
17-1000
M6G-020003---
6mm PU tube
1000
278
T278
15-170
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
170
279
T279
15-50
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
50
280
T280
15-1800
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1800
281
T281
15-270
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
270
282
T282
15-50
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
50
283
T283
15-70
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
70
284
T284
15-2000
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
2000
285
T285
15-40
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
40
286
T286
27-300
082-000416-00
External diameter 6mm, Teflon
300
287
T287
22-50
M6G-020055---
3.2 TPU tube
50
288
T288
15-55
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
55
289
T289
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
290
T290
15-20
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
20
291
T291
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
292
T292
15-20
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
20
293
T293
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
294
T294
15-20
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
20
295
T295
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
296
T296
15-20
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
20
297
T297
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
298
T298
15-20
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
20
299
T299
15-60
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
60
300
T300
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
301
T301
15-20
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
20
302
T302
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
303
T303
15-20
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
20
304
T304
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
305
T305
15-20
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
20
306
T306
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
307
T307
15-20
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
20
308
T308
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
309
T309
15-20
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
20
12-30
310
T310
15-140
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
140
311
T311
15-25
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
25
312
T312
15-25
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
25
313
T313
21-200
082-000109-00
0.5 TEFLON tube
200
314
T314
15-4200
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
4200
315
T315
1-20
M90-100071---
Wide 50 tube
20
316
T316
17-1150
M6G-020003---
6mm PU tube
1150
317
T317
15-240
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
240
318
T318
15-430
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
430
319
T319
15-470
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
470
320
T320
15-130
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
130
321
T321
15-40
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
40
322
T322
15-160
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
160
323
T323
1-20
M90-100071---
Wide 50 tube
20
324
T324
28-20
0030-20-13339
Transit tube
20
325
T325
17-700
M6G-020003---
6mm PU tube
700
326
T326
23-200
M6G-020054---
2.4 TPU tube
200
327
T327
17-60
M6G-020003---
6mm PU tube
60
328
T328
17-2500
M6G-020003---
6mm PU tube
2500
329
T329
17-55
M6G-020003---
6mm PU tube
55
330
T330
15-1560
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1560
332
T332
15-280
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
280
333
T333
17-50
M6G-020003---
6mm PU tube
50
334
T334
15-1570
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1570
335
T335
15-1540
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1540
336
T336
15-1490
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1490
337
T337
15-1490
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1490
338
T338
15-1540
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1540
339
T339
15-1500
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1500
340
T340
15-1110
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1110
341
T341
15-1140
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1140
342
T342
15-1150
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1150
343
T343
15-1150
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1150
12-31
344
T344
15-1700
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1700
345
T345
15-1500
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1500
346
T346
15-80
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
80
347
T347
15-160
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
160
348
T348
15-1300
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1300
349
T349
15-1810
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1810
350
T350
15-1550
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1550
351
T351
15-1790
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1790
352
T352
15-1790
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1790
353
T353
15-1500
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1500
354
T354
15-1300
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1300
355
T355
15-1320
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1320
356
T356
15-1450
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1450
357
T357
15-1120
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1120
358
T358
15-45
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
45
359
T359
15-1200
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1200
360
T360
15-150
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
150
361
T361
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
362
T362
15-20
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
20
363
T363
15-100
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
100
364
T364
15-1660
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1660
365
T365
15-1640
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1640
366
T366
15-1100
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1100
367
T367
17-50
M6G-020003---
6mm PU tube
50
368
T368
17-50
M6G-020003---
6mm PU tube
50
369
T369
17-50
M6G-020003---
6mm PU tube
50
370
T370
15-320
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
320
372
T372
15-1740
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1740
374
T374
11-160
0040-10-32301
1.0 TEFLON tube
160
375
T375
28-20
0030-20-13339
Transit tube
20
376
T376
15-400
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
400
377
T377
15-1700
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1700
378
T378
17-50
M6G-020003---
6mm PU tube
50
12-32
379
T379
17-50
M6G-020003---
6mm PU tube
50
380
T380
17-50
M6G-020003---
6mm PU tube
50
381
T381
15-50
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
50
382
T382
15-370
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
370
383
T383
17-50
M6G-020003---
6mm PU tube
50
384
T384
15-70
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
70
385
T385
15-1610
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1610
386
T386
15-90
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
90
387
T387
15-90
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
90
388
T388
15-20
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
20
389
T389
15-1380
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1380
390
T390
15-55
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
55
391
T391
15-50
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
50
392
T392
15-50
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
50
394
T394
15-20
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
20
395
T395
21-1500
082-000109-00
0.5 TEFLON tube
396
T396
15-40
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
40
397
T397
15-15
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
15
398
T398
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
399
T399
15-1320
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1320
400
T400
15-40
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
40
401
T401
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
402
T402
15-1370
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1370
403
T403
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
404
T404
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
405
T405
15-1750
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1750
406
T406
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
407
T407
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
408
T408
15-1750
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1750
409
T409
15-60
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
60
410
T410
15-1750
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1750
411
T411
15-35
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
35
412
T412
15-15
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
15
12-33
1500
413
T413
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
414
T414
15-1600
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1600
415
T415
15-40
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
40
416
T416
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
417
T417
15-1550
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1550
418
T418
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
419
T419
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
420
T420
15-1600
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1600
421
T421
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
422
T422
15-30
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
30
423
T423
15-1480
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1480
424
T424
15-60
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
60
425
T425
15-1560
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1560
426
T426
15-210
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
210
427
T427
17-110
M6G-020003---
6mm PU tube
110
428
T428
17-50
M6G-020003---
6mm PU tube
50
429
T429
15-1780
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
1780
431
T431
15-270
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
270
432
T432
5-160
A21-000002---
White, widest, silicone tube
160
433
T433
5-180
A21-000002---
White, widest, silicone tube
180
434
T434
5-30
A21-000002---
White, widest, silicone tube
30
435
T435
5-190
A21-000002---
White, widest, silicone tube
190
436
T436
5-160
A21-000002---
White, widest, silicone tube
160
437
T437
5-60
A21-000002---
White, widest, silicone tube
60
439
T439
24-20
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
20
440
T440
24-20
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
20
441
T441
24-20
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
20
442
T442
24-20
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
20
443
T443
24-20
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
20
444
T444
24-20
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
20
445
T445
24-20
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
20
446
T446
24-20
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
20
12-34
447
T447
24-20
082-000055-00
Wide, black connecting tube
20
448
T448
23-150
M6G-020054---
2.4 TPU tube
150
449
T449
23-25
M6G-020054---
2.4 TPU tube
25
450
T450
23-25
M6G-020054---
2.4 TPU tube
25
451
T451
4-200
M90-100031---
1.67 TEFLON tube
200
452
T452
11-280
0040-10-32301
1.0 TEFLON tube
280
453
T453
15-120
M6G-020002---
4mm PU tube
120
454
T454
23-400
M6G-020054---
2.4 TPU tube
400
12-35
PN:046-002749-00(2.0)